Prosthetic capsular devices, systems, and methods

ABSTRACT

A prosthetic capsular device configured to be inserted in an eye after removal of a lens, in some embodiments, can comprise a housing structure comprising capable of containing one or more intraocular devices. The housing structure can comprise an anterior portion comprising an anterior opening, a posterior portion comprising a posterior opening, and a continuous lateral portion between the anterior portion and the posterior portion.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

The present application is a continuation of U.S. patent applicationSer. No. 16/376,458, filed Apr. 5, 2019, entitled “PROSTHETIC CAPSULARDEVICES, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS”, which claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C.§ 119(c) of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/654188, filedApr. 6, 2018, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/801909, filedFeb. 6, 2019, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/823372,filed Mar. 25, 2019, each of which is incorporated herein by referencein its entirety under 37 C.F.R. § 1.57. Any and all applications forwhich a foreign or domestic priority claim is identified in theApplication Data Sheet as filed with the present application are herebyincorporated by reference under 37 C.F.R. § 1.57.

BACKGROUND Field

The present application relates to prosthetic capsular devices, systems,and methods for insertion into the eye.

Description

Cataract surgery is one of the most successfully and most frequentlyperformed surgical procedures in the United States. Each year, millionsof people achieve a dramatic improvement in their visual function thanksto this procedure. With the increasing proportion of the U.S. populationreaching their retirement years, there is expected to be an almostdoubling of the demand for cataract surgery over the next twenty yearsfrom 3.3 million to over 6 million annually. In response to theincreased demand, more ophthalmologists may be trained and certified toperform cataract surgery, and each trained and certified ophthalmologistmay perform more cataract surgeries each year.

SUMMARY

Various embodiments described herein relate to prosthetic capsulardevices, systems, and methods for insertion into the eye. In someembodiments, a prosthetic capsular device that is configured to beinserted in an eye after removal of a lens comprises a housing structurecapable of containing an intraocular device. In certain embodiments, thehousing structure comprises an anterior portion, wherein the anteriorportion comprises an anterior opening, wherein the anterior opening iscapable of allowing at least one of insertion, removal, or replacementof the intraocular device, and wherein the anterior opening is furtherconfigured to be coupled to a refractive surface to cover the anterioropening; a posterior portion, wherein the posterior portion comprises aposterior opening wherein the posterior opening is capable of allowingat least one of insertion, removal, or replacement of the intraoculardevice, and wherein the posterior opening is further configured to becoupled to a refractive surface to cover the posterior opening; and acontinuous lateral portion interposed between the anterior portion andthe posterior portion, wherein the continuous lateral portion protrudesradially beyond the anterior portion and the posterior portion, whereinthe continuous lateral portion fully encloses a lateral side of thehousing structure, wherein an internal cavity of the continuous lateralportion forms a groove for containing the intraocular device, whereinthe housing structure is symmetrical over a plane at a midpoint of thecontinuous lateral portion between the anterior portion and theposterior portion.

In certain embodiments, the prosthetic capsular device can be capable ofholding a refractive surface and at least one additional intraoculardevice. In certain embodiments, the groove is configured to containhaptics of the intraocular device or a capsular tension ring potentiallyattached to another intraocular device. In certain embodiments, theintraocular device is at least one of an intraocular lens, intraocularpressure sensor, electronic intraocular pressure sensor, photovoltaiccells, solar cells, battery, computer, antennae, sensor, fixationdevice, capsular tension ring, electronic device, electronicaccommodating intraocular lens, liquid crystal display optic,input/output device, or one or more components thereof. In certainembodiments, the prosthetic capsular device comprises at least one ofsilicone, hydrogel, collamer, acrylic, or an acrylic derivative. Incertain embodiments, the prosthetic capsular device is self-expandableupon insertion in the natural capsular bag. In certain embodiments, theprosthetic capsular device is deformable for insertion in the naturalcapsular bag.

In certain embodiments, the continuous lateral portion comprises astraight-walled portion, a first curved portion, and a second curvedportion. In certain embodiments, the straight-walled portion issubstantially perpendicular to the anterior opening and the posterioropening. In certain embodiments, the first curved portion extends fromthe anterior portion, and wherein the second curved portion extends fromthe posterior portion. In certain embodiments, the intraocular devicecomprises at least one of a reverse Galilean telescope, a Galileantelescope or microscope. In certain embodiments, the intraocular devicecomprises an electronic accommodating intraocular lens.

In certain embodiments, the prosthetic capsular device further comprisesan equiconvex refractive surface, wherein the refractive surfacecomprises a plurality of tabs for affixing the refractive surface to atleast one of the circular anterior opening or the circular posterioropening, and wherein the plurality of tabs protrudes from the refractivesurface in alternating posterior and anterior directions. In certainembodiments, the tabs are configured to be affixed to the interior ofthe device and the exterior of the device in alternating order. Incertain embodiments, each of the plurality of tabs comprises an eyeletopening for affixing the tab to the device or to hold suture for scleralfixation. In certain embodiments, the refractive surface is capable ofbeing inserted separately from the housing structure into the naturalcapsular bag without being attached to the housing structure.

In certain embodiments, the refractive surface comprises a refractivepower between −35D and +35D. In certain embodiments, the refractivesurface is affixed to at least one of the circular anterior opening orthe circular posterior opening using a friction fit. In certainembodiments, the refractive surface is affixed to at least one of thecircular anterior opening or the circular posterior opening usingsutures. In certain embodiments, the refractive surface is usable as areference point for selection of an intraocular lens for placement inthe internal cavity of the continuous lateral portion. In certainembodiments, the refractive surface comprises a refractive power lessthan −35D. In certain embodiments, the refractive surface comprises arefractive power greater than +35D.

Some embodiments herein relate to a prosthetic capsular deviceconfigured to be inserted in a natural capsular bag of an eye, theprosthetic capsular device comprising: an asymmetric housing structureconfigured to contain one or more refractive surfaces and/or intraocularlenses (IOLs), the asymmetric housing structure comprising: an anteriorportion comprising: an arcuate anterior opening configured to allow atleast one of insertion, removal, or replacement of the one or morerefractive surfaces and/or IOLs, wherein the arcuate anterior opening isfurther configured to couple a first refractive surface and/or IOL; andan anterior sidewall comprising: a curvilinear anterior section adjacentto the arcuate anterior opening, the curvilinear anterior sectioncomprising a curvature extending from the arcuate anterior opening to ananterior transition point; and a straight anterior section extendingposteriorly and radially inward from the anterior transition point to acentral transition point, wherein the curvilinear anterior section, thestraight anterior section, and the anterior transition point form aridge along an interior of the anterior sidewall, wherein the ridge isconfigured to receive a second refractive surface and/or IOL; aposterior portion comprising: an arcuate posterior opening configured tocouple with a third refractive surface and/or IOL; and a curvilinearposterior sidewall extending posteriorly from the central transitionpoint to the arcuate posterior opening; and the central transition pointdividing the anterior portion and the posterior portion.

Some embodiments herein relate to a prosthetic capsular device, furthercomprising one or more orientation designation indicators.

Some embodiments herein relate to a prosthetic capsular device, furthercomprising one or more orientation designation indicators, wherein theone or more orientation designation indicators comprise a projectionextending radially inward from the arcuate anterior opening.

Some embodiments herein relate to a prosthetic capsular device, furthercomprising one or more orientation designation indicators, wherein theone or more orientation designation indicators comprise a projectionextending radially inward from the arcuate anterior opening, and whereinthe one or more orientation designation indicators further comprise ahole or aperture.

Some embodiments herein relate to a prosthetic capsular device, furthercomprising one or more orientation designation indicators, wherein theone or more orientation designation indicators comprise a visualdistinguishing element on the anterior portion, the posterior portion,and/or on the central transition point of the housing structure.

Some embodiments herein relate to a prosthetic capsular device, furthercomprising one or more orientation designation indicators, wherein theone or more orientation designation indicators are configured to serveas markers to indicate the direction and/or orientation of theprosthetic capsular device before, during, and/or after insertion intothe eye.

Some embodiments herein relate to a prosthetic capsular device, furthercomprising an internal cavity formed by the arcuate anterior opening,the arcuate posterior opening, and the continuous lateral portion.

Some embodiments herein relate to a prosthetic capsular device, furthercomprising an internal cavity formed by the arcuate anterior opening,the arcuate posterior opening, and the continuous lateral portion,wherein the internal cavity comprises a first volume and a secondvolume, wherein the first volume is bounded by an anterior longitudinalplane parallel to the arcuate anterior opening, the anterior sidewall,and a central longitudinal plane intersecting the central transitionpoint.

Some embodiments herein relate to a prosthetic capsular device, furthercomprising an internal cavity formed by the arcuate anterior opening,the arcuate posterior opening, and the continuous lateral portion,wherein the internal cavity comprises a first volume and a secondvolume, wherein the first volume is bounded by an anterior longitudinalplane parallel to the arcuate anterior opening, the anterior sidewall,and a central longitudinal plane intersecting the central transitionpoint, and wherein the second volume is bounded by a posterior planeparallel to the arcuate posterior opening, the curvilinear posteriorsidewall, and the central longitudinal plane.

Some embodiments herein relate to a prosthetic capsular device, whereinthe prosthetic capsular device is self-expandable.

Some embodiments herein relate to a prosthetic capsular device, whereinthe shape and size of the prosthetic capsular device minimizes anterior,posterior, and/or radial protrusion of the device into the naturalcapsular bag.

Some embodiments herein relate to a prosthetic capsular device, whereinthe shape and size of the prosthetic capsular device minimizes anterior,posterior, and/or radial protrusion of the device into the naturalcapsular bag, and wherein the prosthetic capsular device has an enhancedbiocompatibility profile resulting from the minimized anterior,posterior, and/or radial protrusion of the prosthetic capsular deviceinto the natural capsular bag.

Some embodiments herein relate to a prosthetic capsular device, whereinthe prosthetic capsular device is inserted into the eye without any ofthe one or more refractive surfaces or IOLs inserted therein.

Some embodiments herein relate to a prosthetic capsular device, whereinanterior portion further comprises an anterior cavity comprising a firstvolume, the first volume comprising a truncated dome shape.

Some embodiments herein relate to a prosthetic capsular device, whereinanterior portion further comprises an anterior cavity comprising a firstvolume, the first volume comprising a truncated dome shape, wherein theanterior cavity further comprises a second volume, the second volumecomprising an inverted truncated trapezoidal shape.

Some embodiments herein relate to a prosthetic capsular device, whereinthe anterior transition point divides the curvilinear anterior sectionand the straight anterior section, and wherein the anterior transitionpoint comprises an outermost diameter of the asymmetric housingstructure.

Some embodiments herein relate to a prosthetic capsular device, whereinthe anterior transition point divides the curvilinear anterior sectionand the straight anterior section, and wherein the anterior transitionpoint comprises an outermost diameter of the asymmetric housingstructure, and wherein is outermost diameter is 10 mm.

Some embodiments herein relate to a prosthetic capsular device, whereinthe anterior portion, the posterior portion, and the central transitionpoint comprise a continuous lateral segment of the housing structure.

Some embodiments herein relate to a prosthetic capsular device, whereinthe anterior transition point comprises a rounded edge, wherein therounded edge comprises a radius of 0.1 mm.

Some embodiments herein relate to a prosthetic capsular device, whereinthe central transition point comprises a rounded edge, wherein therounded edge comprises a radius of 0.1 mm.

The methods summarized above and set forth in further detail below maydescribe certain actions taken by a practitioner; however, it should beunderstood that these steps can also include the instruction of thoseactions by another party. Thus, actions such as “inserting anintraocular lens into a prosthetic capsular device” include “instructingthe insertion of an intraocular lens into a prosthetic capsular device.”

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

A better understanding of the devices and methods described herein willbe appreciated upon reference to the following description inconjunction with the accompanying drawings, wherein:

FIG. 1A is an anterior side perspective view of an example prostheticcapsular device;

FIG. 1B is another anterior side perspective view of the exampleprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 1A;

FIG. 1C is a posterior side perspective view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 1A;

FIG. 1D is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device ofFIG. 1A;

FIG. 1E is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 1A;

FIG. 1F is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 1A along the line 1F-1F of FIG. 1E;

FIG. 1G is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 1A along the line 1G-1G of FIG. 1E;

FIG. 2A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 2B is another anterior side perspective view of the exampleprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 2A;

FIG. 2C is a posterior side perspective view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 2A;

FIG. 2D is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device ofFIG. 2A;

FIG. 2E is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 2A;

FIG. 2F is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 2A along the line 2F-2F of FIG. 2E;

FIG. 2G is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 2A along the line 2G-2G of FIG. 2E;

FIG. 3A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 3B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 3A;

FIG. 3C is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device ofFIG. 3A;

FIG. 3D is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 3A along the line 3D-3D of FIG. 3B;

FIG. 4A is an anterior side perspective view of two (2) exampleprosthetic capsular devices of FIG. 3A coupled together;

FIG. 4B is a posterior side perspective view of two (2) exampleprosthetic capsular devices of FIG. 3A coupled together;

FIG. 4C is an anterior plan view of two (2) example prosthetic capsulardevices of FIG. 3A coupled together;

FIG. 4D is a side plan view of two (2) example prosthetic capsulardevices of FIG. 3A coupled together;

FIG. 4E is a cross-sectional view along the line 4E-4E of FIG. 4C of two(2) example prosthetic capsular devices of FIG. 3A coupled together;

FIG. 5A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 5B is a posterior side perspective view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 5A;

FIG. 5C is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 5A;

FIG. 5D is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device ofFIG. 5A;

FIG. 5E is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 5A along the line 5E-5E of FIG. 5C;

FIG. 5F is another side plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 5A;

FIG. 5G is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 5A along the line 5G-5G of FIG. 5F;

FIG. 6A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 6B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 6A;

FIG. 6C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 6A along the line 6C-6C of FIG. 6B;

FIG. 6D is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 6A along the line 6D-6D of FIG. 6B;

FIG. 7A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 7B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 7A;

FIG. 7C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 7A along the line 7C-7C of FIG. 7B;

FIG. 7D is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 7A along the line 7D-7D of FIG. 7B;

FIG. 8A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 8B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 8A;

FIG. 8C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 8A along the line 8C-8C of FIG. 8B;

FIG. 8D is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 8A along the line 8D-8D of FIG. 8B;

FIG. 9A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 9B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 9A;

FIG. 9C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 9A along the line 9C-9C of FIG. 9B;

FIG. 9D is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 9A along the line 9D-9D of FIG. 9B;

FIG. 10A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 10B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 10A;

FIG. 10C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 10A along the line 10C-10C of FIG. 10B;

FIG. 10D is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 10A;

FIG. 11A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 11B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 11A;

FIG. 11C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 11A along the line 11C-11C of FIG. 11B;

FIG. 11D is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 11A along the line 11D-11D of FIG. 11B;

FIG. 12A is another anterior plan view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 11A;

FIG. 12B is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 11A along the line 12B-12B of FIG. 12A;

FIG. 12C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 11A along the line 12C-12C of FIG. 12A;

FIG. 12D is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 11A along the line 12D-12D of FIG. 12A;

FIG. 12E is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 11A along the line 12E-12E of FIG. 12A;

FIG. 12F is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 11A along the line 12F-12F of FIG. 12A;

FIG. 12G is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 11A along the line 12G-12G of FIG. 12A;

FIG. 13A is an anterior side perspective view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 11A with a secondary device inserted therein;

FIG. 13B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 11A with a secondary device inserted therein;

FIG. 13C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 11A with a secondary device inserted therein along theline 13C-13C of FIG. 13B;

FIG. 13D is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 11A with a secondary device inserted therein along theline 13D-13D of FIG. 13B;

FIG. 14A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 14B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 14A;

FIG. 14C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 14A along the line 14C-14C of FIG. 14B;

FIG. 14D is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 14A along the line 14D-14D of FIG. 14B;

FIG. 15A is another anterior side perspective view of the exampleprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 14A;

FIG. 15B is another anterior plan view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 14A;

FIG. 15C is another cross-sectional view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 14A along the line 15C-15C of FIG. 15B;

FIG. 15D is another cross-sectional view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 14A along the line 15D-15D of FIG. 15B;

FIG. 16A is another anterior plan view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 14A;

FIG. 16B is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 14A along the line 16B-16B of FIG. 16A;

FIG. 16C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 14A along the line 16C-16C of FIG. 16A;

FIG. 16D is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 14A along the line 16D-16D of FIG. 16A;

FIG. 16E is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 14A along the line 16E-16E of FIG. 16A;

FIG. 16F is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 14A along the line 16F-16F of FIG. 16A;

FIG. 16G is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 14A along the line 16G-16G of FIG. 16A;

FIG. 16H is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 14A along the line 16G-16G of FIG. 16A;

FIG. 17A is an anterior side perspective view of an example hapticsconfigured to be used in conjunction with a prosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 17B is an anterior plan view of the example haptics of FIG. 17A;

FIG. 17C is a side view of the example haptics of FIG. 17A;

FIG. 18A is an anterior side perspective view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 14A with a secondary device inserted therein;

FIG. 18B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 14A with a secondary device inserted therein;

FIG. 18C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 14A with a secondary device inserted therein along theline 18C-18C of FIG. 18B;

FIG. 18D is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 14A with a secondary device inserted therein along theline 18D-18D of FIG. 18B;

FIG. 18E is an anterior plan view of a portion of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 14A;

FIG. 19A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 19B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 19A;

FIG. 19C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 19A along the line 19C-19C of FIG. 19B;

FIG. 19D is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 19A along the line 19D-19D of FIG. 19B;

FIG. 19E is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 19A;

FIG. 19F is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 19A along the line 19F-19F of FIG. 19D;

FIG. 20A is an anterior side perspective view of an example opticconfigured to be used in conjunction with a prosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 20B is an anterior plan view of the example optic of FIG. 20A;

FIG. 20C is a side plan view of the example optic of FIG. 20A along amajor axis of the anterior plan view illustrated in FIG. 20B;

FIG. 20D is a side plan view of the example optic of FIG. 20A along aminor axis of the anterior plan view illustrated in FIG. 20B;

FIG. 21A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 21B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 21A;

FIG. 21C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 21A along the line 21C-21C of FIG. 21B;

FIG. 21D is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 21A along the line 21D-21D of FIG. 21B;

FIG. 22A is an anterior side perspective view of an example refractivesurface or intraocular lens that can be configured to be used inconjunction with a prosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 22B is an anterior plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 22A;

FIG. 22C is a side plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 22A;

FIG. 22D is another side plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 22A;

FIG. 23A is an anterior plan view of an example accommodating opticdevice configured to be used in conjunction with a prosthetic capsulardevice;

FIG. 23B is an anterior plan view of an example accommodating opticsystem comprising the example accommodating optic device of FIG. 23Aused in conjunction with a prosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 23C is a cross-sectional view of the example accommodating opticsystem of FIG. 23B along a short axis of the prosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 23D is a block diagram depicting an example control process for anaccommodating optic system;

FIG. 23E is a block diagram depicting another example control processfor an accommodating optic system;

FIG. 24A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 24B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 24A;

FIG. 24C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 24A along the line 24C-24C of FIG. 24B;

FIG. 24D is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 24A along the line 24D-24D of FIG. 24B;

FIG. 24E is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 24A;

FIG. 24F is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 24A along the line 24F-24F of FIG. 24D;

FIG. 25A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 25B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 25A;

FIG. 25C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 25A along the line 25C-25C of FIG. 25B;

FIG. 25D is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 25A along the line 25D-25D of FIG. 25B;

FIG. 26A is an anterior side perspective view of another examplerefractive surface or intraocular lens that can be configured to be usedin conjunction with a prosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 26B is an anterior plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 26A;

FIG. 26C is a cross-sectional view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 26A along the line 26C-26C of FIG. 26B;

FIG. 26D is a side plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 26A;

FIG. 27A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 27B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 27A;

FIG. 27C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 27A along the line 27C-27C of FIG. 27B;

FIG. 27D is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 27A;

FIG. 28A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 28B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 28A;

FIG. 28C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 28A along the line 28C-28C of FIG. 28B;

FIG. 28D is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 28A;

FIG. 29A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 29B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 29A;

FIG. 29C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 29A along the line 29C-29C of FIG. 29B;

FIG. 29D is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 29A;

FIG. 30A is an anterior plan view of another example prosthetic capsulardevice;

FIG. 30B is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 30A along the line 30B-30B of FIG. 30A;

FIG. 31A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 31B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 31A;

FIG. 31C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 31A along the line 31C-31C of FIG. 31B;

FIG. 31D is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 31A;

FIG. 32A is an anterior side perspective view of another examplerefractive surface or intraocular lens that can be configured to be usedin conjunction with a prosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 32B is an anterior plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 32A;

FIG. 32C is a cross-sectional view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 32A along the line 32C-32C of FIG. 32B;

FIG. 32D is a side plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 32A;

FIG. 33A is an anterior side perspective view of an example prostheticcapsular device;

FIG. 33B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 33A;

FIG. 33C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 33A along the line 33C-33C of FIG. 33B;

FIG. 34 is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 35A is a side perspective view of an example tubular device;

FIG. 35B is a side perspective view of another example tubular device;

FIG. 35C is a side perspective view of another example tubular device;

FIG. 35D is a side perspective view of another example tubular device;

FIG. 35E is a side perspective view of another example tubular device;

FIG. 36 is an anterior side perspective view of an example prostheticcapsular system comprising an example prosthetic capsular device and anexample tubular device;

FIG. 37 is an anterior side perspective view of the example prostheticcapsular system of FIG. 36 in an eye;

FIG. 38A is an anterior side perspective partially-exploded view of anexample prosthetic capsular system comprising an example prostheticcapsular device, an example tubular device, and an example containmentstructure;

FIG. 38B is an anterior side perspective view of the example prostheticcapsular system of FIG. 38A;

FIG. 39 is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular system in an eye;

FIG. 40 is a block diagram depicting an example control process for aprosthetic capsular system comprising a tubular device;

FIG. 41 is a block diagram depicting another example control process fora prosthetic capsular system comprising a tubular device; and

FIG. 42 is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular system comprising a tubular device in an eye;

FIG. 43 is a perspective view of an example AR/VR projection device orsystem configured to be placed over a nose bridge of a user;

FIG. 44 is a perspective view of an example prosthetic capsular devicecomprising a prism or prism bar;

FIG. 45 is a perspective view of an example prism or prism barconfigured to be used in conjunction with a prosthetic capsular deviceand/or AR/VR projection device or system;

FIG. 46 is a block diagram depicting an example of a computer hardwaresystem configured to run software for implementing one or moreembodiments of a prosthetic capsular device system;

FIG. 47 is a block diagram depicting another example of a computerhardware system configured to run software for implementing one or moreembodiments of a prosthetic capsular device system;

FIG. 48 is a block diagram depicting another example of a computerhardware system configured to run software for implementing one or moreembodiments of a prosthetic capsular device system;

FIG. 49A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 49B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 49A;

FIG. 49C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 49A along the line A-A of FIG. 49B;

FIG. 49D is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 49A;

FIG. 50 is an anterior plan view of another example refractive surfaceor intraocular lens;

FIG. 51A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 51B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 51A;

FIG. 51C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 51A along the line A-A of FIG. 51B;

FIG. 51D is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 51A;

FIG. 51E illustrates a posterior side perspective view of the exampleprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 51A;

FIG. 51F illustrates a posterior plan view of the example capsulardevice of FIG. 51A;

FIG. 51G illustrates a posterior plan view of the example capsulardevice of FIG. 51A, shown with an example refractive surface orintraocular lens placed in the interior of the device;

FIG. 52A is an anterior plan view of another example refractive surfaceor intraocular lens;

FIG. 52B is a side plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 52A;

FIG. 53A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 53B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 53A;

FIG. 53C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 53A along the line A-A of FIG. 53B;

FIG. 53D is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 53A;

FIG. 54A is an anterior plan view of another example refractive surfaceor intraocular lens;

FIG. 54B is a side plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 54A;

FIG. 55A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 55B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 55A;

FIG. 55C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 55A along the line A-A of FIG. 55B;

FIG. 55D is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 55A;

FIG. 56 is an anterior plan view of another example refractive surfaceor intraocular lens;

FIG. 57A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 57B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 57A;

FIG. 57C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 57A along the line A-A of FIG. 57B;

FIG. 57D is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 57A;

FIG. 58A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 58B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 58A;

FIG. 58C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 58A along the line A-A of FIG. 58B;

FIG. 58D is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 58A;

FIG. 59A is an anterior side perspective view of another examplerefractive surface or intraocular lens;

FIG. 59B is an anterior plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 59A;

FIG. 59C is a side plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 59A;

FIG. 60A is an anterior side perspective view of another examplerefractive surface or intraocular lens;

FIG. 60B is an anterior plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 60A;

FIG. 60C is a side plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 60A;

FIG. 61A is an anterior side perspective view of another examplerefractive surface or intraocular lens of FIG. 61A;

FIG. 61B is an anterior plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 61A;

FIG. 61C is a cross-sectional view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 61A along the line A-A;

FIG. 61D is a side plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 60A;

FIG. 62A is an anterior side perspective view of another examplerefractive surface or intraocular lens;

FIG. 62B is an anterior plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 62A;

FIG. 62C is a side plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 62A;

FIG. 62D is a side plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 62A;

FIG. 62E is another anterior plan view of the example refractive surfaceor intraocular lens of FIG. 62A when uncompressed;

FIG. 62F is another anterior plan view of the example refractive surfaceor intraocular lens of FIG. 62A when compressed;

FIG. 63A is an anterior side perspective view of another examplerefractive surface or intraocular lens;

FIG. 63B is an anterior plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 63A;

FIG. 63C is a side plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 63A;

FIG. 63D is a side plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 63A;

FIG. 63E is another anterior plan view of the example refractive surfaceor intraocular lens of FIG. 63A when uncompressed;

FIG. 63F is another anterior plan view of the example refractive surfaceor intraocular lens of FIG. 63A when compressed;

FIG. 64A is an anterior side perspective view of another examplerefractive surface or intraocular lens;

FIG. 64B is an anterior plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 64A;

FIG. 64C is a side plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 64A;

FIG. 64D is a side plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 64A;

FIG. 65 is an anterior plan view of another example refractive surfaceor intraocular lens;

FIG. 66A is an anterior side perspective view of another examplerefractive surface or intraocular lens;

FIG. 66B is an anterior plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 66A;

FIG. 66C is a side plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 66A;

FIG. 66D is a side plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 66A;

FIG. 67A is an anterior side perspective view of another examplerefractive surface or intraocular lens;

FIG. 67B is an anterior plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 67A;

FIG. 67C is a side plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 67A;

FIG. 68 is an illustration of another example refractive surface orintraocular lens;

FIG. 69A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 69B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 69A;

FIG. 69C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 69A along the line A-A of FIG. 69B;

FIG. 69D is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 69A;

FIG. 70 is a schematic illustration of another example prostheticcapsular device;

FIG. 71A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 71B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 71A;

FIG. 71C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 71A along the line A-A of FIG. 71B;

FIG. 71D is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 71A;

FIG. 72A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 72B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 72A;

FIG. 72C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 72A along the line A-A of FIG. 72B;

FIG. 72D is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 72A;

FIG. 73A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 73B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 73A;

FIG. 73C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 73A along the line A-A of FIG. 73B;

FIG. 73D is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 73A;

FIG. 74A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device;

FIG. 74B is an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 74A;

FIG. 74C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 74A along the line A-A of FIG. 74B;

FIG. 74D is a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 73A; and

FIG. 74E is a close-up view of an example hash mark for utilization withthe example prosthetic devices described herein.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

In addition to the increase in demand for cataract surgery,technological advances have increased patient expectations for thesurgery. The procedure takes a short amount of time to perform, andpatients expect quick recovery of visual function. Patients are alsoasking their ophthalmologist to give them the restoration of moreyouthful vision without glasses through the use multifocal intraocularlenses, extended depth of focus lenses, accommodating lenses, otherpresbyopia correcting lenses, toric lenses, and monovision, to name afew. Despite accurate preoperative measurements and excellent surgicaltechnique, the desired refractive outcome requires a dose of goodfortune as there are numerous uncontrolled variables involved. As manyas 20-50% of post-operative cataract patients may benefit from glassesor follow-up refractive surgical enhancements to achieve their desiredrefractive endpoint. One of the main reasons for this high amount ofrefractive unpredictability is believed to be the final resting positionof the lens implant in the eye, mathematically expressed as theeffective lens position (ELP), which can be quite variable andunpredictable in the current state of cataract surgery. Recently,hundreds of millions of dollars have been invested into developinghighly sophisticated femtosecond laser systems that are able to moreprecisely control the size and shape of the capsulotomy and cornealincisions with the stated goal of lessening the variability of the ELPand thus aiding in better refractive outcomes. Unfortunately, theincreased precision of the femtosecond laser systems has not been ableto account for the major problem plaguing the variability of the ELP,which is the volumetric difference between the cataract, naturalcapsular bag, and intraocular lens implant (IOL).

Devices and methods that help provide the desired refractive endpoint incataract surgery are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,900,300, 9,414,907,and 9,358103, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in itsentirety. All patents, patent applications, and other documents referredto in this application are incorporated by reference herein in theirentirety.

FIG. 1A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an example of aprosthetic capsular device 100. FIG. 1B illustrates another anteriorside perspective view of the example prosthetic capsular device 100 forFIG. 1A.

In some embodiments, the device 100 includes features described withrespect to the devices described in U.S. Pat. No. 9,358,103, which ishereby incorporated by reference in its entirety, or modificationsthereof. For example, the device 100 can comprise an anterior side 102,a posterior side 104, and one or more sidewalls 106 extending betweenthe anterior side 102 and the posterior side 104; a cavity or opening108 defined by the anterior side 102, posterior side 104, and the one ormore sidewalls 106, and the posterior side 104 optionally comprises arefractive surface 110. As such, the device 100 can be configured tocomprise both a refractive surface 110 and a secondary or additionalintraocular lens, electronic device, or other intraocular device heldwithin the cavity 108.

At least a portion of the posterior side 104 can comprise a refractivesurface, which may, for example, allow a pseudophakic refraction to beperformed intraoperatively with a known lens already inside the eye. Therefractive surface 110 can comprise a refractive power of about +1diopter. In other embodiments, the refractive surface 110 may compriseany and all lens powers and designs that are currently known in the artof intraocular lenses, including, but not limited to: spherical,aspheric, wavefront, convex, concave, extended depth of focus, pinholeor small aperture, multifocal (diffractive, refractive, zonal), toric,accommodative, ultraviolet (UV) filtering, diffractive chromaticaberration reducing lenses, light adjustable lenses (ultraviolet lightadjustable, femtosecond phase wrapping), and optical powers ranging fromany positive diopter value (e.g., including +35 D and above) to anynegative diopter value (e.g., including −35 D and below).

The refractive surface 110 may advantageously reduce the refractivepower of an IOL to be placed in the device 100. For example, if thedevice did not include a refractive surface 110 (e.g., comprised asimple or modified ring), then one or more IOL devices would need toprovide all of the refractive power, which could increase the volume ofthe IOL, leading to a larger incision and associated complications. Adevice 100 comprising a refractive surface 110 implanted in the eye canadvantageously allow for a second refractive device or IOL to be coupledwith (e.g., placed within, next to, and/or on top of) the refractivesurface 110. The posterior refractive surface 110 can allow the ELP ofthe eye to be determined along with any residual refractive error. Ifany further refractive error is discovered, a second refractive deviceor IOL can be added to the refractive surface 110 (e.g., immediately),which can neutralize the deficit and help ensure that the desiredoutcome is achieved. The posterior refractive surface 110 can beaccurately placed and anchored and/or can inhibit or prevent shifting oflateral and/or posterior-anterior position, rotation, tilt, etc. of theposterior refractive surface 110 that could lead to degradation ofvision.

Further, in certain embodiments, the device 100 includes one or moreadditional features. For example, the device 100 can comprise agenerally lenticular or lens-like shape as opposed to a box-like design.In other words, the generally shape of the device 100 can be more likethe shape of a natural lens. Risks of negative and/or positivedysphotopsia can be reduced due to the generally lenticular shape of thedevice 100. Negative dysphotopsia is a common problem in cataractsurgery, generally described by patients as a temporal dark crescent intheir vision and is believed to occur either due to the opticalphenomenon known as total internal reflection or by obstruction oflight. This can occur either at the junction of the optic edge and theempty collapsed surrounding capsule forming a relatively planar surface,or due to the capsule overlapping a portion of the optic, most commonlythe nasal aspect. In embodiments in which the implantable device 100comprises an overall lens-like configuration, the capsule can be heldopen, preventing a relatively planar surface from being formed by fusionof the posterior and anterior capsule. More specifically, when lighthits a curvilinear slice of the device 100, which can be made fromsilicone for example, it may travel through the curvilinear sliceinstead of bouncing off and causing a negative shadow as it generallywould for flat surfaces. This may be especially true in the horizontalmeridian across the 180-degree plane. As such, in some embodiments, thedevice 100 does not comprise any flat edges or surfaces. In other words,every surface of the device 100 can be curvilinear. Flat opticalsurfaces can promote total internal reflection, and are not found in thenatural human lens or lens capsule in the native state. One goal of someof the embodiments described herein is to reduce negative dysphotopsiasby not having any flat optical surfaces.

In certain embodiments, one or more sidewalls 106 of the device 100 canextend from only a portion of the posterior 104 and/or anterior sides102 instead of extending from the whole circumference of the posterior104 and/or anterior sides 102. The outer periphery of a sidewall 106 cancomprise an arc of a circle. For example, in the illustrated embodiment,the device 100 comprises two sidewalls 106A, 106B each of which extendfrom only a portion of the circumference of the posterior side 104and/or refractive surface 110. In other words, certain portions of theanterior side 102 and posterior side 104 are not connected by asidewall.

There can be a number of advantages for having only a portion of thesidewall present instead of having a sidewall encompass the wholecircumference of the device 100. For example, by not having a sidewallat some portions, the area behind the refractive surface 110 can be moreaccessible. This can be important during surgical implantation of thedevice 100 to facilitate removal of viscoelastic material from behindthe lens or refractive surface 110 immediately or shortly after thedevice 100 is implanted. In devices in which a sidewall encompasses thewhole device 100, it can be difficult to maneuver between that space ofthe natural capsule and the sidewall capsular bag to get behind the lensor refractive surface 110 to vacuum out the viscoelastic material.Without having a sidewall present at least along some portions of theposterior side 104, it can be substantially easier to reach the areabehind the lens or refractive surface 110 for removal of viscoelasticmaterial and substantially reduce risks of posterior capsular distensionsyndrome due to remaining viscoelastic material.

In addition, by not having a sidewall present at least along someportions of the posterior side 104, the overall bulk of the device 100can be reduced. As such, the device 100 can be compressed to fit into asmaller injector and incision in the eye compared to a device withsidewalls surrounding the whole device. In other words, the device 100can be folded, rolled, or otherwise compressed over the longitudinalaxis of the device, or line 1G-1G of FIG. 1E, such that line 1-F-1F ofthe device 100 is compressed to allow the device 100 to be inserted intoa small injector and/or incision in the eye for implantation. Forexample, in some embodiments, the device 100 can be inserted into theeye through an incision of about 2.2 mm. In other embodiments, thedevice 100 can be inserted into the eye through an incision of about 1.5mm, about 1.6 mm, about 1.7 mm, about 1.8 mm, about 1.9 mm, about 2.0mm, about 2.1 mm, about 2.2 mm, about 2.3 mm, about 2.4 mm, about 2.5mm, about 2.6 mm, about 2.7 mm, about 2.8 mm, about 2.9 mm, about 3.0mm, about 3.1 mm, about 3.2 mm, about 3.3 mm, about 3.4 mm, about 3.5mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

Also, the reduced size of the device 100 can allow for use of a largeroptic or lens, for example for use on the anterior side 104 and/or forplacement within the cavity 108. More specifically, a larger lens orrefractive surface 110 can be used with the device 100 due to thereduced bulk of the device 100 itself by removal of some of thesidewalls. Use of a larger lens or refractive surface 110 can beadvantageous to reduce halos and/or glare post-surgery. For example,when the pupil dilates more than 5 mm, such as at night, light thatreaches the outer portions of the refractive surface 110 may not befocused. A larger lens or refractive surface 110 can be generally betterto address such issues, specifically to prevent nighttime symptoms whenthe pupil dilates to 6 or 7 mm for example.

In some embodiments, substantially the whole device 100, other than thelens or refractive surface 110 and/or one or more haptics 112, cancomprise silicone and/or a soft silicone polymer. In addition, incertain embodiments, substantially the whole device 100, other than thelens or refractive surface 110 and/or one or more haptics 112, cancomprise a flexible and/or elastic material. As such, the device 100 canbe foldable or collapsible for implantation into the eye through a smallincision. Once inserted into the eye, the device 100 can naturallyunfold and self-expand into its expanded configuration as illustrated inFIG. 1A within the natural capsular bag. In certain embodiments, thedevice 100 without having sidewalls encompassing the whole device 100 iscollapsible to a point where the size of the optic or refractive surface110 is the rate limiting factor for the incision size for surgicalimplantation of the device 100.

The device 100 can comprise one or more capsular areas. The one or morecapsular areas can be adapted to receive and/or hold a lens or asecondary lens in addition to a refractive surface 110 on the posteriorside. By inserting a secondary lens, IOL, or other optical device intothe device 100, a Galilean and/or reverse Galilean telescope can beprovided. For example, a portion of the posterior side 104, a portion ofthe anterior side 102, and a portion of the side wall 106A, 106B candefine a capsular area. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 1A-1G, thedevice 100 comprises two capsular areas. The first capsular area isdefined by a portion of the posterior side 104, a portion of theanterior side 102, and a portion of the side wall 106A. Similarly, asecond capsular area is defined by another portion of the posterior side104, another portion of the anterior side 102, and another portion ofthe side wall 106B. In other embodiments, the device 100 can compriseone, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or ten separatecapsular areas.

Similarly, the device 100 can comprise one, two, three, four, five, six,seven, eight, nine, or ten sidewalls 106, each of which extend from onlya portion of the circumference of the posterior side 104 and/orrefractive surface 110. In some embodiments, one or more sidewalls 106of the device 100 can extend from about 120° of the circumference of theposterior side 104 and/or refractive surface 110. In other embodiments,one or more sidewalls 106 of the device 100 can extend from about 15°,about 30°, about 45°, about 60°, about 75°, about 90°, about 105°, about135°, about 150°, about 165°, about 180°, about 195°, about 210°, about225°, about 240°, about 255°, about 270°, about 285°, about 300°, about315°, about 330°, about 345°, and/or about 360° of the circumference ofthe posterior side 104 and/or refractive surface 110. In certainembodiments, one or more sidewalls 106 of the device 100 can extend froma portion of the circumference of the posterior side 104 and/orrefractive surface within a circumferential range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the one or more sidewalls 106 can comprise aconcave shape. For example, an interior surface of the one or moresidewalls 106 and/or interior surface of the refractive surface 110 orposterior side 104 can form a cavity 108. The cavity can be configuredto hold an IOL, for example.

In some embodiments, the device 100 comprises one or more haptics 112.The one or more haptics 112 can be made of a rigid or semi-rigidmaterial, such as polyimide, PMMA, polypropylene, and nylon. The one ormore haptics 112 can also or alternatively be made of a biocompatiblematerial, such as silicone, silicone polymers, SIBS(poly(styrene-block-isobutylene-block-styrene)), acrylic, acrylicpolymers, polypropylene, polycarbonate, and Gore-Tex. One or morehaptics 112 of the device 100 can provide a place for surroundingepithelial cells to grow and latch on to provide support for the device100 within the natural capsular bag.

In the illustrated embodiment, the device 100 comprises two haptics 112,made of polyimide for example. In other embodiments, the device 100 cancomprise one, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or ten haptics112. Further, in the illustrated embodiment, the one or more haptics 112comprise the general shape of an outer periphery of a rectangular orsubstantially rectangular shape, which can be attached to the anteriorside of a sidewall extension. As shown, the one or more haptics 112 canbe positioned close and/or generally parallel to the posterior side 102of the device 100 and do not extend radially outward of the device 100.This can present advantages during surgical implantation as radiallyextending haptics can potentially get hung up on the iris and/oranterior portion of the natural capsular bag, which can presentcomplications during surgical implantation. In other embodiments, one ormore haptics 112 can comprise a different shape while being positionedclose to and/or generally parallel to the posterior side 102 and/oranterior side 104 of the device 100, such as circular, elliptical,round, square, triangular, or the like.

In some embodiments, a portion of a haptic 112 can be over-molded intothe device 100 for maintaining the position of the haptic 112 and notexposing that portion of the haptic 112. Another portion of the haptic112 can be exposed to the underside of the anterior natural capsularbag. For example, a peripheral portion of the haptic can be over-moldedwhile the central portion is exposed. The portion of the device 100, forexample made of silicone, underneath the central portion of the haptic112 can be indented or recessed in some embodiments. As such, fibroticbands can be formed over time to act as an anchor point and hold thewhole device 100 in place, for example if a Yag(yttrium-aluminum-garnet) laser capsulotomy is to be performed. Morespecifically, epithelial cells coating the anterior and/or posteriornatural capsular bag can replicate and grow into the recessed area ofthe silicone device 100 underneath the haptic 112 and grow around thehaptic 112.

In certain embodiments, one or more haptics 112 of the device 100 cancomprise a “monkey bar” type configuration. More specifically, a portionof the device 100, for example a portion of a sidewall, can be recessedand/or indented. A haptic can extend across the recessed or indentedportion. For example, one end of the haptic can be over-molded bysilicone or other material of the device 100 at one end of the recessedor indented portion and the other end of the haptic can be over-moldedby silicone or other material of the device 100 at the other end of therecessed or indented portion. As such, a haptic, for example made ofpolyimide, can be formed without radially extending out of the exteriorsurface of the device 100 while having void space all around the haptic.This can provide strands of exposed haptic or polyimide in someembodiments, while the haptic is stabilized as part of the overalldevice. Epithelial cells can grow around the haptic and latch on toprovide lateral support along the monkey bar-type portion. One or moresuch haptics can be provided on each side of the device 100 in asymmetric manner.

In some embodiments, the device 100 comprises a single-molded design. Inother words, the whole device 100, or substantially the whole device 100other than the lens or refractive surface 110 and/or one or more haptics112, can be molded from a single piece of material. For example, in someembodiments, substantially the whole device 100 can be molded ofsilicone using a silicone compression mold. In certain embodiments, oneor more haptics 112, made of polyimide for example, are placed in themold before silicone or other material of the device 100 is poured intothe mold and compressed. In other embodiments, the device 100 or anyportion thereof can be manufactured by 3D laser cutting, two photonlithography, additive manufacturing, 3D printing, compression molding,and/or any combination of the aforementioned manufacturing processes orothers.

FIG. 1C illustrates a posterior side perspective view of the exampleprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 1A. FIG. 1D illustrates a side planview of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 1A.

The device 100 optionally comprises one or more posterior fins 114. Thedevice 100 shown includes two posterior fins 114A, 114B. The posteriorfins 114 can be aligned along a diameter of the refractive surface 110.In some implementations, a plurality of posterior fins 114 (e.g., 2, 3,4, 5, 6, or more fins 124) may be circumferentially offset (e.g., byabout 180°, by about 120°, by about 90°, by about 72°, by about 60°, andthe like). In some implementations, at least some or all of a pluralityof posterior fins 114 (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or more fins 114) may beunaligned.

In the illustrated embodiment, a line between the two posterior fins 114forms an angle with a major axis of the device 100. For example, theangle between a line connecting the posterior fins 114 and a major axisof the device 100 can be about 10°, about 20°, about 30°, about 40°,about 50°, about 60°, about 70°, about 80°, about 90°, about 100°, about110°, about 120°, about 130°, about 140°, about 150°, about 160°, about170°, about 180°, and/or within a range between two of theaforementioned values. In certain embodiments, the posterior fins 114are aligned along a major axis of the device 100. In otherimplementations, the posterior fins 114 may be aligned along a minoraxis of the device 100.

The posterior fin 114 may comprise the same material as the device 100or a different material than the device 100. The posterior fin 114 mayhelp to space a posterior surface of a natural capsular bag from theposterior end 104 of the device 100 radially outward of the refractivesurface 110. Spacing the posterior surface of the natural capsular bagfrom the posterior end 104 of the device 100 radially outward of therefractive surface 110 may allow fluid to flow radially outward of therefractive surface 110, which may help to reduce opacification. Spacingthe posterior surface of the natural capsular bag from the posterior end104 of the device 100 radially outward of the refractive surface 110 mayreduce the chance of retaining viscoelastic that has some residualtrapped fibrin or inflammatory precipitate contained within it. In someembodiments, the posterior fin 114 may extend anterior from theposterior of the device 100 into the cavity of the device 100. In someembodiments, the posterior fin comprises a roughened or opacifiedinterior and/or exterior surface of the device 100 (e.g., having thesame thickness and material as the posterior wall radially outward ofthe refractive surface 110 but treated to provide an alignment mark).

The device 100 can be strategically aligned in an eye with use of thefins 114. For example, if an eye has astigmatism, a device 100 in whichthe refractive surface 110 comprises a toric lens can be used to atleast partially correct the astigmatism if the device 100 is properlyoriented (e.g., with the steep axis of a cornea). In someimplementations, at least one of the fins 114 can be different (e.g.,different shape, dimensions, etc.) to indicate a top or bottom of thedevice 100. In devices allowing any rotational orientation of an IOLinserted therein, a toric IOL can be rotated. Aligning the device 100for alignment of a toric refractive surface 110 and/or a toric IOLcontained in the device 100 can advantageously provide the advantages oflimited IOL rotation, reduced volume, and astigmatism correction. Forexample, the optic haptic junction of a secondary IOL can be aligned orotherwise correlated with one or more fins 114 and allow a surgeon toalign the device 100 in an optimal position for a secondary toric IOL tobe placed. In some embodiments, the one or more fins 114 extendingradially posterior or outward of the posterior of the device 100 canstill be visualized from the interior of the refractive surface 110 tofacilitate alignment of a secondary IOL or device, for example due tothe transparent and/or semi-transparent nature of the posterior of thedevice 100. In other embodiments, the one or more fins 114 extendradially anterior or inward of the posterior of the device 100 such thatit the fins 114 are viewable for facilitating alignment of a secondaryIOL or device.

FIG. 1E illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 1A. FIG. 1F illustrates a cross-sectional viewof the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 1A along the line1F-1F of FIG. 1E. FIG. 1G illustrates a cross-sectional view of theexample prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 1A along the line 1G-1G ofFIG. 1E.

In the illustrated embodiment, the device 100 comprises a refractivesurface 110 with a diameter of about 5.5 mm. In other embodiments, thedevice 100 can comprise a refractive surface 110 with a diameter ofabout 5.0 mm. The refractive surface 110 110 may have a diameter betweenabout 4 mm and about 9 mm (e.g., about 4 mm, about 5 mm, about 6 mm,about 7 mm, about 8 mm, about 9 mm, ranges between such values, etc.).

In such embodiments, the device 100 can be configured to be insertedthrough a small incision of about 2.2 mm or about 2.4 mm. In certainembodiments, the device 100 can be inserted through an incision betweenabout 1.5 mm and about 3 mm (e.g., about 1.6 mm, about 1.7 mm, about 1.8mm, about 1.9 mm, about 2.0 mm, about 2.1 mm, about 2.2 mm, about 2.3mm, about 2.4 mm, about 2.5 mm, about 2.6 mm, about 2.7 mm, about 2.8mm, about 2.9 mm, about 3.0 mm, ranges between such values, etc.).

Further, in the illustrated embodiment, a length of a major axis of thedevice 100 or a length measured from the outermost end of one sidewall106A to the outermost end of another sidewall 106B along a major axis ofthe device 100 can be about 10.00 mm. In other embodiments, the lengthof the major axis of the device 100 can be about 5.00 mm, about 6.00 mm,about 7.00 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 11.00mm, about 12.00 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm,and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

Furthermore, in the illustrated embodiment, a length of a minor axis ofthe device 100 or a length measured from one end of a sidewall 106 tothe other end of the same sidewall 106 along a minor axis of the device100 can be about 6.57 mm. In other embodiments, the length of a minoraxis of the device 100 can be about 4.0 mm, about 4.5 mm, about 5.0 mm,about 5.5 mm, about 6.0 mm, about 6.5 mm, about 7.0 mm, about 7.5 mm,about 8.0 mm, about 8.5 mm, about 9.0 mm, and/or within a range definedby two of the aforementioned values.

As illustrated in FIG. 1G, in some embodiments, a thickness of a haptic112, made from polyimide for example, can be about 0.13 mm. In otherembodiments, the thickness of the haptic 112 can be about 0.05 mm, about0.06 mm, about 0.07 mm, about 0.08 mm, about 0.09 mm, about 0.10 mm,about 0.11 mm, about 0.12 mm, about 0.13 mm, about 0.14 mm, about 0.15mm, about 0.16 mm, about 0.17 mm, about 0.18 mm, about 0.19 mm, about0.20 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In certain embodiments, a length of the haptic 112 across the crosssection formed by line 1G-1G or along a major axis of the device 100 canbe about 1.4 mm. In other embodiments, a length of the haptic as seen ina cross section along a major axis of the device 100 can be about 0.05mm, about 0.06 mm, about 0.07 mm, about 0.08 mm, about 0.09 mm, about0.10 mm, about 0.11 mm, about 0.12 mm, about 0.13 mm, about 0.14 mm,about 0.15 mm, about 0.16 mm, about 0.17 mm, about 0.18 mm, about 0.19mm, about 0.20 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the thickness of silicone or other material of thedevice 100 can be about 0.2 mm. In certain embodiments, the thickness ofsilicone or other material of the device 100 can be about 0.1 mm, about0.2 mm, about 0.3 mm, about 0.4 mm, about 0.5 mm, about 0.6 mm, about0.7 mm, about 0.8 mm, about 0.9 mm, about 1.0 mm, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the thickness of the silicone or other material ofthe device 100 varies depending on the portion of the device 100. Inother words, some portions of the device 100 can be made of thinnermaterials while other portions of the device 100 can be made of thickermaterials. For example, certain portions of the device that providesupport to the anterior portion of the device 100 may be made withthicker materials for added support.

In some embodiments, a thickness of silicone or other material of thedevice 100 molded over the haptic 112 can be about 0.01 mm, about 0.02mm, about 0.03 mm, about 0.04 mm, about 0.05 mm, about 0.06 mm, about0.07 mm, about 0.08 mm, about 0.09 mm, about 0.10 mm, and/or within arange defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In certain embodiments, the width of an opening of the cavity formed byeach end of the two sidewalls 106 can be about 5.82 mm. In someembodiments, the width of the opening of the cavity formed by each endof the two sidewalls can be about 4.0 mm, about 4.2 mm, about 4.4 mm,about 4.6 mm, about 4.8 mm, about 5.0 mm, about 5.2 mm, about 5.4 mm,about 5.6 mm, about 5.8 mm, about 6.0 mm, about 6.2 mm, about 6.4 mm,about 6.6 mm, about 6.8 mm, about 7.0 mm, about 7.2 mm, about 7.4 mm,about 7.6 mm, about 7.8 mm, about 8.0 mm, and/or within a range definedby two of the aforementioned values.

Also, the height of the cavity as measured from a midpoint of theposterior refractive surface 110 to the top of the sidewall 106 openingcan be about 3.21 mm in some embodiments. In certain embodiments, theheight of the cavity as measured from a midpoint of the posteriorrefractive surface 110 to the top of the sidewall 106 opening can beabout 2.0 mm, 2.2 mm, 2.4 mm, 2.6 mm, 2.8 mm, 3.0 mm, 3.2 mm, 3.4 mm,3.6 mm, 3.8 mm, 4.0 mm, 4.2 mm, 4.4 mm, 4.6 mm, 4.8 mm, 5.0 mm, and/orwithin a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

FIG. 2A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device. FIG. 2B illustrates another anterior sideperspective view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 2A.The prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 2A includes some or all of thefeatures of the prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 1A, and likereference numerals include like features. In particular, in someembodiments, the prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 2A can be similar tothe prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 1A, except for the configurationof the haptics 202. All other features of the device 200 or haptics 202,such as material, flexibility, function, or the like, can be similar tosuch features of the device 100 or haptics 112 described above inrelation to FIGS. 1A-1G.

In some embodiments, the device 200 does not comprise haptics with alicense plate or rectangular configuration as in FIGS. 1A-1G. Rather,the device 200 can comprise one or more haptics that connect thesidewalls 106 and expand radially to form a generally circular shape.For example, in the illustrated embodiment, one end of a haptic 202A canbe anchored or over-molded on one sidewall 106A and the other end of thesame haptic 202A can be anchored or over-molded on another sidewall106B. Similarly, one end of a second haptic 202B can be anchored orover-molded on one sidewall 106A and the other end of the same haptic202B can be anchored or over-molded on another sidewall 106B. The haptic202 can form a radially outward shape or a substantially outwardlycircular shape or loop. The haptic 202 202 can extend radially outwardfrom a cavity between two or more sidewalls 106A, 106B. Suchconfiguration of the haptic 202 can provide for stability of the device200 within the natural capsular bag.

FIG. 2C illustrates a posterior side perspective view of the exampleprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 2A. FIG. 2D illustrates a side planview of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 2A. FIG. 2Eillustrates an anterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 2A. FIG. 2F illustrates a cross-sectional view of theexample prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 2A along the line 2F-2F ofFIG. 2E. FIG. 2G illustrates a cross-sectional view of the exampleprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 2A along the line 2G-2G of FIG. 2E.

As shown in FIG. 2E, in some embodiments, an outer or under certaincircumstances maximum diameter of the device 200, for example accountingfor extension of the haptics 202, may be about 10 mm. In certainembodiments, the outer or maximum diameter of the device 200 can beabout 7 mm, about 8 mm, about 9 mm, about 10 mm, about 11 mm, about 12mm, about 13 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

As shown in FIG. 2F, in some embodiments, an outer or under certaincircumstances maximum thickness of the device 200, for exampleaccounting for the thickness of the refractive surface 110, may be about3.65 mm. In certain embodiments, the outer or maximum thickness of thedevice 200 can be about 3.0 mm, about 3.1 mm, about 3.2 mm, about 3.3mm, about 3.4 mm, about 3.5 mm, about 3.6 mm, about 3.7 mm, about 3.8mm, about 3.9 mm, about 4.0 mm, about 4.1 mm, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values.

FIG. 3A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device. FIG. 3B illustrates an anterior plan view ofthe example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 3A. FIG. 3C illustrates aside plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 3A.FIG. 3D illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 3A along the line 3D-3D of FIG. 3B.

The prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 3A includes some or all of thefeatures of the prosthetic capsular devices of FIGS. 1A and/or 2A, andlike reference numerals include like features. In particular, in someembodiments, the prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 3A can be similar tothe prosthetic capsular devices of FIGS. 1A and/or 2A, except for thehaptics 112, 202 and sidewalls 302.

More specifically, in the illustrated embodiment, the device 300 doesnot comprise any haptics, such as haptics 112, 202 described above inrelation to FIGS. 1A and 2A. In other embodiments, the device 300 cancomprise one or more haptics 112, 202 described above in relation toFIGS. 1A and 2A.

Further, in certain embodiments, one or more sidewalls 302 of the device300 can extend from only about 90° of the circumference of the posteriorside 104 and/or refractive surface 110. In other words, a singlecapsular area defined by a portion of the anterior side 102, a portionof the posterior side 104, and a sidewall 302A, 302B, can cover about90° of the circumference of the device 300.

The sidewalls 302 can include any and all other features of sidewalls106 described above in relation to FIGS. 1A-1G. In some embodiments, allof the sidewalls 302A, 302B each extend from a substantially equalportion of the circumference of the posterior side 104 and/or refractivesurface 110, for example each at about 90°. In other embodiments, someof the sidewalls 302 can extend from different amounts of portions ofthe circumference of the posterior side 104 and/or refractive surface110. For example, one of a plurality of sidewalls 302 can extend fromabout 45° while another of the plurality of sidewalls 302 extends fromabout 90° of the circumference of the posterior side 104 and/orrefractive surface 110.

In some embodiments, a single device 300 can be configured to beimplanted into the eye with or without a second lens being placed insidethe cavity 108. In certain embodiments, two devices 300 are configuredto be coupled together prior to and/or during surgical implantation.More specifically, a first device 300 can be coupled with a seconddevice 300 that is placed upside down to form a lens assembly withitself. In certain patients, this combination of lenses may moverelative to one another creating a variable effective power of the lenssystem, enhancing the range of vision provided. A lens may be placedinside the empty cavity formed by the two devices 300.

FIG. 4A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of two (2) exampleprosthetic capsular devices of FIG. 3A coupled together. FIG. 4Billustrates a posterior side perspective view of two (2) exampleprosthetic capsular devices of FIG. 3A coupled together. FIG. 4Cillustrates an anterior plan view of two (2) example prosthetic capsulardevices of FIG. 3A coupled together. FIG. 4D illustrates a side planview of two (2) example prosthetic capsular devices of FIG. 3A coupledtogether. FIG. 4E illustrates a cross-sectional view along the line4E-4E of FIG. 4C of two (2) example prosthetic capsular devices of FIG.3A coupled together.

In some embodiments, one device 300 can be coupled with another device300 to form a closed cavity 108 inside an assembly 400 the two devices300. To do so, one device 300 can coupled with another device 300 thatis placed upside down. In certain embodiments, each device 300 cancomprise two sidewalls that each extend from roughly 90° of thecircumference of the posterior side 104 and/or refractive surface 110.As such, when coupled together, sidewalls of the two devices 300 can, incombination, form a sidewall that substantially covers all 360°.

In certain embodiments, a gap may be present between the end of asidewall 302 of one device 300 and the refractive surface 110 of asecond device 300. Instead of forming a complete seal, a gap between thetwo devices 300 when coupled together to form an assembly 400 can beadvantageous to allow for fluid to pass to and from the cavity.

In some embodiments, this gap between the two devices 300 when coupledto form an assembly 400 (or more specifically, the gap between an end ofa sidewall 302 of a first device 300 and the refractive surface 110 of asecond device 300 when the first device 300 and second device 300 arecoupled together) can be about 0.25 mm. In certain embodiments, this gapcan be about 0.05 mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.20 mm, about0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm, about 0.35 mm, about 0.40 mm, about 0.45 mm,about 0.50 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values. The precise thickness of the gap can depend onthe shape and/or volume of the natural capsular bag in some embodiments.

In certain embodiments, one device 300 is implanted into the eye first,followed by optional implantation and positioning of a refractive lensinside the cavity 108, and then the second device 300 is implanted intothe eye to form a closure of the assembly 400. In some embodiments, thetwo devices 300 are coupled together first before implantation into theeye.

FIG. 5A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device. FIG. 5B illustrates a posterior sideperspective view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 5A.The prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 5A includes some or all of thefeatures of the prosthetic capsular devices of FIGS. 1A-4A, and likereference numerals include like features.

More specifically, in some embodiments, the device 500 can comprise oneor more sidewalls 302 which can include some or all of the features ofthe sidewalls 302 of device 300. For example, in certain embodiments,one or more sidewalls 302 of the device 500 can extend from only about90° of the circumference of the posterior side 104 and/or refractivesurface 110. The sidewalls 302 can also include any and all otherfeatures of sidewalls 106 described above in relation to FIGS. 1A-4A.

Similarly, the device 500 can comprise one or more haptics 502 which caninclude some or all of the features of the haptics 202 of device 200.For example, one or more haptics 502 of the device 500 can connect twosidewalls 302A, 302B. Moreover, one or both ends of a haptic 502 can beanchored or over-molded on a sidewall 302A, 302B of the device 500.

FIG. 5C illustrates an anterior plan view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 5A. FIG. 5D illustrates a side plan view of theexample prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 5A. FIG. 5E illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.5A along the line 5E-5E of FIG. 5C. FIG. 5F illustrates another sideplan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 5A. FIG. 5Gillustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 5A along the line 5G-5G of FIG. 5F.

In certain embodiments, only one end of a haptic 502 is anchored orover-molded on a sidewall 302A, 302B of the device 500. For example, inthe embodiment illustrated in FIG. 5A, one of a haptic 502A can beover-molded onto a sidewall 302A, while the other end of the haptic 502Ais not molded or rigidly anchored to the other sidewall 302B Likewise,only one end of haptic 502B can be molded or rigidly anchored to thesame sidewall 302A that haptic 502A is anchored to, while the other endof the haptic 502B is not rigidly anchored to the other sidewall 302B.The other end of the haptic 502B can be configured to be tucked into theinterior of the other sidewall 302B similar to a safety-pin-likeconfiguration.

In some embodiments, the device 500 comprises a ridge 504 on one or moresidewalls 302A, 302B for receiving and/or embedding the haptics 502without rigidly anchoring the haptic 502. For example, in certainembodiments, only one of two sidewalls 302B comprises said ridge 504.The other sidewall 302A does not comprise a ridge 504 in someembodiments. Within the ridge 504, the haptics 502A, 502B can be free tomove along the ridge 504. For example, the end of a haptic 502 can beallowed to move up and down along the length of the ridge 504 as theexposed portion of the haptic 502 is compressed or allowed to expand.

In certain embodiments, a device 500 that comprises a ridge 504 on onlyone of two sidewalls 302B can be configured to be injected into the eyein a general direction from the other sidewall 302A without a ridgetowards the sidewall 302B with the ridge 504. Insertion into the eye inthis general direction will allow the exposed portion of the haptics 502to compress more closely towards the refractive surface 110 as the endsof the haptics 502 will be allowed to move more into the ridge 504.

Once implanted within the eye, the device 500 can be allowed to unfoldnaturally. The haptics 502 can be allowed to naturally decompress aswell, moving the ends of the haptics 502 more towards the openings ofthe ridge 504. Accordingly, the device 500 can comprise radiallyextending haptics 502 to maintain the shape and/or size of the naturalcapsular bag without the ends thereof adding complications to thesurgical procedure. In some embodiments, when in an expanded or relaxedstate, the outermost perimeter or portion of the sidewalls 302A, 302Band the haptics 502A, 502B can form a perfect or substantially perfectcircle with a constant radius or diameter. For example, in someembodiments, an outer or maximum diameter of the device 500, accountingfor the haptics 502, may be about 10 mm. In certain embodiments, theouter or maximum diameter of the device 500 can be about 7 mm, about 8mm, about 9 mm, about 10 mm, about 11 mm, about 12 mm, about 13 mm,and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In certain embodiments, because portions of the haptics 502 can besqueezed and/or hidden during the surgical implantation, the device 500can be injected in a manner substantially similar to those used fordevices without such radially extending haptics, such as the device 100illustrated in FIG. 1A. At the same time, because the haptics 502 areallowed to radially expand once the device 500 is implanted, the haptics502, made of polyimide for example, can provide sufficient points ofattachment for epithelial cells to anchor the device 500.

FIG. 6A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device. FIG. 6B illustrates an anterior plan view ofthe example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 6A. FIG. 6C illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.6A along the line 6C-6C of FIG. 6B. FIG. 6D illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.6A along the line 6D-6D of FIG. 6B.

The prosthetic capsular device 600 of FIG. 6A includes some or all ofthe features of the prosthetic capsular devices of FIGS. 1A-5A, and likereference numerals include like features. In particular, the prostheticcapsular device 600 of FIG. 6A can be similar to the prosthetic capsulardevices of FIGS. 1A and 2A, except for the haptics 112, 202 and/or otheradditional features.

More specifically, the device 600 can comprise one or more haptics 602that extend radially outward from and to a single or same sidewall 106.For example, one end of a haptic 602 can be over-molded or otherwise beanchored to a portion of one sidewall 106, and the other end of the samehaptic 602 can be over-molded or otherwise be anchored to anotherportion of the same sidewall 106, the portion of the haptic 602 inbetween the two ends forming a loop extending out of the sidewall 106.Each of the haptics 602 can form a closed loop. As a result, epithelialcells can be promoted to grow around the haptics 602 to substantiallyaffix the device 600 within the eye.

In certain embodiments, one or more haptics 602 can be made of Gore-Texor other soft material, and the rest of the device 600 can be made ofsilicone. The whole device 600 can be made exclusively of soft materialin some embodiments, which can resolve concerns with implanting sharp orrigid materials. Also, cellular ingrowth can be facilitated, for exampledue to Gore-Tex'shigh biocompatibility in some embodiments. Accordingly,in some embodiments, a haptic comprises a single Gore-Tex string ortether, for example extending in a loop-like configuration out of asidewall. Such Gore-Tex string or tether can provide a natural place fora fibrotic anchor to attach and also prevent the device 600 fromslipping. As such, in certain embodiments, the natural capsular bag canbe maintained in an open position due to the structural integrity of thedevice 600 and the Gore-Tex without need of a sharp or rigid materialsuch as polyimide.

The device 600 can comprise a major axis, for example from a horizontaloutermost portion of one haptic 602A to a horizontal outermost portionof another haptic 602B. The distance between horizontal outermostportions of the two haptics 602A, 602B can be about 11.15 mm in someembodiments. In other embodiments, the distance between horizontaloutermost portions of the two haptics 602A, 602B can be about 5 mm,about 6 mm, about 7 mm, about 8 mm, about 9 mm, about 10 mm, about 11mm, about 12 mm, about 13 mm, about 14 mm, about 15 mm, and/or within arange defined by two of the aforementioned values.

The device 600 can comprise a minor axis, for example from a verticaloutermost portion of one haptic 602A, 602B to a vertical outermostportion of the same haptic 602A, 602B. The distance between verticaloutermost portions of a single haptics 602A, 602B can be about 7.95 mmin some embodiments. In other embodiments, the distance between verticaloutermost portions of a single haptic 602A, 602B can be about 5 mm,about 5.5 mm, about 6 mm, about 6.5 mm, about 7 mm, about 7.5 mm, about8 mm, about 8.5 mm, about 9 mm, about 9.5 mm, about 10 mm, about 10.5mm, about 11 mm, about 11.5 mm, about 12 mm, about 13 mm, about 14 mm,about 15 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

The device 600 can also comprise one or more notches 604. For example,in the illustrated embodiment, each capsular area comprises a notch604A, 604B along the interior of each capsular area or sidewall 106A,106B. The notch 604 can comprise one or more recessed areas or slots forinsertion of one or more additional devices. For example, in someembodiments, the notch 604 can comprise one or more slots configured forinsertion of a secondary IOL, an electronic device, and/or haptics ofthe secondary IOL electronic device or other secondary device. Byproviding a slot or recessed area, a secondary device can be insertedinto the device 600 at a precise location within the device 600 and bestabilized at that location by preventing movement of the secondarydevice laterally, anteriorly and/or posteriorly within the device 600.For example, a secondary IOL can be inserted into the device 600 suchthat a distance between the secondary IOL and the refractive surface 110is known and/or predetermined. Accordingly, one can determine an optimalor particular power of a secondary IOL based on the known refractivepower of the refractive surface 110 and the known distance between thesecondary IOL and the refractive surface 110. One or more functionalaspects of an electronic device to be inserted into the device 600 mayalso depend on the particular location of the electronic device withinthe device 600 and/or particular distance from the refractive surface110, which can be predetermined and/or controlled utilizing the one ormore notches 604.

The device 600 can comprise a plurality of notches or slots 604 on theinterior surface of each capsular area or sidewall 106A, 106B. Referringto the cross-section view along line 6D-6D as illustrated in FIG. 6D forexample, a plurality of vertical notches or slots 604 can be formedgenerally parallel to one another. In other words, in addition to thevertical notch or slot 604 shown in FIG. 6D, one or more additionalvertical notches or slots can be provided to the left and/or right ofthe illustrated notch or slot 604. This can allow for one or moresecondary IOLs, electronic devices, or other devices to be inserted intothe device 600 at varying locations or distances from the refractivesurface 110. By doing so, one can control the particular location ofinsertion of a secondary device in the device 600 by selecting one ofthe plurality of notches or slots to hold the secondary device. In otherwords, the secondary device can be adjusted anteriorly and/orposteriorly within the device 600 when being inserted.

In some embodiments, a width of a notch or slot 604 can be about 0.142mm wide. In certain embodiments, the width of a notch or slot 604 can beabout 0.05 mm, about 0.1 mm, about 0.11 mm, about 0.12 mm, about 0.13mm, about 0.14 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.16 mm, about 0.17 mm, about0.18 mm, about 0.19 mm, about 0.2 mm, about 0.21 mm, about 0.22 mm,about 0.23 mm, about 0.24 mm, about 0.25 mm, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, a length of a notch or slot 604 can be about 3.77mm. In certain embodiments, the length of a notch or slot 604 can beabout 0.5 mm, about 1 mm, about 1.5 mm, about 2 mm, about 2.5 mm, about3 mm, about 3.5 mm, about 4 mm, about 4.5 mm, about 5 mm, about 5.5 mm,about 6 mm, about 6.5 mm, about 7 mm, and/or within a range defined bytwo of the aforementioned values.

The sidewalls 106A, 106B when viewed in the direction illustrated inFIG. 6C can be separated by about 42° in some embodiments. In certainembodiments, the angle formed between the sidewalls 106A, 106B whenviewed in the direction illustrated in FIG. 6C can be about 36°, about37°, about 38°, about 39°, about 40°, about 41°, about 42°, about 43°,about 44°, about 45°, about 46°, about 47°, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values.

FIG. 7A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device. FIG. 7B illustrates an anterior plan view ofthe example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 7A. FIG. 7C illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.7A along the line 7C-7C of FIG. 7B. FIG. 7D illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.7A along the line 7D-7D of FIG. 7B.

The prosthetic capsular device 700 of FIG. 7A includes some or all ofthe features of the prosthetic capsular devices of FIGS. 1A-6A, and likereference numerals include like features. In particular, the prostheticcapsular device 700 of FIG. 7A can be similar to the prosthetic capsulardevice of FIGS. 1A, 2A, and 6A, except for the haptics 112, 202, 602.

As with device 600 of FIG. 6A, the device 700 can comprise one or morehaptics 702 that extend radially outward from and to a single or samesidewall 106. However, unlike the device 600 of FIG. 6A, each sidewall106 of the device 700 can comprise more than one such haptics 702. Forexample, in the illustrated embodiment, each sidewall 106 or capsulararea comprises two haptics 702 in a closed loop configuration. By havingmore than one haptics extending from each sidewall 106 or capsular area,epithelial cells can attach to the more than one haptics and prevent orsubstantially prevent the device 700 from sliding into a disadvantageousposition, which may be a higher risk for the device 600 of FIG. 6A.

More specifically, a sidewall 106A can comprise a first haptic 702A thatextends radially outward from one end of the sidewall 106A towards acenter of the sidewall. The same sidewall 106A can also comprise asecond haptic 702B that extends radially outward from another end of thesidewall 106A towards the center of the sidewall. Similarly, a secondsidewall 106B can comprise a third haptic 702C that extends radiallyoutward from one end of the sidewall 106B towards a center of thesidewall. The sidewall 106B can also comprise a fourth haptic 702D thatextends radially outward from another end of the sidewall 106B towardsthe center of the sidewall. In other embodiments, a single sidewall 106can comprise three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or ten haptics702. Any one or more feature of the haptics 702, such as material,flexibility, rigidity, attachment to the device 700, or the like, can besimilar to the haptics 602 of the device 600 in FIG. 6A.

When viewed in the direction illustrated in FIG. 7B, a distance betweena bottom end of one haptic 702A, 702D and a top end of another haptic702B, 702C can be about 1 mm. In certain embodiments, the distancebetween a bottom end of one haptic 702A, 702D and a top end of anotherhaptic 702B, 702C when viewed in the direction illustrated in FIG. 7Bcan about 0.5 mm, about 0.6 mm, about 0.7 mm, about 0.8 mm, about 0.9mm, about 1 mm, about 1.1 mm, about 1.2 mm, about 1.3 mm, about 1.4 mm,about 1.5 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

FIG. 8A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device. FIG. 8B illustrates an anterior plan view ofthe example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 8A. FIG. 8C illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.8A along the line 8C-8C of FIG. 8B. FIG. 8D illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.8A along the line 8D-8D of FIG. 8B.

The prosthetic capsular device 800 of FIG. 8A includes some or all ofthe features of the prosthetic capsular devices of FIGS. 1A-7A, and likereference numerals include like features. In particular, the prostheticcapsular device 800 of FIG. 8A can be similar to the prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 2A, except for the haptics 202 and shape or configurationof the one or more sidewalls 106.

More specifically, the one or more sidewalls 802 of the device 800 canbe larger than those of the device 200 of FIG. 2A. For example, the oneor more sidewalls 802 can extend vertically upwards and/or downwardswhen viewed in an anterior side plan view as illustrated in FIG. 8B. Asa result, the curvature of the outer periphery of the one or moresidewalls 802 can be larger than sidewalls 106 of the device 200 of FIG.2A for example. The general shape of the outer periphery of the device800 can be substantially circular when viewed from an anterior orposterior plan view, compared to the lenticular shape of some of theother devices described above in relation to FIG. 1A for example.

Similar to sidewalls 106A, 106B illustrated in other embodiments, thesidewalls 802A, 802B, when viewed in the direction illustrated in FIG.8C can be separated by about 41° in some embodiments. In certainembodiments, the angle formed between the sidewalls 802A, 802B, whenviewed in the direction illustrated in FIG. 8C, can be about 36°, about37°, about 38°, about 39°, about 40°, about 41°, about 42°, about 43°,about 44°, about 45°, about 46°, about 47°, about 48°, about 49°, about50°, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, a substantially circular outermost periphery of thedevice 800 can comprise a diameter of about 9.68 mm. In certainembodiments, the outermost periphery of the device 800 can comprise asubstantially circular shape with a diameter of about 6 mm, about 6.5mm, about 7 mm, about 7.5 mm, about 8 mm, about 8.5 mm, about 9 mm,about 9.5 mm, about 10 mm, about 10.5 mm, about 11 mm, about 11.5 mm,about 12 mm, about 12.5 mm, about 13 mm, about 13.5 mm, about 14 mm,about 14.5 mm, about 15 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

The device 800 can comprise a thickness between an anterior side 102 anda posterior side 104 of about 3.707 mm when viewed from the side asillustrated in FIG. 8D. In certain embodiments, the device 800 cancomprise a thickness between an anterior side 102 and a posterior side104 of about 2.5 mm, about 2.6 mm, about 2.7 mm, about 2.8 mm, about 2.9mm, about 3.0 mm, about 3.1 mm, about 3.2 mm, about 3.3 mm, about 3.4mm, about 3.5 mm, about 3.6 mm, about 3.7 mm, about 3.8 mm, about 3.9mm, about 4 mm, about 4.1 mm, about 4.2 mm, about 4.3 mm, about 4.4 mm,about 4.5 mm, about 4.6 mm, about 4.7 mm, about 4.8 mm, about 4.9 mm,about 5 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In addition, due to the larger curvature of the one or more sidewalls802, the one or more haptics 804 can comprise an arc of a substantiallycircular configuration from one end to the other end. In contrast, theone or more haptics 202 of the device 200 of FIG. 2A can comprisedifferent curvatures along the haptic 202. More specifically, thecurvature of the haptic 202 can be relatively flat on one or both endsof the haptic 202 located inside or behind a sidewall 106 or capsulararea compared to the curvature of the central portion of the haptic 202.

Similar to the device 500 of FIG. 5A, the one or more haptics 804 can beover-molded or otherwise anchored to only one sidewall. For example, inthe illustrated embodiment, a first end of the haptics 804A, 804B can beover-molded or otherwise anchored to one sidewall 802B. A second end ofthe haptics 804A, 804B can be configured to be tucked into the interiorof the other sidewall 802A without being rigidly anchored to thesidewall 802A. As such, the second end of the haptics 804A, 804B can beinserted freely more or less into the other sidewall 802A as the exposedcentral portion of the haptics 804A, 804B is compressed or allowed toexpand.

Also similar to the device 500 of FIG. 5A, the device 800 can beconfigured to be injected into the eye in a general direction from thesidewall 802B to which the haptics 804 is anchored towards the othersidewall 802B to which the haptics 804 is configured to be tucked into.Insertion into the eye in this general direction will allow the exposedportion of the haptics 804 to compress more closely towards therefractive surface 110 during insertion.

Once implanted within the eye, the device 800 can be allowed to unfoldnaturally, allowing the haptics 804 to naturally decompress. Becauseportions of the haptics 804 can be squeezed and/or hidden during thesurgical implantation, the device 500 can be injected in a mannersubstantially similar to those used for devices without such radiallyextending haptics, such as the device 100 illustrated in FIG. 1A. At thesame time, because the haptics 804 are allowed to radially expand oncethe device 800 is implanted, the haptics 804, made of polyimide forexample, can provide sufficient points of attachment for epithelialcells to anchor the device 800. Any one or more other feature of thehaptics 804, such as material, flexibility, rigidity or the like, can besimilar to the haptics 602 of the device 600 in FIG. 6A.

FIG. 9A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device. FIG. 9B illustrates an anterior plan view ofthe example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 9A. FIG. 9C illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.9A along the line 9C-9C of FIG. 9B. FIG. 9D illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.9A along the line 9D-9D of FIG. 9B.

The prosthetic capsular device 900 of FIG. 9A includes some or all ofthe features of the prosthetic capsular devices of FIGS. 1A-8A, and likereference numerals include like features. In particular, the prostheticcapsular device 900 of FIG. 9A can be similar to the prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 8A, except for the haptics 804. More specifically, thehaptics 902 of the device 900 can comprise a substantially vertical armthat extends radially inward towards the refractive surface 110 from amidpoint or a portion in between the two ends of the haptics 902 that isexposed. A first end of the vertical arm can be connected to the exposedportion of the haptics 902, while a second end of the vertical arm canbe connected to one or more holes or openings 904.

The one or more holes or openings 904 can allow a surgical instrument,such as a Sinskey Hook, a Lester Hook or the like, to hook on and engagethe device 900.

For example, a surgical instrument can be coupled to one or more holes904 to adjust the positioning of the device 900 in the eye. This can beadvantageous during surgery because of the limited visual field, whichcan be for example about 5-6 mm. By coupling a surgical instrument tothe one or more holes 904, the positioning of the device 900 can beadjusted so that it is viewable without risking damaging or tearing thecapsule. Any other one or more features of the device 900 and/or haptics902, such as size, material, flexibility, rigidity, attachment to thedevice 900 or the like, can be similar to the device 800 and/or haptics804 of the device 800 in FIG. 8A.

FIG. 10A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of anotherexample prosthetic capsular device. FIG. 10B illustrates an anteriorplan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 10A. FIG.10C illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 10A along the line 10C-10C of FIG. 10B. FIG. 10Dillustrates a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 10A. The prosthetic capsular device 1000 of FIG. 10A includessome or all of the features of the prosthetic capsular devices of FIG.1A-9A, and like reference numerals include like features.

Unlike some of the devices of FIGS. 1A-9A, the device 1000 can comprisea sidewall 1002 that covers substantially or almost the entire sidecircumference of the device 1000. The sidewall 1000 can continuouslycover almost the entire side of the device 1000 except for a smallopening or gap 1010. In the illustrated embodiment, the small opening orgap 1010 can comprise a width of about 1.00 mm. In other embodiments,this gap 1010 in the sidewall 1002 can be about 0.50 mm, about 1.50 mm,about 2.00 mm, about 2.50 mm, about 3.00 mm, about 3.50 mm, about 4.00mm, about 4.50 mm, about 5.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by twoof the aforementioned values. One or more other features of thesidewall, such as material, flexibility, rigidity, or the like can besimilar to those of one or more devices of FIGS. 1A-9A. In otherembodiments, the sidewall 1002 may not comprise a gap 1010. For example,additional portions of silicone may extend over the gap 1010 in theillustrated embodiment.

The device 1000 can comprise a capsular tension ring 1004 coupled to thesidewall. For example, the capsular tension ring 1004 can be over-moldedinto the sidewall 1002. The capsular tension ring 1004 can comprise arigid or semi-rigid material, such as polyimide, PMMA, polypropylene,and/or nylon. The capsular tension ring 1004 can provide rigidity andmaintain the structure and/or position of the device 1000 inside the eyeafter implantation. The capsular tension ring 1004 can generally followthe shape of the circumference of the sidewall 1002 as in theillustrated embodiment. Each end of the capsular tension ring 1004 canextend from each end of the sidewall 1002 where the gap 1010 in thesidewall 1002 is present. Each or one end of the capsular tension ring1004 can comprise an opening or a hole 1008, similar to the holes 904 inthe device 900 of FIG. 9A and be used in a similar manner to positionthe device 1000 after implantation in the eye.

The device 1000 can comprise one or more recessed areas 1006 along theexterior of the sidewall 1002. The one or more recessed areas can exposeportions of the capsular tension ring 1004. The exposed portions of thecapsular tension ring 1004 can provide areas for epithelial cells toattach to. Accordingly, with the attachment or growth of epithelialcells around the exposed capsular tension ring 1004, the device 1000 canbe substantially fixed and stabilized in a particular position withinthe eye. The recessed areas 1006 can also be used to suture the deviceas necessary. In the illustrated embodiment, the device 1000 or exteriorsidewall 1002 thereof comprises seven recessed areas 1006. In otherembodiments, the device 1000 can comprise one, two, three, four, five,six, eight, nine, or ten recessed areas 1006. The number of recessedareas 1006 in the device 1000 can also be between a range defined two ofthe aforementioned values.

As illustrated in the view of FIG. 10B, the length of each recessed area1006 along the circumference of the sidewall 1002 or the length of eachexposed portion 1006 of the capsular tension ring 1004 can be about 1.00mm. In certain embodiments, the length of each recessed area 1006 alongthe circumference of the sidewall 1002 or the length of each exposedportion 1006 of the capsular tension ring 1004 can be about 0.50 mm,about 1.50 mm, about 2.00 mm, about 2.50 mm, about 3.00 mm, about 3.50mm, about 4.00 mm, about 4.50 mm, about 5.00 mm, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values.

As illustrated in the view of FIG. 10D, the width of each recessed area1006, when viewed from a side plan view, can be about 0.49 mm. Incertain embodiments, the width of each recessed area 1006, when viewedfrom a side plan view, can be about 0.35 mm, about 0.40 mm, about 0.45mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.55 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.65 mm, about0.70 mm and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

The refractive surface 110 can be connected to the sidewall 1002 at onlya portion of the sidewall. For example, in the illustrated embodiment,the refractive surface 100 comprises a hinge portion 1010 which isconnected to the sidewall 1002. A gap 1012 can exist between all otherportions of the refractive surface 110 other than the hinge portion 1010and the sidewall 1002. As such, the entire device 1000 can comprise asingle piece, rather than a multi-piece assembly. Alternatively, inother embodiments, the device 1000 can be a multi-piece assemblycomprising multiple pieces that are coupled together after the initialmanufacturing.

The sidewall 1002 and the capsular tension ring 1004 can be configuredto be twisted without breaking. Also, the sidewall 1002 can be foldableor capable of being rolled into a more compact configuration. Therefractive surface 1010 and the hinge portion 1010 can also be foldableor capable of being rolled into a more compact configuration.

As discussed above, one advantage of removing portions of the sidewall,for example in the device 100 of FIG. 1A, can be to allow the device tobe folded or rolled in a more compact configuration for insertionthrough a small incision during surgery. Even though the device 1000 ofFIG. 10A comprises a near continuous sidewall, it can still beconfigured to be inserted through a small incision, for example nolarger than required for insertion of the device 100 of FIG. 1A, withoutremoving portions of the sidewall 1002, due to the structure and methodof insertion as described herein.

More specifically, instead of squeezing the device 1000 for insertion,the device 1000 or the sidewall 1002 and/or capsular tension ring 1004of the device 1000 can be inserted into the eye in a rotational fashionsegment by segment through a standard injector. For example, thesidewall 1002 can be folded or rolled around the length of the capsulartension ring 1004 into a tube-like configuration. The sidewall 1002 andcapsular tension ring 1004 can be optionally twisted or otherwisepartially straightened. A portion of the sidewall 1002 and/or capsulartension ring 1004 can be fed into a small incision in the eye, advancingone portion at a time rotationally, for example as each portion issubstantially straightened at the point of insertion, allowing thecapsular tension ring 1004 to retain its memory and curl around uponinsertion.

The end of the sidewall 1002 and capsular tension ring 1004 away fromthe hinge portion 1010 can be inserted first towards the other end wherethe hinge portion 1010 is attached to. Upon reaching the portion of thesidewall 1002 and capsular tension ring 1004 where the hinge portion1010 is attached, the refractive surface 110 can be slid into theinjector and into the eye in a linear fashion. In other words, thesidewall 1002 and capsular tension ring 1004 can be inserted through asmall incision into the eye in a rotational manner first and the lens orrefractive surface 110 can be subsequently inserted in a longitudinalmanner.

Once completely inserted into the eye, the device 1000 can return to itssubstantially circular configuration. By doing so, the device 1000 canbe inserted through a small incision, while maintaining the structuralintegrity necessary for the device 1000 to remain intact and centered inthe eye for a substantial period of time.

The device 1000 can be configured to protect the entire capsule andpreserve the entire capsular space. More specifically, all orsubstantially the entire the circular or substantially circular sidewall1002 or outer circumference of the device 1000 can be configured tocontact the natural capsular bag and maintain the general space of thenatural capsular bag without collapsing in the vitreous. Also, thedevice 1000 eliminates any trail in the haptics, with the capsulartension ring 1004 embedded inside the device. The generally circularshape of the device 1000 can also follow the physiological shape of thecapsule and preserve the volume of the capsule unlike certain devicesthat decrease the open volume inside after implantation. Also, thedevice and/or secondary lens to be placed inside the device 1000 may befreely rotated, which may not be possible with certain devices.

The refractive surface 110 can also comprise one or more tabs extendingradially outward from the outer circumference of the refractive surface110. The one or more tabs can be configured to be placed or tuckedunderneath the sidewall 1002 after insertion to prevent the refractivesurface 110 from being tilted over. The one or more tabs can comprisethe same material as the sidewall 1002, for example silicone.

Alternatively, the refractive surface 110 can be circumferentiallysurrounded by a flange of soft material, such as silicone. The width ofthe flange can be about 0.25 mm, about 0.50 mm, 0.75 mm, 1.00 mm, orbetween a range defined by two of the aforementioned values. The outerflange of the refractive surface 110 or some portion thereof can beconfigured to be tucked underneath the bottom of the sidewall 1002 uponinsertion into the eye.

Both the refractive surface 110 and the flange can be made of the samematerial, such as silicone. In other embodiments, the refractive surface110 can be acrylic while the flange can be made of silicone. Acrylic canprovide a higher index of refraction while allowing the refractivesurface 110 to be thinner than when made from silicone. Also, theoptical properties and power of an acrylic lens or refractive surface110 can be altered using one or more laser treatments, such as phasewrapping to alter the hydrophilicity or hydrophobicity of the acrylicand causing the lens to either swell and increase in power or shrink anddecrease in power. The lens or refractive surface 110 can also be madefrom any other biocompatible and optically clear materials known in theart. The refractive surface 110 may have a refractive power between −35D and +35 D.

FIG. 11A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of anotherexample prosthetic capsular device. FIG. 11B illustrates an anteriorplan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 11A. FIG.11C illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 11A along the line 11C-11C of FIG. 11B. FIG. 11Dillustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 11A along the line 11D-11D of FIG. 11B.

The prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 11A includes some or all of thefeatures of the prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 1A-10A, and likereference numerals include like features. In particular, the prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 11A can be similar to the prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 1A and FIG. 6A, except for the configuration of notches1104 and/or sidewalls 1106A, 1106B. All or some other features of thedevice 1100, notches 1104, and/or sidewalls 1106A, 1106B, such asmaterial, flexibility, function, or the like, can be similar to suchfeatures described above in relation to FIGS. 1A-10A.

More specifically, the device 1100 can comprise one or more notches 1104along the interior of each capsular area or sidewall 1106A, 1106B,similar to notches 604. A notch 1104 can comprise one or more recessedareas or slots to facilitate insertion of one or more additionaldevices, such as a secondary IOL, an electronic device, and/or a hapticsthereof. Similar to the notch 604 and device 600 of FIG. 6A, a secondarydevice can be inserted into the device 1100 at a precise location withinthe device 1100 and be stabilized at that location by insertion of thesecondary device or a portion thereof into the notch 1104. By doing so,a secondary device can be prevented from moving laterally, anteriorlyand/or posteriorly within the device 1100. The notches 1104 can bemolded together with the device 1100 at the same time as a single pieceassembly. In other embodiments, the notches 1104 can be formedseparately from the device 1100 and be subsequently attached to thedevice 1100.

When viewed in the cross section depicted in FIG. 11D, the one or morenotches 1104 can comprise a generally elongated shape along the shortaxis, or the axis parallel to line 11F-11F of FIG. 11B. The one or morenotches 1104 can be located at a predetermined and/or known distancefrom the anterior of the device 110. For example, in the embodimentillustrated in FIG. 11C, a distance between a center of the one or morenotches 1104 and a top end of the interior anterior or refractivesurface 110 can be about 1.23 mm, for example for a 20D lens. Thisdistance can be different depending on the power and/or thickness of thelens or the refractive surface 110. For example, depending on the powerof the lens or refractive surface 110, this distance can be about 0.50mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm, about 0.90 mm, about1.00 mm, about 1.10 mm, about 1.20 mm, about 1.30 mm, about 1.40 mm,about 1.50 mm, about 1.60 mm, about 1.70 mm, about 1.80 mm, about 1.90mm, about 2.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

The particular location of the one or more notches 1104 with respect tothe overall device 1100 can also be measured in terms of a distancebetween the center of the one or more notches 1104 and the split pointof the optic 110. For example, in certain embodiments, the two thirds ofthe power of the optic 110 can be configured to be placed inside thedevice 1100 while one third of the power of the optic 110 is locatedexternal to the device 1100. The split point, for example the 1/3, 2/3split point, can be configured to be constant in the device 1100regardless of the power of the lens 110. In other embodiments, the splitpoint of the optic 110 may be 1/4, 3/4 or 1/2, 1/2. In other words, 1/4,1/2, or 3/4 of the refractive power of the optic 110 can be configuredto be located external to the device 1100 while 3/4, 1/2, or 1/4 of therefractive power of the optic 110 can be configured to be locatedinternal to the device 1100.

The distance measured from the center of the notches 1104 to a splitpoint of the optic 110, when viewed in the cross-sectional viewillustrated in FIG. 11C, can be about 1.38 mm. This distance from thecenter of the notches 1104 to a split point of the optic 110 can beconstant regardless of the power or thickness of the refractive surface110. In certain embodiments, this distance can be about 0.50 mm, about0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm, about 0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm,about 1.10 mm, about 1.20 mm, about 1.30 mm, about 1.40 mm, about 1.50mm, about 1.60 mm, about 1.70 mm, about 1.80 mm, about 1.90 mm, about2.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, each of the notches 1104A, 1104B can comprise avertical width of about 0.15 mm when viewed in the direction of FIG.11C. In certain embodiments, each of the notches 1104A, 1106B, whenviewed in the direction of FIG. 11C, can comprise a width of about 0.05mm, about 0.1 mm, about 0.11 mm, about 0.12 mm, about 0.13 mm, about0.14 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.16 mm, about 0.17 mm, about 0.18 mm,about 0.19 mm, about 0.2 mm, about 0.21 mm, about 0.22 mm, about 0.23mm, about 0.24 mm, about 0.25 mm, and/or within a range defined by twoof the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each of the notches 1104 can comprise an angularlength of about 60° when measured from the center of the refractive 110in an anterior plan view as illustrated in FIG. 11B. In certainembodiments, the angular length of each of the notches 1104, whenmeasured from the center of the refractive 110 in an anterior plan viewas illustrated in FIG. 11B, can be about 10°, about 20°, about 30°,about 40°, about 50°, about 60°, about 70°, about 80°, about 90°, about100°, about 110°, about 120°, about 130°, about 140°, about 150°, about160°, about 170°, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

The sidewalls 1106A, 1106B, when viewed in the direction illustrated inFIG. 11C, can be separated by about 25° in some embodiments. In certainembodiments, the angle formed between the sidewalls 1106A, 1106B, whenviewed in the direction illustrated in FIG. 11C, can be about 10°, about15°, about 20°, about 25°, about 30°, about 35°, about 40°, about 45°,about 50°, about 55°, about 60°, about 65°, about 70°, about 75°, about80°, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

The device 1100 can be configured to be folded, rolled, or otherwisecompressed and injected into the eye through a small incision and/orsmall injector as device 100 described above in relation to FIG. 1A. Forexample, in some embodiments, the device 1100 can be inserted through anincision of about 2.75 mm or less. In other embodiments, the device 1100can be inserted into the eye through an incision of about 1.5 mm, about1.6 mm, about 1.7 mm, about 1.8 mm, about 1.9 mm, about 2.0 mm, about2.1 mm, about 2.2 mm, about 2.3 mm, about 2.4 mm, about 2.5 mm, about2.6 mm, about 2.7 mm, about 2.8 mm, about 2.9 mm, about 3.0 mm, about3.1 mm, about 3.2 mm, about 3.3 mm, about 3.4 mm, about 3.5 mm, and/orwithin a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

FIG. 12A illustrates another anterior plan view of the exampleprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 11A. FIG. 12B illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.11A along the line 12B-12B of FIG. 12A. FIG. 12C illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.11A along the line 12C-12C of FIG. 12A. FIG. 12D illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.11A along the line 12D-12D of FIG. 12A. FIG. 12E illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.11A along the line 12E-12E of FIG. 12A. FIG. 12F illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.11A along the line 12F-12F of FIG. 12A. FIG. 12G illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.11A along the line 12G-12G of FIG. 12A.

In some embodiments, the cross-sectional area of the device 1100 alongthe line 12B-12B can be about 2.67 mm². Similarly, in some embodiments,the cross-sectional area of the device 1100 along the line 12C-12C canbe about 4.83 mm². In some embodiments, the cross-sectional area of thedevice 1100 along the line 12D-12D can be about 4.24 mm². In someembodiments, the cross-sectional area of the device 1100 along the line12E-12E can be about 3.65 mm². In some embodiments, the cross-sectionalarea of the device 1100 along the line 12F-12F can be about 2.42 mm². Insome embodiments, the cross-sectional area of the device 1100 along theline 12G-12G can be about 4.34 mm². As such, the amount of material ofthe device 1100 may not necessarily depend on the size of the totaloutermost periphery of a cross section of the device 1100.

FIG. 13A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of the exampleprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 11A with a secondary device insertedtherein. FIG. 13B illustrates an anterior plan view of the exampleprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 11A with a secondary device insertedtherein. FIG. 13C illustrates a cross-sectional view of the exampleprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 11A with a secondary device insertedtherein along the line 13C-13C of FIG. 13B. FIG. 13D illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.11A with a secondary device inserted therein along the line 13D-13D ofFIG. 13B. The secondary device can comprise acrylic or other hapticsthat are configured to be inserted into the one or more notches 1104.

In some embodiments, the device 1100 can be configured to be used inconjunction with a secondary device 1302, such as a secondary IOL,electronic device, and/or other device. The secondary device 1302 can beany device that is configured to take advantage of the notches 1104. Forexample, the secondary device 1302 can comprise one or more hapticsand/or other features that are configured to be inserted into thenotches 1104. The secondary device 1302 can be inserted into the device1100 prior to implantation of the device 1100. Alternatively, thesecondary device 1302 can be inserted into the device 1100 after thedevice 1100 has been implanted into the eye. As illustrated and asdiscussed above, the secondary device 1302 can be inserted andstabilized at a particular location within the device 1100 by attaching,inserting, or otherwise fixating the secondary device 1302 or a featurethereof into the one or more notches 1104.

FIG. 14A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of anotherexample prosthetic capsular device. FIG. 14B illustrates an anteriorplan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 14A. FIG.14C illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 14A along the line 14C-14C of FIG. 14B. FIG. 14Dillustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 14A along the line 14D-14D of FIG. 14B. FIG. 15Aillustrates another anterior side perspective view of the exampleprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 14A. FIG. 15B illustrates anotheranterior plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.14A. FIG. 15C illustrates another cross-sectional view of the exampleprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 14A along the line 15C-15C of FIG.15B. FIG. 15D illustrates another cross-sectional view of the exampleprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 14A along the line 15D-15D of FIG.15B.

The prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 14A includes some or all of thefeatures of the prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 1A-11A, and likereference numerals include like features. In particular, the prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 14A can be similar to the prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 1A and/or FIG. 11A, except for the configuration ofnotches 1404 and/or haptics 1402. All or some other features of thenotches 1404, such as material, flexibility, function, or the like, canbe similar to such features of the notches 604 described above inrelation to FIGS. 6A-6D and/or the notches 1104 described above inrelation to FIGS. 11A-11D. All or some other features of the haptics1402, such as material, flexibility, function, or the like, can besimilar to such features of the haptics 112 described above in relationto FIGS. 1A-1G and/or the haptics 1102 described above in relation toFIGS. 11A-11D.

In particular, the device 1400 can comprise notches 1404 withalternating tabs instead of continuous notches 1104 as described abovein relation to FIGS. 11A-11D. For example, each of the notches 1404located on the interior of each capsular area or sidewall 106A, 106B cancomprise a set of large tabs 1404B and a set of small tabs 1404A toprovide an anterior ridge and a posterior ridge. The set of small tabs1404A can be located further away from the refractive surface 110compared to the set of large tabs 1404B as illustrated in FIG. 14C. Inother words, the set of small tabs 1404A can be positioned closer to theposterior 102 of the device 1400 than the set of larger tabs 1404B. Theparticular location of the set of small tabs 1404A and/or the set oflarge tabs 1404B in relation to the device 1400 can be similar to thelocation of notches 1104 of the device 1100 as described above inrelation to FIGS. 11A-11D. The set of small tabs 1404A and/or the set oflarge tabs 1404B can prevent movement of a secondary device laterally,anteriorly and/or posteriorly within the device 1400. The set of smalltabs 1404A and/or the set of large tabs 1404B can be molded togetherwith the device 1400 at the same time as a single piece assembly. Inother embodiments, the set of small tabs 1404A and/or the set of largetabs 1404B can be formed separately from the device 1400 and besubsequently attached to the device 1400.

The two sets of tabs 1404A, 1404B can provide two distinct shelves, suchas a posterior ridge and an anterior ridge, for supporting the insertionand positioning of a secondary device or a portion thereof such ashaptics of the secondary device. For example, in the embodimentillustrated in FIG. 14D, a first shelf or ridge can be formed between alower end of the set of small tabs 1404A closer to the posterior 104 ofthe device and an upper end of the set of large tabs 1404B closer to theanterior 102 of the device. This first shelf or ridge can be about 0.16mm in width along a posterior-anterior axis of the device 1400. Thisfirst shelf or ridge can be configured to fit a proline haptic, forexample, from a three piece secondary IOL such as a Bausch and LombLi61A0. In certain embodiments, this first shelf or ridge can comprise awidth of about 0.10 mm, about 0.11 mm, about 0.12 mm, about 0.13 mm,about 0.14 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.16 mm, about 0.17 mm, about 0.18mm, about 0.19 mm, about 0.20 mm, about 0.21 mm, about 0.22 mm, about0.23 mm, about 0.24 mm, about 0.25 mm, and/or within a range defined bytwo of the aforementioned values.

In addition, in the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 14D, a second shelfor ridge can be formed between an interior portion of the set of smalltabs 1404A and an interior portion of the set of large tabs 1404B. Thissecond shelf or ridge can be about 0.50 mm in width along aposterior-anterior axis of the device 1400. This second shelf or ridgecan be configured to fit an acrylic or other haptic of a secondarydevice for example. In certain embodiments, this second shelf or ridgecan comprise a width of about 0.10 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.20 mm,about 0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm, about 0.35 mm, about 0.40 mm, about 0.45mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.55 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.65 mm, about0.70 mm, about 0.75 mm, about 0.80 mm, about 0.85 mm, about 0.90 mm,about 0.95 mm, about 1.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two ofthe aforementioned values.

Notches 1404 with alternating tabs 1404A, 1404B can comprise lessmaterial compared to continuous notches 1104 as described above inrelation to FIGS. 11A-11D. For example, notches 1404 with alternatingtabs 1404A, 1404B can require only about 50 percent of the materialrequired for continuous notches 1104. In certain embodiments, the amountof material necessary to provide notches 1404 with alternating tabs1404A, 1404B, when compared to the amount of material necessary toprovide continuous notches 1104, can be about 10 percent, about 15percent, about 20 percent, about 25 percent, about 30 percent, about 35percent, about 40 percent, about 45 percent, about 50 percent, about 55percent, about 60 percent, about 65 percent, about 70 percent, about 75percent, about 80 percent, about 85 percent, about 90 percent, about 95percent, and/or between a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

As such, the device 1400 comprising notches 1404 with alternating tabs1404A, 1404B can comprise less mass and volume compared to the device1100 comprising continuous notches 1104 while providing the same orsimilar functionality. When the device 1400 is compressed for insertion,the alternative tabs 1404A, 1404B can be configured to fold into a voidspace between two tabs, thereby decreasing the volume. Accordingly, thedevice 1400 comprising notches 1404 with alternating tabs 1404A, 1404Bcan be inserted through a smaller injector and incision in the eyecompared to the device 1100 comprising continuous notches 1104. Forexample, in some embodiments, the device 1400 can be inserted through anincision of about 2.20 mm or less. In certain embodiments, the device1400 can be inserted into the eye through an incision of about 1.0 mm,about 1.1 mm, about 1.2 mm, about 1.3 mm, about 1.4 mm, about 1.5 mm,about 1.6 mm, about 1.7 mm, about 1.8 mm, about 1.9 mm, about 2.0 mm,about 2.1 mm, about 2.2 mm, about 2.3 mm, about 2.4 mm, about 2.5 mm,about 2.6 mm, about 2.7 mm, about 2.8 mm, about 2.9 mm, about 3.0 mm,and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

The device 1400 can also comprise one or more haptics 1402. The one ormore haptics 1402 can comprise a general shape similar to the Greekalphabet omega or a All or some other features of the haptics 1402 canbe similar to those of the haptics 112 described above in relation toFIGS. 1A-1G.

In the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 14A-14D, the device 1400comprises two haptics 1402A, 1402B each attached to the exterior surfaceof each capsular area or side wall 106A, 106B. Both ends of theomega-shaped haptic 1402A, 1402B can be over-molded or otherwise affixedto the exterior surface of each capsular area or side wall 106A, 106B.The central portion of each omega-shaped haptic 1402A, 1402B can besurrounded by void space, for example due to a recessed area of thedevice 1400 underneath the central portion, to facilitate cellulargrowth as discussed above.

In comparison to the haptics 112A, 112B of FIG. 1, the continuouslycurved configuration of the haptics 1402A, 1402B can reduce kinking andmay also better accommodate stretching that may occur when the device1400 is compressed through an injection cartridge for implantation intothe eye. In contrast, haptics 112A, 112B with generally straightsegments may be more likely to tear away from the body of the lens whenstretched. Also, the curved configuration of the haptics 1402A, 1402Bcan allow for the length of the haptics to be longer than that of agenerally rectangular haptic 112 while covering a similar orsubstantially similar amount of space. In other words, a curved hapticsof a device, such as the omega-shaped haptics 1402, can provideredundancy in the material for the haptics. Accordingly, cellular growthmay be better facilitated due to the additional length of the haptics1402A, 1402B.

FIG. 16A illustrates another anterior plan view of the exampleprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 14A. FIG. 16B illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.14A along the line 16B-16B of FIG. 16A. FIG. 16C illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.14A along the line 16C-16C of FIG. 16A. FIG. 16D illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.14A along the line 16D-16D of FIG. 16A. FIG. 16E illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.14A along the line 16E-16E of FIG. 16A. FIG. 16F illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.14A along the line 16F-16F of FIG. 16A. FIG. 16G illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.14A along the line 16G-16G of FIG. 16A. FIG. 16H illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.14A along the line 16H-16H of FIG. 16A.

In some embodiments, the cross-sectional area of the device 1400 alongthe line 16B-16B can be about 3.39 mm². Similarly, in some embodiments,the cross-sectional area of the device 1400 along the line 16C-16C canbe about 4.03 mm². In some embodiments, the cross-sectional area of thedevice 1400 along the line 16D-16D can be about 4.26 mm². In someembodiments, the cross-sectional area of the device 1400 along the line16E-16E can be about 4.10 mm². In some embodiments, the cross-sectionalarea of the device 1400 along the line 16F-16F can be about 3.50 mm². Insome embodiments, the cross-sectional area of the device 1400 along theline 16G-16G can be about 2.42 mm². In some embodiments, thecross-sectional area of the device 1400 along the line 16H-16H can beabout 4.43 mm². As such, the amount of material of the device 1400 maynot necessarily depend on the size of the total outermost periphery of across section of the device 1400.

FIG. 17A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an examplehaptics configured to be used in conjunction with a prosthetic capsulardevice, such as for example the example prosthetic capsular device 1400of FIG. 14A. FIG. 17B illustrates an anterior plan view of the examplehaptics of FIG. 17A. FIG. 17C illustrates a side view of the examplehaptics of FIG. 17A.

As illustrated in FIGS. 17A-17C, the generally omega-shaped haptics 1402can comprise a continuously curved configuration. A central portionand/or a substantially large portion of the haptics 1402 configured forcellular ingrowth can comprise a curvature in a first general direction.The central portion can extend generally at both ends along a curvaturein a second general direction that is flipped or opposite to the firstgeneral direction terminating at two ends of the haptics 1402. The twoends of the haptics 1402 can be configured to be over-molded orotherwise attached to the device 1400 and sealed off.

In some embodiments, the haptics 1402 can comprise a thickness of about0.08 mm when viewed from a side view as illustrated in FIG. 17C. Incertain embodiments, when viewed from the side, the haptics 1402 cancomprise a thickness of about 0.03 mm, about 0.04 mm, about 0.05 mm,about 0.06 mm, about 0.07 mm, about 0.08 mm, about 0.09 mm, about 0.10mm, about 0.11 mm, about 0.12 mm, about 0.13 mm, about 0.14 mm, about0.15 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In certain embodiments, when viewed in an anterior plan view asillustrated in FIG. 17B, the haptics 1402 can comprise a total height ofabout 2.41 mm when measured from the top of the haptics 1402 to thebottom. In some embodiments, the total height of the haptics 1402 whenviewed in an anterior plan view can be about 1.50 mm, about 1.60 mm,about 1.70 mm, about 1.80 mm, about 1.90 mm, about 2.00 mm, about 2.10mm, about 2.20 mm, about 2.30 mm, about 2.40 mm, about 2.50 mm, about2.60 mm, about 2.70 mm, about 2.80 mm, about 2.90 mm, about 3.00 mm,about 3.10 mm, about 3.20 mm, about 3.30 mm, about 3.40 mm, about 3.50mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

Further, when viewed in an anterior plan view, the haptics 1402 cancomprise a total width of about 1.65 mm. In certain embodiments, whenviewed in an anterior plan view, the total width of the haptics 1402 canbe about 1.00 mm, about 1.10 mm, about 1.20 mm, about 1.30 mm, about1.40 mm, about 1.50 mm, about 1.60 mm, about 1.70 mm, about 1.80 mm,about 1.90 mm, about 2.00 mm, about 2.10 mm, about 2.20 mm, about 2.30mm, about 2.40 mm, about 2.50 mm, and/or within a range defined by twoof the aforementioned values.

In addition, when viewed in an anterior plan view, a vertical distancebetween the two terminal ends of the haptics 1402 can be about 1.66 mm.In certain embodiments, when viewed in an anterior plan view, thevertical distance between the terminal ends of the haptics 1402 can beabout 1.00 mm, about 1.10 mm, about 1.20 mm, about 1.30 mm, about 1.40mm, about 1.50 mm, about 1.60 mm, about 1.70 mm, about 1.80 mm, about1.90 mm, about 2.00 mm, about 2.10 mm, about 2.20 mm, about 2.30 mm,about 2.40 mm, about 2.50 mm, and/or within a range defined by two ofthe aforementioned values.

Moreover, when viewed in an anterior plan view, a thickness of thehaptics 1402 can be about 0.12 mm. In certain embodiments, when viewedfrom the top or in an anterior plan view, the haptics 1402 can comprisea thickness of about 0.03 mm, about 0.04 mm, about 0.05 mm, about 0.06mm, about 0.07 mm, about 0.08 mm, about 0.09 mm, about 0.10 mm, about0.11 mm, about 0.12 mm, about 0.13 mm, about 0.14 mm, about 0.15 mm,and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

FIG. 18A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of the exampleprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 14A with a secondary device insertedtherein. FIG. 18B illustrates an anterior plan view of the exampleprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 14A with a secondary device insertedtherein. FIG. 18C illustrates a cross-sectional view of the exampleprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 14A with a secondary device insertedtherein along the line 18C-18C of FIG. 18B. FIG. 18D illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.14A with a secondary device inserted therein along the line 18D-18D ofFIG. 18B. FIG. 18E illustrates an anterior plan view of a portion of theexample prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 14A.

As previously discussed, the device 1400 can be configured to be used inconjunction with a secondary device 1802, such as a secondary IOL,electronic device, and/or other device. The secondary device 1802 can beany device that is configured to take advantage of the set of small tabs1404A and/or the set of large tabs 1404B of the notches 1404. Forexample, the secondary device 1802 can comprise one or more hapticsand/or other features that are configured to be inserted into one ormore ridges or shelves formed by the set of small tabs 1404A and/or theset of large tabs 1404B of the notches 1404. The secondary device 1802can be inserted into the device 1400 prior to and/or after implantationof the device 1400 in the eye.

FIG. 19A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of anotherexample prosthetic capsular device. FIG. 19B illustrates an anteriorplan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 19A. FIG.19C illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 19A along the line 19C-19C of FIG. 19B. FIG. 19Dillustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 19A along the line 19D-19D of FIG. 19B. FIG. 19Eillustrates a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 19A. FIG. 19F illustrates a cross-sectional view of the exampleprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 19A along the line 19F-19F of FIG.19D.

The prosthetic capsular device 1900 of FIG. 19A includes some or all ofthe features of the prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 10A and/or 14A,and like reference numerals include like features. Some or all featuresof the prosthetic capsular device 1900 can be similar to those of otherprosthetic capsular devices disclosed herein. For example, theprosthetic capsular device 1900 can comprise one or more notches 1404with alternating tabs. Some or all features of the one or more notches1404, alternating tabs, and/or functions, characteristics and/ormaterials thereof can be similar to those discussed above in relation toFIG. 14A. In certain embodiments, the one or more alternating tabs 1404can all comprise the same or similar size and/or shape.

The prosthetic capsular device 1900 can comprise a continuous sidewallportion 1902 that encompasses the whole perimeter of the device 1900.The overall general shape or configuration of the prosthetic capsulardevice 1900 can be similar to the overall general shape of theprosthetic capsular device 1000 of FIG. 10A. However, in contrast to theprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 10A, the sidewall 1902 of theprosthetic capsular device 1900 of FIG. 19A may not comprise a break orvoid space.

By providing a continuous sidewall 1902, the prosthetic capsular device1900 can be more effective than certain other embodiments in keeping thenatural capsular bag of the eye open upon insertion. That is, becausethere is no void space along the side wall, the tendency of theprosthetic capsular device 1900 to fold or collapse within the naturalcapsular bag can be lower than certain other embodiments. However, atthe same time, the continuous configuration of the sidewall 1902 canpresent technical difficulties in inserting the device 1900 through asmall incision.

Accordingly, to address this potential shortcoming, some embodiments ofthe example prosthetic capsular device 1900 do not comprise apre-existing posterior surface. Rather, some embodiments of the exampleprosthetic capsular device 1900 can comprise an empty or void posteriorand/or anterior side. As such, the device 1900 can be configured to becoupled with a posterior and/or anterior refractive surface or opticafter insertion in the eye. In other words, rather than comprising asingle piece assembly that includes both a framework and a posteriorrefractive surface, the prosthetic capsular device 1900 may comprise atwo-piece assembly, in which the framework and posterior refractivesurface are provided and/or inserted separately into the naturalcapsular bag or eye.

More specifically, upon implantation, the framework or prostheticcapsular device 1900 can be inserted into the eye first, which can keepthe entire natural capsule stinted open. An optic or refractive surfacecan be subsequently inserted into the eye and be placed or coupled withthe framework or prosthetic capsular device 1900, for example near or atthe posterior and/or anterior side of the device. By separating theframework 1900 from the posterior refractive surface, the volume of asingle insertion, for example the framework or device 1900, can besmaller.

In addition, because the posterior optic is inserted separately, theposterior optic can be rather easily replaced in the future. At the sametime, by placing this optic near or at the posterior end of theprosthetic capsular device 1900, an additional lens, technology device,and/or other component can be placed in the interior and/or anteriorside of the device 1900 as well.

An optic can be attached or coupled to the device 1900 in a number ofways. For example, an optic can be sutured to a posterior side or otherportion of the device 1900 or can be attached or coupled via a frictionfit, chemical adhesive, mechanical locking, and/or a combination of theabove. In particular, in some embodiments, the void posterior and/oranterior end or opening of the device 1900 can comprise a lip 1904. Inother words, the posterior or anterior opening or end of the device 1900can comprise two layers of extended material 1904 that create a groovein between the two layers. This groove formed by the extended material1904 can extend throughout the posterior and/or anterior opening of thedevice 1900, for example to create a circular annulus. Each of theextended material 1904 can comprise one or more triangular fixationsconfigured to maintain a position of the optic. The optic or peripheryor portion thereof, such as a tongue portion, can be configured to beinserted into the groove formed by the two layers of extended material1904, for example made of silicone.

As illustrated in FIG. 19F, in some embodiments, the posterior and/oranterior opening of the device 1900 can comprise a diameter of about6.150 mm or 6.250 mm in some embodiments. In certain embodiments, theposterior and/or anterior opening of the device 1900 can comprise adiameter of about 5 mm, about 5.1 mm, about 5.2 mm, about 5.3 mm, about5.4 mm, about 5.5 mm, about 5.6 mm, about 5.7 mm, about 5.8 mm, about5.9 mm, about 6.0 mm, about 6.1 mm, about 6.2 mm, about 6.3 mm, about6.4 mm, about 6.5 mm, about 6.6 mm, about 6.7 mm, about 6.8 mm, about6.9 mm, about 7.0 mm, about 7.1 mm, about 7.2 mm, about 7.3 mm, about7.4 mm, about 7.5 mm, about 8.0 mm, about 8.5 mm, about 9.0 mm, about9.5 mm, about 10 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In certain embodiments, the lip portion 1904 surrounding the posteriorand/or anterior opening can comprise a certain thickness when viewedfrom an anterior plan view as illustrated in FIG. 19F. As such, thediameter of a circular portion formed around the interior circumferenceof the anterior and/or posterior opening of the device 1900, excludingthe lip portion 1904, can be about 7.00 mm and/or larger than theposterior and/or anterior opening. In certain embodiments, the diameterof a circular portion formed around the interior circumference of theanterior and/or posterior opening of the device 1900, excluding the lipportion 1904, can be about 5.5 mm, about 5.6 mm, about 5.7 mm, about 5.8mm, about 5.9 mm, about 6.0 mm, about 6.1 mm, about 6.2 mm, about 6.3mm, about 6.4 mm, about 6.5 mm, about 6.6 mm, about 6.7 mm, about 6.8mm, about 6.9 mm, about 7.0 mm, about 7.1 mm, about 7.2 mm, about 7.3mm, about 7.4 mm, about 7.5 mm, about 8.0 mm, about 8.1 mm, about 8.2mm, about 8.3 mm, about 8.4 mm, about 8.5 mm, about 9.0 mm, about 9.5mm, about 10 mm, about 10.5 mm and/or within a range defined by two ofthe aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the device 1900 can comprise a plurality of notches1404 placed circumferentially throughout the interior of the sidewall1902. Each or some of the plurality of notches 1404 can comprise anangular width of about 8° when viewed in an anterior plan view asillustrated in FIG. 19B. In certain embodiments, when viewed in ananterior plan view, each or some of the plurality of notches 1404 cancomprise an angular width of about 1°, about 2°, about 3°, about 4°,about 5°, about 6°, about 7°, about 8°, about 9°, about 10°, about 11°,about 12°, about 13°, about 14°, about 15°, about 20°, about 25°, about30°, about 40°, about 45°, about 60°, about 75°, about 90°, and/orwithin a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

FIG. 20A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an exampleoptic configured to be used in conjunction with a prosthetic capsulardevice, such as the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 19A orany other example prosthetic capsular device described herein. FIG. 20Billustrates an anterior plan view of the example optic of FIG. 20A. FIG.20C illustrates a side plan view of the example optic of FIG. 20A alonga major axis of the anterior plan view illustrated in FIG. 20B. FIG. 20Dillustrates a side plan view of the example optic of FIG. 20A along aminor axis of the anterior plan view illustrated in FIG. 20B.

In some embodiments, the optic or refractive surface 2000 can comprise adiameter of about 6.00 mm. In certain embodiments, the optic ofrefractive surface 2000 can comprise a diameter of about 5.00 mm, about5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm,about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

An optic or refractive surface 2000 can comprise one or more tongueportions 2002. The one or more tongue portions 2002 can extend outwardlyfrom the refractive portion of the optic 2000. The one or more tongueportions 2002 can be configured to be inserted into a groove of aprosthetic capsular device. For example, the one or more tongue portions2002 can be inserted into the groove formed by the two layers ofextended material 1904 in device 1900.

An optic 2000 can comprise one, two, three, four, five, six, seven,eight, nine, or ten tongue portions 2002. Each of the one or more tongueportions 2002 of an optic 2000 can extend radially from about 20°, about40°, about 60°, about 80°, about 100°, about 120°, about 140°, about160°, about 180°, about 200°, about 220°, about 240°, about 260°, about280°, about 300°, about 320°, about 340°, about 360° of thecircumference of the refractive portion of the optic 2000 and/or withina range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

A tongue portion 2002 of an optic 2000 can comprise one or more eyelets2004. The one or more eyelets 2004 can be used to fasten or fixate theoptic 2000 in a particular location or configuration within a prostheticcapsular device, such as device 1900. In some embodiments, each of theeyelets 2004 can comprise a diameter and/or thickness of about 0.25 mm.In certain embodiments, each of the eyelets 2004 can comprise a diameterand/or thickness of about 0.05 mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.15 mm, about0.20 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm, about 0.35 mm, about 0.40 mm,about 0.45 mm, about 0.50 mm, and/or within a range defined by two ofthe aforementioned values.

FIG. 21A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of anotherexample prosthetic capsular device. FIG. 21B illustrates an anteriorplan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 21A. FIG.21C illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 21A along the line 21C-21C of FIG. 21B. FIG. 21Dillustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 21A along the line 21D-21D of FIG. 21B.

The example prosthetic device of FIG. 21A can comprise one or moresimilar features as the example prosthetic device of FIG. 19A. Theexample prosthetic device of FIG. 21A can be configured to be used inconjunction with a refractive surface or an IOL 2200 as depicted in FIG.21A. For example, an example prosthetic device 2100 can comprise aposterior refractive surface 2200, similar to one or more otherembodiments described herein. The posterior refractive surface 2200 canbe configured to be attachable or selectively removable from aprosthetic device 2100.

In some embodiments, the device 2100 can comprise an overall diameter ofabout 9.650 mm when viewed in an anterior plan view as illustrated inFIG. 21B. In certain embodiments, when viewed in an anterior plan view,the device 2100 can comprise an overall diameter of about 7.0 mm, about7.5 mm, about 8.0 mm, about 8.5 mm, about 9.0 mm, about 9.5 mm, about10.0 mm, about 10.5 mm, about 11.0 mm, about 11.5 mm, about 12.0 mm,and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the device 2100, from a cross-sectional view alongthe line 21D-21D as illustrated in FIG. 21D, can comprise a thickness ofabout 3.5 mm excluding the refractive surface 2200. Depending on thethickness of the refractive surface 2200, the total thickness of thedevice 2100 including the refractive surface 2200 can be about 3.980 mm.In certain embodiments, the thickness of the device 2100, from across-sectional view along the line 21D-21D and/or from a side view andincluding and/or excluding the refractive surface 2200, can be about 2.5mm, about 3 mm, about 3.5 mm, about 4 mm, about 4.5 mm, about 5 mm,about 5.5 mm, about 6 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

As illustrated in FIG. 21C, in some embodiments, the posterior and/oranterior opening of the device 2100 can comprise a diameter of about6.250 mm, 6.250 mm, and/or 6.350 mm. In certain embodiments, theposterior and/or anterior opening of the device 2100 can comprise adiameter of about 5 mm, about 5.1 mm, about 5.2 mm, about 5.3 mm, about5.4 mm, about 5.5 mm, about 5.6 mm, about 5.7 mm, about 5.8 mm, about5.9 mm, about 6.0 mm, about 6.1 mm, about 6.2 mm, about 6.3 mm, about6.4 mm, about 6.5 mm, about 6.6 mm, about 6.7 mm, about 6.8 mm, about6.9 mm, about 7.0 mm, about 7.1 mm, about 7.2 mm, about 7.3 mm, about7.4 mm, about 7.5 mm, about 8.0 mm, about 8.5 mm, about 9.0 mm, about9.5 mm, about 10 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In certain embodiments, a lip portion can surround the posterior and/oranterior opening with a certain thickness when viewed from an anteriorplan view as illustrated in FIG. 21B. The diameter of a circular portionformed around the interior circumference of the anterior and/orposterior opening of the device 2100, excluding the lip portion, can beabout 7.00 mm and/or larger than the posterior and/or anterior opening.In certain embodiments, the diameter of a circular portion formed aroundthe interior circumference of the anterior and/or posterior opening ofthe device 2100, excluding the lip portion can be about 5.5 mm, about5.6 mm, about 5.7 mm, about 5.8 mm, about 5.9 mm, about 6.0 mm, about6.1 mm, about 6.2 mm, about 6.3 mm, about 6.4 mm, about 6.5 mm, about6.6 mm, about 6.7 mm, about 6.8 mm, about 6.9 mm, about 7.0 mm, about7.1 mm, about 7.2 mm, about 7.3 mm, about 7.4 mm, about 7.5 mm, about8.0 mm, about 8.1 mm, about 8.2 mm, about 8.3 mm, about 8.4 mm, about8.5 mm, about 9.0 mm, about 9.5 mm, about 10 mm, about 10.5 mm, and/orwithin a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the device 2100 can comprise a plurality of notches1404 placed circumferentially throughout the interior of the sidewall1902. Each or some of the plurality of notches 1404 can comprise anangular width of about 8° when viewed in an anterior plan view asillustrated in FIG. 21B. In certain embodiments, when viewed in ananterior plan view, each or some of the plurality of notches 1404 cancomprise an angular width of about 1°, about 2°, about 3°, about 4°,about 5°, about 6°, about 7°, about 8°, about 9°, about 10°, about 11°,about 12°, about 13°, about 14°, about 15°, about 20°, about 25°, about30°, about 40°, about 45°, about 60°, about 75°, about 90°, and/orwithin a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

FIG. 22A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an examplerefractive surface or intraocular lens that can be configured to be usedin conjunction with a prosthetic capsular device, such as the prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 21A or any other example prosthetic capsulardevice described herein. FIG. 22B illustrates an anterior plan view ofthe example refractive surface or intraocular lens of FIG. 22A. FIG. 22Cillustrates a side plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 22A. FIG. 22D illustrates another side planview of the example refractive surface or intraocular lens of FIG. 22A.

The example refractive surface or intraocular lens 2200 of FIG. 22A canbe configured to be used in conjunction with one or more exampleprosthetic devices disclosed herein. For example, the example refractivesurface or intraocular lens 2200 of FIG. 22A can be attached to and/orselectively removed from the prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 21A.

In some embodiments, the optic or refractive surface 2200 can comprise adiameter of about 6.250 mm. In certain embodiments, the optic ofrefractive surface 2200 can comprise a diameter of about 5.00 mm, about5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm,about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

An example refractive surface or intraocular lens 2200 can comprise oneor more tabs 2206 to facilitate attachment of the refractive surface orintraocular lens 2200 to a prosthetic capsular device and/or to fixatethe two. For example, in some embodiments, a refractive surface orintraocular lens 2200 can comprise four tabs 2206. Each of the tabs 2206can comprise a curvature when viewed from a side plan view asillustrated in FIG. 22D. For example, in certain embodiments, arefractive surface or intraocular lens 2200 can comprise two upwardlycurved tabs 2206A and two downwardly curved tabs 2206B. As such, two ofthe four tabs 2206 can be configured to be placed in the interior of aposterior or anterior end of a prosthetic capsular device and the othertwo tabs 2206 can be configured to be placed exterior to the posterioror anterior end of the prosthetic capsular device. This way, therefractive surface or intraocular lens 2200 can be held substantially inplace with respect to the posterior end of a prosthetic capsular device.

Each of the plurality of tabs 2206 can extend from the refractivesurface 2200 at an angle when viewed from a side plan view asillustrated in FIG. 22D. For example, in some embodiments, each or someof the plurality of tabs 2206 can initially extend from the refractivesurface 2200 at an angle of about 45° in either direction. In certainembodiments, each or some of the plurality of tabs 2206 can initiallyextend from the refractive surface 2200 at an angle of about +/−10°,about +/−20°, about +/−25°, about +/−30°, about +/−35°, about +/−40°,about +/−45°, about +/−50°, about +/−55°, about +/−60°, about +/−70°,about +/−80°, about +/−90°, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each or some of the tabs 2206, when viewed from aside plan view as illustrated in FIG. 22D, can comprise a height ofabout 0.50 mm. In certain embodiments, each or some of the tabs 2206,when viewed from a side plan view as illustrated in FIG. 22D, cancomprise a height of about 0.10 mm, about 0.20 mm, about 0.30 mm, about0.40 mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm,about 0.90 mm, about 1.0 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the optic 2200 can comprise one, two, three, four,five, six, seven, eight, nine, or ten tabs 2206. In certain embodiments,each or some of the one or more tabs 2206 can extend radially from about30° of the circumference of the refractive portion of the optic 2200. Insome embodiments, each of the one or more tabs 2206 of an optic 2000 canextend radially from about 20°, about 40°, about 60°, about 80°, about100°, about 120°, about 140°, about 160°, about 180°, about 200°, about220°, about 240°, about 260°, about 280°, about 300°, about 320°, about340°, about 360° of the circumference of the refractive portion of theoptic 2000, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, each or some of the tabs 2206, when viewed from ananterior plan view as illustrated in FIG. 22B, can comprise a width ofabout 2.0 mm. In certain embodiments, each or some of the tabs 2206,when viewed from an anterior plan view as illustrated in FIG. 22B, cancomprise a width of about 0.5 mm, about 1.0 mm, about 1.5 mm, about 2.0mm, about 2.5 mm, about 3.0 mm, about 3.5 mm, about 4.0 mm, about 4.5mm, about 5.0 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

A refractive surface or intraocular lens 2200 can comprise two convexportions 2200A, 2200B. One of the two convex portions 2200A can beconfigured to be placed in the interior of a prosthetic capsular deviceand the other convex portion 2200B can be configured to be placedexterior to the prosthetic capsular device upon attachment thereto. Insome embodiments, the two convex portions 2200A, 2200B can comprisesubstantially the same shape, area, and/or refractive power. This way, arefractive surface or intraocular lens 2200 can be configured such thatthe posterior-anterior configuration thereof does not matter whenattaching to a prosthetic capsular device. In other words, therefractive surface or intraocular lens 2200 can be flipped whenattaching to a prosthetic capsular device and still obtain substantiallythe same function.

Some embodiments described herein are directed to and/or can be used inconjunction with an accommodating optic system, device, and/or methodfor controlling the same. An accommodating optic or lens can generallyrefer to an optic or lens that helps a user view clearly at varyingdistances. In other words, an accommodating optic or lens can providevarying refractive or optical powers to correct the vision of the userto varying degrees as the visual needs of the user changes.Accommodating optics or lenses can comprise a number of different formsand/or designs. One example is an electronic or electro-accommodatinglens, which is also known as an electroactive accommodating lens,electroactive lens, or electroactive intraocular lens. An electroactiveaccommodating lens, for example, can comprise liquid crystals that areconfigured to change in configuration according to an electrical signalor input to alter the optical or focal power of the lens. Anelectroactive accommodating lens can be configured to be implanted intothe eye as an intraocular lens (IOL).

One common problem that arises in connection with electroactiveaccommodating IOLs relates to the size and overall configuration of theelectroactive accommodating IOL. For example, electroactiveaccommodating lenses or LCD power-changing lenses generally comprisesliquid crystals placed between two wafers of Plexiglass, which is notfoldable. At the same time, an IOL generally requires an opticcomprising a diameter or width of at least 5 mm in order to provide alens that functions in most environments, for example to avoid the haloeffect and/or mismatch when the pupil is larger than the optic when indarker or other environments. In addition, it is generally advantageousto insert an IOL through a small incision, for example smaller than 3mm. As such, in order to address and balance such criteria, certainelectroactive accommodating IOLs comprise a generally rectangular orelongated bar shape to allow a rigid or semi-rigid electroactiveaccommodating IOL with a length or width of about 5 mm or larger, orlarger than at least 3 mm, to be inserted through a small incision inthe eye. This is contrast to most IOLs, which generally comprise a roundor circular shape.

Certain accommodating optic systems, devices, and methods herein addressthese shortcomings. FIG. 23A illustrates an anterior plan view of anexample accommodating optic device configured to be used in conjunctionwith a prosthetic capsular device. FIG. 23B illustrates an anterior planview of an example accommodating optic system comprising the exampleaccommodating optic device of FIG. 23A used in conjunction with aprosthetic capsular device. FIG. 23C illustrates a cross-sectional viewof the example accommodating optic system of FIG. 23B along a short axisof the prosthetic capsular device.

In particular, the example accommodating optic 2300 is configured to beused in conjunction with any of the prosthetic capsular devicesdescribed herein. For example, the accommodating optic 2300 can beconfigured to be placed or inserted inside the prosthetic capsulardevice 1400. The accommodating optic 2300 can be configured to be placedanterior to the posterior refractive surface of a prosthetic capsulardevice, in which the posterior refractive surface can act as a base lensthat can be supplemented by the accommodating optic 2300 to effectivelychange the focal point of a human optical system.

The accommodating optic 2300 can be configured to provide varyingrefractive or optical power in a similar manner as electroactiveaccommodating optics. A key difference is that the accommodating optic2300 is configured to be used in conjunction with one or more of theprosthetic capsular devices described herein, which comprises aposterior refractive surface. In other words, because the accommodatingoptic 2300 is configured to be used in conjunction with a separaterefractive surface or lens, the accommodating optic 2300 does not needto comprise an optic with a diameter or width of about 5 mm or larger asin certain electroactive accommodating optics.

The accommodating optic 2300 can comprise an optic 2302 that is onlyabout 3 mm or smaller in diameter while being able to mitigate the haloeffect or mismatch when the pupil is larger than the optic by use with aseparate base lens or posterior refractive surface. As such, theaccommodating optic 2300 can comprise a generally round or circularoptic 2302 due to the smaller size. In certain embodiments, the optic orrefractive portion 2302 of the accommodating optic 2300 can comprise adiameter of about 4.5 mm, about 4.0 mm, about 3.5 mm, about 3.0 mm,about 2.5 mm, about 2.0 mm, about 1.5 mm, about 1.0 mm, about 0.5 mm,and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

Due to the smaller size, a substantially circular or round accommodatingoptic 2300 can be inserted through a small incision that is about thesame or slightly larger than the diameter of the optics portion 2302.For example, an accommodating optic 2300 with an optics 2302 diameter ofabout 3 mm can be inserted through an incision of about 3 mm in the eye.As another example, an accommodating optic 2300 with an optics 2302diameter of about 1 mm can be inserted through an incision of about 1 mmin the eye.

As discussed above, the accommodating optic 2300 can be configured to beplaced anterior to the posterior refractive surface of a prostheticcapsular device. In other words, the posterior refractive surface of theprosthetic capsular device can act as a base lens that can besupplemented by the accommodating optic 2300. The accommodating optic2300 can be capable of providing a variety of optical or refractivepower. For example, the accommodating optic 2300 can be configured toprovide an optical or refractive power of about 0 diopters, about 0.25diopters, about 0.50 diopters, about 0.75 diopters, about 1.00 diopters,about 1.25 diopters, about 1.50 diopters, about 1.75 diopters, about2.00 diopters, about 2.25 diopters, about 2.50 diopters, about 2.75diopters, about 3.00 diopters, about 3.25 diopters, about 3.50 diopters,about 3.75 diopters, about 4.00 diopters, about 4.25 diopters, about4.50 diopters, about 4.75 diopters, about 5.00 diopters, and/or within arange defined by any two of the aforementioned values. The accommodatingoptic 2300 can also be configured to correct wavefront higher orderaberrations and/or correct or induce astigmatism.

As an illustrative example, the accommodating optic 2300 can be clearwhen in its non-powered or resting state so it would have an effectivepower of 0 diopters. However, based on input for example, the refractivepower of the accommodating optic 2300 may be changed from 0 dioptersthrough about 1, about 2, about 3, about 4, or about 5 diopters toprovide an accommodated shift. As the accommodating optic 2300 is placedanterior to a posterior refractive surface of base optic, the vision ofthe user would effectively be corrected according to the power of theaccommodating optic 2300.

The refractive or optical power of the accommodating optic 2300 can bechanged based on user input in some embodiments. For example, theaccommodating optic 2300 can be configured to change or alter its powerbased on user input received from a smartphone or other electronicdevice. The user input could be a particular value or range of opticalpower. The user input can be received through a dial or representationof a dial, in which the user can make a gradual selection from lowerpower and higher power and vice versa. If the user has two accommodatingoptics 2300 implanted, one in each eye, the user can control the powerof just one or both of the accommodating optics 2300 at once. Forinstance, a user may control an accommodating optic 2300 of one eye toaccommodate for far vision, while the accommodating optic 2300 in theother eye is controlled to accommodate for near vision, creating amonovision effect.

In addition, in certain embodiments, the accommodating optic 2300 maycomprise or be configured to be used in conjunction with one or moreother sensors, eye tracking software, and/or artificial intelligence.For example, one or more sensors or electrodes may detect musclecontracting, pupil retracting, head tilt or position tracking, or thelike to control or contribute to automatic controlling the focal powerof the accommodating optic 2300. However, there is a general risk thatthe one or more sensor may be imperfect and/or a user is not satisfiedwith the automatically determined power of the accommodating lens 2300.In such situations, a user may manually override the automated system bycontrolling the refractive or focal power of the accommodating optic2300 using a user input device to fine tune the user's vision. The userinput device can be a smartphone, smartwatch, electronic ring,electronic bracelet, or the like or other electronic device capable ofcommunicating with the accommodating optic 2300, for example throughwireless communication.

By using the accommodating lens in conjunction with a separate baselens, halo effects can also be mitigated despite the smaller size of theoptics portion 2302 of the accommodating lens 2300. Generally speaking,the size of a human pupil in ambient lighting conditions can be said tobe around 3 mm or less. In most functional states, the human pupil willlikely be smaller than 3 mm. In dark environments, however, the pupilcan become larger than 3 mm. In embodiments in which the optics portion2302 of an accommodating optic 2300 has a diameter of 3 mm, someunfocused light may come in around the periphery of the optics 2302 ofthe accommodating optic 2300. This light will still be focused by thebase lens or posterior refractive surface of the prosthetic capsulardevice. As such, similar to a multi-focal lens, light coming into thecentral portion through the accommodating lens 2300 will be focused at adifferent point than light coming in around the accommodating lens 2300and going through just the posterior refractive surface or base lens. Indarker environments, and in situations where the user does not require anear focus, for example while driving at nighttime or watching aconcert, the user can tune the refractive power of the accommodatinglens to adapt their needs. In other words, a user can easily eliminatehalos by turning the accommodating lens 2300 into its resting state,thereby obtaining essentially a single focus distance lens.

To attach or otherwise couple the accommodating lens 2300 to aprosthetic capsular device, the accommodating lens 2300 can comprise oneor more arm portions 2304 and/or haptics 2306 configured to be attachedto the prosthetic capsular device. For example, one or more arm portions2304 can extend radially outward from an optics portion 2302 of theaccommodating lens 2300. Each of the arm portions 2304 can also compriseone or more haptics 2306 at the end, which can be configured to beinserted or attached to a groove or other locking mechanism or featureof the prosthetic capsular device.

In the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 23A-23C, the accommodating lens2300 can comprise two arm portions 2304 extending from the opticsportion 2302, wherein each of the two arm portions 2304 comprises acurved anchor-shaped haptics 2306 that is configured to be inserted intoa slot or groove located along the interior of the sidewall of aprosthetic capsular device. The optics portion 2302 can be configured tobe centrally placed anterior to the posterior refractive surface of theprosthetic capsular device upon fixation of the haptics 2306. Forexample, a 3 mm optics portion 2302 can be placed substantially in thecenter anterior to a posterior 5.5 mm refractive surface. Anaccommodating lens 2300 can comprise one, two, three, four, five, six,seven, eight, nine, or ten arm portions 2304. Each of the arm portions2304 can extend radially outward from the optics portion 2302, forexample separated from each other by a similar angle. Each of the armportions 2304 can comprise one, two, three, four, five, six, seven,eight, nine, or ten haptics 2306.

The length of accommodating lens 2300 along a longitudinal axis can beabout 9.5 mm, including a 3 mm diameter of the optics portion 2302 forexample. In certain embodiments, the length of the accommodating lens2300 along a longitudinal axis can be about 8.0 mm, about 8.5 mm, about9.0 mm, about 10.0 mm, about 10.5 mm, about 11.0 mm, about 11.5 mm,about 12.0 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

One or more other components, such as electronic components can beplaced within the haptics. For example, in addition to the opticsportion 2302, the accommodating lens 2300 can also comprise one or morebatteries or other power sources, one or more induction coils, one ormore capacitors, one or more wireless antennas, wireless receivers,and/or one or more microprocessors. The one or more wireless antennasand/or receivers can be one or more of a radiofrequency antenna,Bluetooth antenna, Wi-Fi antenna, or the like that is configured towirelessly communicate with a user input device or other electronicdevice.

Once user input or other electronic signal is received by the wirelessantenna and/or receiver, a microprocessor or microchip can be configuredto receive the input and determine an input/output decision forcontrolling a state of the LCD optics portion to control the focalpower. The determined output can be transmitted to a capacitor that isconfigured to output an electric charge to appropriately change therefractive index of the optics portion as desired.

FIG. 23D is a block diagram depicting an example control process for anaccommodating optic system. As illustrated in FIG. 23D, in someembodiments, the system can be configured to receive one or more inputsat block 2312. The input can be a user input or an automated input. Forexample, the input received by the system may be from a user-initiatedinput through a user access point system. In addition or alternatively,the input received by the system can be from one or more sensors, suchas an intraocular sensor and/or external light sensor that automaticallydetermine a desired refractive power for the accommodating lens at aparticular time and/or situation.

Once the input is received, the system can be configured to furtherprocess the input at block 2314. In certain embodiments, the system canbe configured to combine or otherwise process a plurality of inputs, forexample an automated input and a user input. In some embodiments, thesystem can be configured to process a single input, whether a user inputor an automated input.

Processing one or more inputs by the system can involve one or moreprocesses. In some embodiments, the system can be configured to processone or more inputs to determine whether to initiate one or moreadditional processes configured to increase and/or decrease therefractive power or other characteristic of an accommodating opticsystem or device. For example, if an input received by the systemcomprises data that corresponds to instructions and/or a determined needto increase the refractive power, the system can be configured toinitiate one or more processes that are expected to increase therefractive power. Conversely, if an input received by the systemcomprises data that corresponds to instructions and/or a determined needto decrease the refractive power, the system can be configured toinitiate one or more processes that are expected to decrease therefractive power.

If an input received by the system comprises data showing that thecurrent refractive power and/or other characteristic of theaccommodating optic system or device is optimal or operable, the systemcan be configured not to initiate any processes to change the refractivepower and/or other characteristic of the accommodating optic device orsystem.

Based on such determination, the system can be further configured togenerate one or more instruction commands for transmission to one ormore electronic device components of the system implanted in the eye atblock 2316. Each electronic device component that received aninstruction command can be further configured to perform one or moreprocesses according to the received instruction command. Optionally, insome embodiments, the system can be further configured to determinewhether the one or more electronic device components that received aninstruction command in fact performed the corresponding one or moreprocesses at block 2318. If confirmation and/or a current status inputare received by the system that the one or more corresponding processeswere performed, the process can end at block 2320 in some embodiments.However, if such confirmation and/or a current status input is notreceived, the system can be configured to repeat one or more processesfrom blocks 2312 to 2318.

Further, in some embodiments, the system can be configured to repeat oneor more processes described in relation to FIG. 8 periodically, inreal-time, or in near real-time. For example, the system can beconfigured to repeat processes 2312 through 2316 and/or processes 2312through 2318 periodically, in real-time, or in near real-time. The oneor more processes can be repeated every about 1 second, about 2 seconds,about 3 seconds, about 4 seconds, about 5 seconds, about 6 seconds,about 7 seconds, about 8 seconds, about 9 seconds, about 10 seconds,about 20 seconds, about 30 seconds, about 40 seconds, about 50 seconds,about 1 minute, about 2 minutes, about 3 minutes, about 4 minutes, about5 minutes, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

FIG. 23E is a block diagram depicting another example control processfor an accommodating optic system. In some embodiments, an electronicsystem component of the accommodating lens system, for example a controlunit, can receive one or more inputs at block 2324. The one or moreinputs can comprise a user input or data relating to the strain on theeye, external lighting conditions, muscular contractions, or any otherdata that can be indicative of a need or desire to increase or decreasethe refractive power of the accommodating optic system or device. Theuser input can be achieved by a user through a user access point system,such as a smartphone or other handheld electronic device. Other data canbe collected and/or received from one or more intraocular and/orexternal sensors for use in conjunction with the accommodating opticsystem.

The system component can be configured to further process the receivedinput at block 2326. The system may determine that the received inputcorresponds to increasing, decreasing, and/or maintaining the refractivepower and/or other characteristic of the accommodating optic system ordevice. If the system determines that the received input requires orcorresponds to changing the state and/or power of the accommodatingoptic system or device, the system can be configured to generate aninstruction command to appropriately change the state and/or power ofthe accommodating optic system or device at block 2328A. If the systemdetermines that the received input requires or corresponds to maintain acurrent state and/or power of the accommodating optic system or device,the system can be configured to generate an instruction command tomaintain state and/or power of the accommodating optic system or deviceat block 2328B.

The system component can be further configured to electronicallytransmit the generated instruction command to the same or anotherelectronic device component of the accommodating lens or optic system atblock 2330. In some embodiments, the generated instruction command canbe transmitted through a wired connection. In certain embodiments, thegenerated instruction command can be transmitted through a wirelessconnection.

In some embodiments, the system component can be further configured toreceive confirmation and/or a current status input from theaccommodating optic system at block 2332. At block 2334, theaccommodating lens or optic system or device can increase, decrease,and/or maintain a refractive power and/or other characteristic of thesystem based on the system instructions.

FIG. 24A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of anotherexample prosthetic capsular device. FIG. 24B illustrates an anteriorplan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 24A. FIG.24C illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 24A along the line 24C-24C of FIG. 24B. FIG. 24Dillustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 24A along the line 24D-24D of FIG. 24B. FIG. 24Eillustrates a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 24A. FIG. 24F illustrates a cross-sectional view of the exampleprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 24A along the line 24F-24F of FIG.24D.

The example prosthetic capsular device 2400 illustrated in FIG. 24Aincludes some or all of the features of the example prosthetic capsulardevices illustrated in FIGS. 1A-21A, and like reference numerals includelike features. For example, similar to the example prosthetic capsulardevice 600 of FIG. 6A, the example prosthetic capsular device 2400 ofFIG. 24A can include one or more ridges 2404. Also, similar to theexample prosthetic capsular device 1000 of FIG. 10A, the exampleprosthetic capsular device 2400 of FIG. 24A can include a single,continuous sidewall 2402.

In particular, the example prosthetic capsular device 2400 can comprisea single continuous sidewall 2402 without any breaks or void spaces. Thesidewall 2402 can be made of silicone. The device 2400 can comprise ananterior opening and a posterior opening. A void space or cavity 108 canbe formed through the device 2400 connecting the anterior opening andthe posterior opening. Accordingly, the device 2400 can comprise asubstantially tire or doughnut-like shape or configuration.

The device 2400 can be configured such that the anterior side 102 andthe posterior side 104 are substantially the same. As such, it may notmatter whether the anterior side 102 and the posterior side 104 areflipped. In other words, an anterior half of the device 2400 cansubstantially be a mirror image of the posterior half of the device2400. The device 2400 can be configured to be used in conjunction withone or more refractive surfaces or IOLs. For example, a refractivesurface or IOL can be configured to be placed to cover the anterioropening 102 and/or posterior opening 104. A refractive surface or IOLconfigured to be affixed to the anterior opening 102 and/or posterioropening 104 can also be symmetrical along the posterior-anterior axis.In other words, in some embodiments, a refractive surface or IOLconfigured to be affixed to the anterior opening 102 and/or posterioropening 104 can comprise the same power on both sides of the lens orrefractive surface. As such, both the refractive surface or IOL and thedevice 2400 can be fully reversible over a plane that divides theanterior and posterior portions of the device and lens, for example forease of use during surgery and to decrease risk related to theconfiguration of the device and/or lens. A refractive surface, IOL,electronic device, and/or other intraocular device can also be placedinside the cavity 108 of the device in between the anterior opening 102and the posterior opening 104.

Further, the device 2400 can comprise one or more ridges 2404. The oneor more ridges 2404 can be configured to provide mechanical support orotherwise affix an additional IOL, electronic device, or the like to beplaced inside the device 2400. For example, haptics or other anchoringmechanisms of an IOL, electronic device, or the like can be configuredto be slid into the one or more ridges 2404. The one or more ridges 2404can be located in between the anterior opening 102 and the posterioropening 104. For example, the one or more ridges 2404 can be located ata substantially midpoint location between the anterior opening 1202 andthe posterior opening 104.

As such, the device 2400 can comprise three or more planes or positionswithin the device 2400 for affixing or placing an intraocular device,such as an IOL, electronic device, or the like. For example, a firstintraocular device can be placed or affixed at the anterior end oropening 102, a second intraocular device can be placed or affixed at theposterior end or opening 104, and a third intraocular device can beplaced or affixed at the one or more ridges 2404 and/or in the cavity108 of the device. In certain embodiments, the device 2400 can beconfigured to hold more than one intraocular device inside the cavity108 of the device, for example by providing more than one ridges 2404.As such, in some embodiments, the device 2400 can be configured to holdthree or more IOLs, refractive surfaces, other intraocular devices,and/or combination thereof within a single device 2400.

In some embodiments, the anterior end 102 and/or posterior end 104 canbe configured to affix a refractive surface 110, intraocular lens, orother intraocular device specifically designed for use with the device2400. In contrast, the cavity 108 of the device 2400 can be configuredto hold any generic and/or third-party designed or manufacturedintraocular device and/or IOL.

In some embodiments, the device 2400, when viewed from an anterior planview as illustrated in FIG. 24B, can comprise a generally circular shapewith an outer diameter of about 9.650 mm. In certain embodiments, thedevice 2400, when viewed from an anterior plan view, can comprise asubstantially circular shape with an outer diameter of about 6.0 mm,about 6.5 mm, about 7.0 mm, about 7.5 mm, about 8.0 mm, about 8.5 mm,about 9.0 mm, about 9.5 mm, about 10.0 mm, about 10.5 mm, about 11.0 mm,about 11.5 mm, about 12.0 mm, and/or within a range defined by two ofthe aforementioned values.

In certain embodiments, the device 2400, when viewed from a side view,can comprise a thickness, excluding any refractive surface or IOLattached, of about 3.50 mm. In some embodiments, the device 2400, whenviewed from a side view and excluding any refractive surface or IOL, cancomprise a thickness of about 0.50 mm, about 1.00 mm, about 1.50 mm,about 2.00 mm, about 2.50 mm, about 3.00 mm, about 3.50 mm, about 4.00mm, about 4.50 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the device 2400 can comprise an anterior opening102 and/or posterior opening, for example to receive a refractivesurface or IOL, comprising a diameter of about 6.350 mm. In certainembodiments, the device 2400 can comprise an anterior opening 102 and/orposterior opening, for example to receive a refractive surface or IOL,comprising a diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 3.50 mm, about 4.00 mm,about 4.50 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about9.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, the one or more ridges 2404, when viewed from ananterior plan view as illustrated in FIG. 24B, can comprise an outerdiameter of about 9.150 mm and an inner diameter of about 8.60 mm. Incertain embodiments, the one or more ridges 2404, when viewed from ananterior plan view, can comprise an outer diameter and/or inner diameterof about 6.0 mm, about 6.5 mm, about 7.0 mm, about 7.5 mm, about 8.0 mm,about 8.5 mm, about 9.0 mm, about 9.5 mm, about 10.0 mm, about 10.5 mm,about 11.0 mm, about 11.5 mm, about 12.0 mm, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values. In certain embodiments, theone or more ridges 2404, when viewed from a side view, can comprise athickness of about 0.1 mm, about 0.2 mm, about 0.3 mm, about 0.4 mm,about 0.5 mm, about 0.6 mm, about 0.7 mm, about 0.8 mm, about 0.9 mm,about 1.0 mm, about 1.1 mm, about 1.2 mm, about 1.3 mm, about 1.4 mm,about 1.5 mm, about 2.0 mm, about 2.5 mm, about 3.0 mm, about 3.5 mm,about 4.0 mm, about 4.5 mm, about 5.0 mm, and/or within a range definedby two of the aforementioned values.

Similar to the device illustrated in FIG. 19A, the device 2400 can alsocomprise a lip portion 2406 surrounding the posterior and/or anterioropening 102, 104 to receive one or more tongue portions, one or moretabs, and/or one or more haptics of a refractive surface or IOL. The lipportion 2406 can comprise a certain thickness when viewed from ananterior plan view as illustrated in FIG. 24F. As such, the diameter ofa circular portion formed around the interior circumference of theanterior and/or posterior opening 102, 104 of the device 2400, excludingthe lip portion 2406, can be about 7.00 mm and/or larger than theposterior and/or anterior opening. In certain embodiments, the diameterof a circular portion formed around the interior circumference of theanterior and/or posterior opening 102, 104 of the device 2400, excludingthe lip portion 2406 can be about 5.5 mm, about 5.6 mm, about 5.7 mm,about 5.8 mm, about 5.9 mm, about 6.0 mm, about 6.1 mm, about 6.2 mm,about 6.3 mm, about 6.4 mm, about 6.5 mm, about 6.6 mm, about 6.7 mm,about 6.8 mm, about 6.9 mm, about 7.0 mm, about 7.1 mm, about 7.2 mm,about 7.3 mm, about 7.4 mm, about 7.5 mm, about 8.0 mm, about 8.1 mm,about 8.2 mm, about 8.3 mm, about 8.4 mm, about 8.5 mm, about 9.0 mm,about 9.5 mm, about 10 mm, about 10.5 mm and/or within a range definedby two of the aforementioned values.

FIG. 25A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of anotherexample prosthetic capsular device. FIG. 25B illustrates an anteriorplan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 25A. FIG.25C illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 25A along the line 25C-25C of FIG. 25B. FIG. 25Dillustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 25A along the line 25D-25D of FIG. 25B.

The example prosthetic capsular device 2500 of FIG. 25A includes some orall of the features of the example prosthetic capsular device 2400illustrated in FIG. 24A, and like reference numerals include likefeatures. For example, similar to the example prosthetic capsular device2400 of FIG. 24A, the example prosthetic capsular device 2500 of FIG.25A can include one or more ridges 2404, a single continuous sidewall2402, a posterior opening or end 104, and an anterior opening or end102.

The example prosthetic capsular device 2500 shown in FIG. 25A furthercomprises a refractive surface or IOL 2600 attached thereto. Therefractive surface or IOL 2600 can be attached to the posterior end 104and/or substantially cover the posterior opening 104. Similarly, therefractive surface or IOL 2600 can be attached to the anterior end 102and/or substantially cover the anterior opening 102. Due to the factthat the device 2600, when separated from the refractive surface or IOL2600, comprises an anterior half that is substantially equal to theposterior half, it may not matter functionally whether the refractivesurface or IOL 2600 is attached to the posterior end 104 or the anteriorend 102. In other words, the device 2500 can be said to comprise aposterior refractive surface or an anterior refractive surface. Asdiscussed above in relation to FIG. 24A, one or more additionalrefractive surfaces or IOLs, electronic devices, or other intraoculardevices can further be attached to the device, for example at theposterior or anterior end and/or along one or more ridges.

FIG. 26A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an examplerefractive surface or intraocular lens that can be configured to be usedin conjunction with a prosthetic capsular device, such as the prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 25A and/or any other prosthetic capsular devicedescribed herein. FIG. 26B illustrates an anterior plan view of theexample refractive surface or intraocular lens of FIG. 26A. FIG. 26Cillustrates a cross-sectional view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 26A along the line 26C-26C of FIG. 26B. FIG.26D is a side plan view of the example refractive surface or intraocularlens of FIG. 26A.

The refractive surface or IOL 2600 can comprise one or more similarfeatures as those described in relation to the refractive surface 2200in relation to FIG. 22A. The refractive surface or IOL 2600 can beconfigured to be attached to any one of the example prosthetic capsulardevices disclosed herein. In particular, the refractive surface or IOL2600 can be configured to be attached to the anterior and/or posteriorend of the prosthetic capsular devices 2400, 2500.

In some embodiments, the optic or refractive surface 2600 can comprise adiameter of about 6.250 mm. In certain embodiments, the optic ofrefractive surface 2600 can comprise a diameter of about 5.00 mm, about5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm,about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

The refractive surface or IOL 2600 can comprise an anterior side or end2602 and a posterior side or end 2604. In some embodiments, the anteriorside 2602 can be substantially equal to the posterior side 2604, suchthat the anterior-posterior configuration of the refractive surface ofIOL 2600 does not affect the operability or functionalities whenaffixing to a prosthetic capsular device. In other embodiments, theanterior side 2602 and the posterior side 2604 can have one or moredifferent features, such as thickness, curvature, refractive power, orthe like.

The refractive surface or intraocular lens 2600 can comprise two convexportions 2600A, 2600B. One of the two convex portions 2600A can beconfigured to be placed in the interior of a prosthetic capsular deviceand the other convex portion 2600B can be configured to be placedexterior to the prosthetic capsular device upon attachment thereto. Insome embodiments, the two convex portions 2600A, 2600B can comprisesubstantially the same shape, area, and/or refractive power. This way, arefractive surface or intraocular lens 2600 can be configured such thatthe posterior-anterior configuration does not matter when attaching to aprosthetic capsular device. In other words, the refractive surface orintraocular lens 2600 can be flipped when attaching to a prostheticcapsular device and still obtain substantially the same function.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 2600 comprises one ormore tabs 2600 to facilitate attachment of the refractive surface or IOL2600 to a prosthetic capsular device. For example, in the embodimentillustrated in the FIG. 26A, the refractive surface or IOL 2600comprises four tabs 2606. In other embodiments, a refractive surface orIOL 2600 can comprise one, two, three, five, six, seven, eight, nine, orten tabs 2606.

Each of the tabs 2606 can comprise a flap that is curved. Each of thetabs 2606 can comprise a flap that is curved in the same direction.Alternatively, some of the tabs 2606 can be curved in one direction andcertain other tabs 2606 can be curved in another direction. For example,in the illustrated embodiment, two tabs 2606A can extend towards theanterior end 2602 curving towards the posterior end 2604, and the othertwo tabs 2606B can extend towards the posterior end 2604 curving towardsthe anterior end 2602. In other embodiments, the tabs 2606 can besubstantially flat or planar.

In attaching a refractive surface or IOL 2600 to a prosthetic capsulardevice, one or more of the tabs can be configured to be placed throughto the anterior end 102 or posterior end 104 of the device. Accordingly,as shown in FIG. 25A, two of four tabs 2606 can be placed in theinterior of the device 2500, while the other two tabs 2606 are placedexterior to a posterior end 104 of the device. Similarly, one tab 2606can be placed in the interior of the device 2500, while other tabs 2606are placed exterior to the device.

Each of the plurality of tabs 2606 can extend from the refractivesurface 2600 at an angle when viewed from a side plan view asillustrated in FIG. 26D. For example, in some embodiments, each or someof the plurality of tabs 2606 can initially extend from the refractivesurface 2600 at an angle of about 45° in either direction. In certainembodiments, each or some of the plurality of tabs 2606 can initiallyextend from the refractive surface 2600 at an angle of about +/−10°,about +/−20°, about +/−25°, about +/−30°, about +/−35°, about +/−40°,about +/−45°, about +/−50°, about +/−55°, about +/−60°, about +/−70°,about +/−80°, about +/−90°, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each or some of the tabs 2606, when viewed from aside plan view as illustrated in FIG. 26D, can comprise a height ofabout 0.50 mm. In certain embodiments, each or some of the tabs 2606,when viewed from a side plan view as illustrated in FIG. 22D, cancomprise a height of about 0.10 mm, about 0.20 mm, about 0.30 mm, about0.40 mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm,about 0.90 mm, about 1.0 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In certain embodiments, each or some of the one or more tabs 2606 canextend radially from about 30° of the circumference of the refractiveportion of the optic 2600. In some embodiments, each of the one or moretabs 2606 of an optic 2600 can extend radially from about 20°, about40°, about 60°, about 80°, about 100°, about 120°, about 140°, about160°, about 180°, about 200°, about 220°, about 240°, about 260°, about280°, about 300°, about 320°, about 340°, about 360° of thecircumference of the refractive portion of the optic 2600, and/or withina range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each or some of the tabs 2606, when viewed from ananterior plan view as illustrated in FIG. 26B, can comprise a width ofabout 2.0 mm. In certain embodiments, each or some of the tabs 2606,when viewed from an anterior plan view as illustrated in FIG. 26B, cancomprise a width of about 0.5 mm, about 1.0 mm, about 1.5 mm, about 2.0mm, about 2.5 mm, about 3.0 mm, about 3.5 mm, about 4.0 mm, about 4.5mm, about 5.0 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

The refractive surface or IOL 2600 can comprise equal refractive poweron each of the anterior and posterior halves. In other words, therefractive surface or IOL 2600 can be an equiconvex lens. As such, theorientation or direction in which the lens 2600 is inserted into thedevice can be disregarded as the lens can be reversible and symmetricalong the anterior-posterior axis.

FIG. 27A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of anotherexample prosthetic capsular device. FIG. 27B illustrates an anteriorplan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 27A. FIG.27C illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 27A along the line 27C-27C of FIG. 27B. FIG. 27Dillustrates a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 27A.

FIG. 28A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of anotherexample prosthetic capsular device. FIG. 28B illustrates an anteriorplan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 28A. FIG.28C is a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 28A along the line 28C-28C of FIG. 28B. FIG. 28D illustrates aside plan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 28A.

The devices 2700, 2800 can include some or all of the features of theexample prosthetic capsular device 2400 illustrated in FIG. 24A, andlike reference numerals include like features. The devices 2700, 2800can be self-expandable to keep the capsule fully open. The devices 2700,2800 can comprise three different planes. For example, a first plane cancorrespond with the posterior end 104 of the device, where a refractivesurface or IOL can be attached. A second plane can correspond with theanterior end 102 of the device, where another refractive surface or IOLcan be attached. A third plane can be positioned in between theposterior end and the anterior end, for example along ridges 2704, 2804.

The ridges 2704, 2804 can be formed by the shape or curvature of thedevice 2700, 2800. In other words, instead of adding material to formthe ridges, material can be removed from the device 2700, 2800 to formridges 2704, 2804. For example, a central portion of the device 2700,2800 when viewed from the view in FIG. 27D, can comprise a verticalportion that extends substantially perpendicular to anterior andposterior portions. The thickness of this vertical portion can becontrolled to provide a slot or ridge of varying thickness.

In some embodiments, a prosthetic capsular device configured to beinserted in a natural capsular bag of an eye after removal of a lens cancomprise a housing structure 2700, 2800 capable of containing anintraocular device and/or an equiconvex refractive surface. Inparticular, the housing structure can comprise an anterior portion,wherein the anterior portion comprises a circular anterior opening,wherein the circular anterior opening is capable of allowing at leastone of insertion, removal, or replacement of the intraocular device, andwherein the anterior opening is further configured to be coupled to arefractive surface to cover the circular anterior opening; a posteriorportion, wherein the posterior portion comprises a circular posterioropening wherein the circular posterior opening is capable of allowing atleast one of insertion, removal, or replacement of the intraoculardevice, and wherein the posterior opening is further configured to becoupled to a refractive surface to cover the circular posterior opening;and a continuous lateral portion interposed between the anterior portionand the posterior portion, wherein the continuous lateral portionprotrudes radially beyond the anterior portion and the posteriorportion, wherein the continuous lateral portion fully encloses a lateralside of the housing structure, wherein an internal cavity of thecontinuous lateral portion forms a groove for containing the intraoculardevice. The continuous lateral portion may not have any openings, forexample along the lateral portion of the device in some embodiments. Thehousing structure 2700, 2800 can be symmetrical over a plane at amidpoint of the continuous lateral portion between the anterior portionand the posterior portion. In certain embodiments, the equiconvexrefractive surface can comprise a plurality of tabs for affixing therefractive surface to at least one of the circular anterior opening orthe circular posterior opening, wherein the plurality of tabs protrudesfrom the refractive surface in alternating posterior and anteriordirections.

As discussed above, one or more refractive surfaces, IOLs, lenses,optics, and/or other intraocular devices can be placed in the device2700, 2800 at the posterior opening 104 and/or anterior opening 102. Forexample, a surgeon may initially insert a device with a posteriorrefractive surface into an eye of a patient. Depending on the outcome,the surgeon may insert a secondary IOL on the anterior opening of thedevice 2700, 2800 to obtain better results. In other words, a secondaryIOL can be placed on the anterior opening for fine tuning. Moreover, adiametric sensor and/or another IOL can be placed in the interior of thedevice 2700, 2800 as well, for example along the ridges on the thirdplane.

The devices 2700, 2800 can be symmetric and/or reversible so that theyare the same right side up as upside down along the anterior-posterioraxis. This can be advantageous in that the devices 2700, 2800 can have atendency to want to flip around as they are being inserted and a surgeonwould not need to worry about the device flipping way or the other. Inother words, the anterior half and the posterior half of the device2700, 2800 can be mirror images of each other. The device 2700, 2800 canbe made of silicone, while a refractive surface or IOL can be made ofacrylic, and cut with a lathe such as CNC Lathing for example. It can beadvantageous for the device 2700, 2800 to be made of a material that canaccommodate for stretching without tearing, but also has a sufficientlyhigh durometer rating so that it maintains sufficient rigidity andstiffness inside the eye. For example, Med 6210 silicone can be used insome embodiments. In some embodiments, the device 2700, 2800 can besubstantially clear. In other embodiments, the device 2700, 2800 can bemade of opaque silicone and/or may comprise different colors, forexample to accommodate for dysphotopsias from angles and/or ridges ofthe device 2700, 2800. A mold for the device 2700, 2800 can besandblasted so that the silicone forming the device 2700, 2800 cancomprise some texture in certain embodiments. It can be advantageous forthe device to comprise a texturized surface to reduce glare and todiffuse light. In other embodiments, the device 2700, 2800 can comprisea smooth surface.

The refractive surface or IOL of FIG. 26A, for example, can be attachedto the devices 2700, 2800. For example, a refractive surface or IOL canhave four tabs, two of which can be placed in the interior of the deviceand two of which can be placed exterior to the device to lock therefractive surface or IOL in place. To secure the refractive surface orIOL with respect to the device 2700, 2800, two tabs can be pushed downto the exterior of the device 2700, 2800 using an irrigation-aspiration(IA) device tip for example while the other two tabs remain inside thedevice 2700, 2800. In some embodiments, the tabs of the refractivesurface or IOL, as shown in FIG. 26A, can be curved. The curvature ofthe refractive surface or IOL and/or the rigidity of the device 2700,2800 and tabs can substantially keep the lens in place with respect tothe device 2700, 2800.

The tabs can comprise one or more eyelet openings in some embodiments.The one or more eyelet openings of each tab can be used for dialing orrotating the lens to a specific meridian. In addition, or alternatively,a surgeon may use the one or more eyelet openings to suture the optic tothe device as necessary.

As discussed above, the device 2700, 2800 and a lens for insertion intothe device can both be symmetric and reversible along theposterior-anterior axis. Because the lens or refractive surface, forexample shown in FIG. 26A, can comprise the equal refractive power onthe anterior and posterior portions, there is no refractive surprise.Accordingly, the orientation or direction in which the device 2700, 2800and/or lens 2600 is inserted will not matter in some embodiments. Asurgeon would not need to flip the device 2700, 2800 or lens 2600 overtoo obtain the correct orientation, as either orientation, whetheranterior-posterior or posterior-anterior, will be the same.

In some embodiments, the device 2700, 2800 can be made in a number ofdifferent sizes or scales to accommodate for different patient biometry.For example, there can be a large, medium, and small sized device 2700,2800 (or any other combination of sizes) to accommodate for patientswith different sized cataracts. By providing a number of devices 2700,2800 of varying sizes, surgeons can be able to select a particulardevice and/or optic for insertion in a particular patient.

In some embodiments, the devices 2700, 2800 can comprise an anteriorportion 2750, a central portion 2760, and a posterior portion 2770. Theanterior portion 2750 and the central portion 2760 can be mirror imagesof each other. The central portion 2760 can comprise a midline alongwhich one-half of the central portion 2760 can be a mirror image of theother half of the central portion 2760. The central portion 2760 canextend radially outward from the anterior portion 2750 and/or posteriorportion 2770. The central portion 2760 can extend from the anteriorportion 2750 and/or posterior portion 2770 at an angle of substantially90°, for example to prevent or substantially prevent post-operativecapsular opacification (PCO). In certain embodiments, the centralportion 2760 can extend from the anterior portion 2750 and/or posteriorportion 2770 at an angle of about 10°, about 20°, about 30°, about 40°,about 50°, about 60°, about 70°, about 80°, about 90°, and/or within arange defined by two of the aforementioned values.

The anterior portion 2750 and the posterior portion 2770 can beconfigured to hold a refractive surface, IOL, or another intraoculardevice. For example, a refractive surface and/or IOL can be configuredto be placed in and/or over the anterior portion 2750 and/or posteriorportion 2770. The central portion 2760 can be configured to hold one ormore intraocular devices, such as an IOL, refractive surface,intraocular pressure sensor, electronic device, and/or any otherintraocular device, for example by use of one or more grooves. As such,the device 2700, 2800 can comprise one or more shelves, for examplethree or more shelves, to hold intraocular devices. The anterior portion2750 and/or posterior portion 2770 can be configured to hold anintraocular device(s) specifically designed for use with the device2700, 2800, for example comprising one or more features that allowfixation of the intraocular device(s) at the posterior portion 2770and/or anterior portion 2750. The central portion 2760 can be configuredto hold any generic intraocular device, refractive surface, IOL, or thelike.

As such, as a non-limiting example, the device 2700, 2800 can allowimplantation of three or more lenses to obtain an optimal refractivepower and/or a refractive power that is desired. Also, due to thesymmetrical nature and/or configuration of the device 2700, 2800 acrossa horizontal line, a surgeon can easily implant the device 2700, 2800without risk of inserting the device 2700, 2800 in the wronganterior-posterior orientation. Further, the optics or lens to be usedin conjunction with the device 2700, 2800 can also comprise asymmetrical configuration to allow for ease of implantation as discussedherein. Further, tabs on the lens or IOL can also be fully reversible.

As discussed herein, by providing one or more grooves and/or a centralportion 2760, it can be possible to exactly the pinpoint the location ofan IOL or other intraocular device to be placed in the central portion2760 and/or elsewhere in the device 2700, 2800. Further, the device2700, 2800 can also be used in conjunction with drug release devices,which can be placed inside the device 2700, 2800 for example, to releasedrugs within the eye. As previously discussed, the device 2700, 2800 canalso provide a stable device for housing lenses and easy removal and/orinsertion of lenses and/or other intraocular devices. Moreover, by useof lenses with positive and/or negative refractive powers, for examplegreater than +35 D and/or less than −35 D, a Galilean and/or reverseGalilean telescope can be provided within the eye by utilizing the spacebetween the lenses within the device 2700, 2800. In other words, byusing high powered plus and/or minus lenses, Galilean telescopes and/ormicroscopes can be created, for example for the purpose of objectmagnification and/or minimization. As non-limiting examples, suchembodiments can have applications for certain conditions, such asmacular degeneration and/or other conditions that cause loss of centralvision. In certain embodiments, complex optical systems as such can beobtained by utilizing the ability of the device to separate lens opticswithin the capsule of the device. Such complex optical system can alsobe further fine-tuned over time by adjusting one or more optics placedinside the device through exchange.

In some embodiments, the anterior portion 2750 and/or posterior portion2770 can comprise an outer diameter of about 8 mm and an inner diameterwithin the device 2700, 2800 of about 7.50 mm. The opening(s) of theanterior portion 2750 and/or posterior portion 2770 can comprise adiameter of about 6.35 mm. In some embodiments, the central portion 2760can comprise an outer diameter of about 10.0 mm and an inner diameterwithin the interior of the device 2700, 2800 of about 9.50 mm. Incertain embodiments, the outer diameter of the anterior portion 2750and/or posterior portion 2770, the inner diameter of the anteriorportion 2750 and/or posterior portion 2770 within the device 2700, 2800,the opening(s) of the anterior portion 2750 and/or posterior portion2770, the outer diameter of the central portion 2760, and/or the innerdiameter of the central portion 2760 within the interior of the device2700, 2800 can be about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm,about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm,about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/orwithin a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, a thickness of the device 2700, 2800 when viewedfrom a side view and measured from an outer end of the anterior portion2750 to an outer end of the posterior portion 2770 can be about 3.50 mm.In other embodiments, a thickness of the device 2700, 2800, when viewedfrom a side view and measured from an outer end of the anterior portion2750 to an outer end of the posterior portion 2770, can be about 3.00mm. In certain embodiments, a thickness of the device 2700, 2800, whenviewed from a side view and measured from an outer end of the anteriorportion 2750 to an outer end of the posterior portion 2770, can be about0.50 mm, about 1.00 mm, about 1.50 mm, about 2.00 mm, about 2.50 mm,about 3.00 mm, about 3.50 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 4.50 mm, about 5.00mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about8.00 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 10.00 mm, and/or within a range defined bytwo of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, when viewed from a side view, the anterior portion1750, central portion 2760, and/or posterior portion 1770 can comprisean inner thickness, as measured between two internal surfaces of thedevice 2700, 2800, of about 1.25 mm. In certain embodiments, theanterior portion 1750, central portion 2760, and/or posterior portion1770, when viewed from a side view, can comprise an inner thickness, asmeasured between two internal surfaces of the device 2700, 2800, ofabout 0.25 mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.75 mm, about 1.00 mm, about 1.25mm, about 1.50 mm, about 1.75 mm, about 2.00 mm, about 2.25 mm, about2.50 mm, about 2.75 mm, about 3.00 mm, and/or within a range defined bytwo of the aforementioned values.

FIG. 29A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of anotherexample prosthetic capsular device. FIG. 29B illustrates an anteriorplan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 29A. FIG.29C illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 29A along the line 29C-29C of FIG. 29B. FIG. 29Dillustrates a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 29A.

The device 2900 can include some or all of the features of the exampleprosthetic capsular devices 2700, 2800 illustrated in FIGS. 27A and 28A,and like reference numerals include like features. The device 2900 isshown with an IOL 2901 placed in the interior of the device 2900 and/ora central portion thereof, for example along the ridges therein. Asillustrated, one or more haptics of the IOL 2901 can be configured to beplaced within the ridge of the device 2900.

FIG. 30A illustrates an anterior plan view of another example prostheticcapsular device. FIG. 30B illustrates a cross-sectional view of theexample prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 30A along the line 30B-30B ofFIG. 30A.

FIG. 31A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of anotherexample prosthetic capsular device. FIG. 31B illustrates an anteriorplan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 31A. FIG.31C illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 31A along the line 31C-31C of FIG. 31B. FIG. 31Dillustrates a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 31A.

The device 3100 can include some or all of the features of the exampleprosthetic capsular devices 2700, 2800 illustrated in FIGS. 27A and 28A,and like reference numerals include like features. In contrast to thedevices 2700, 2800, a central portion of the device 3100 that extendsupwards and downwards, when viewed in the orientation of FIG. 31D, maynot be perpendicular to the posterior portion and/or the anteriorportion. Rather, this central portion or the outer surface thereof canbe angled, for example at 70 degrees. This can be advantageous forproviding additional rigidity and structure to the device; however, thisconfiguration may add to the amount of material to the device. All otherfeatures of the device 3100 can be similar to those described inconjunction with devices 2700, 2800.

FIG. 32A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of anotherexample refractive surface or intraocular lens that can be configured tobe used in conjunction with a prosthetic capsular device. FIG. 32Billustrates an anterior plan view of the example refractive surface orintraocular lens of FIG. 32A. FIG. 32C illustrates a cross-sectionalview of the example refractive surface or intraocular lens of FIG. 32Aalong the line 32C-32C of FIG. 32B. FIG. 32D illustrates a side planview of the example refractive surface or intraocular lens of FIG. 32A.

FIG. 32 illustrates an anterior plan view of another example refractivesurface or intraocular lens. The refractive surface, IOL, lens, or optic3200 shown in FIG. 32 can be configured to be attached to any prostheticcapsular device disclosed herein, such as the devices 2400, 2500, 2700,2800, 3100 illustrated in FIGS. 24, 25, 27, 28, and 31 among others. Inparticular, the refractive surface or IOL 3200 can be configured to beattached to the anterior and/or posterior end of a prosthetic capsulardevice 2400, 2500, 2700, 2800, and/or 3100.

The optic 3200 can include one or more features as the optic 2600 ofFIG. 26A. For example, in some embodiments, the refractive portion ofthe optic 3200 can comprise a diameter of about 6.250 mm. In certainembodiments, the refractive portion of the optic 3200 can comprise adiameter of about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm,about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by twoof the aforementioned values.

Similar to the optic 2600, the refractive surface or IOL 3200 cancomprise an anterior side or end 3202 and a posterior side or end 3204.In some embodiments, the anterior side 3202 can be substantially equalto the posterior side 3204, such that the anterior-posteriorconfiguration of the refractive surface of IOL 3200 does not affect theoperability or functionality when affixing to a prosthetic capsulardevice. In other embodiments, the anterior side 3202 and the posteriorside 3204 can have one or more different features, such as thickness,curvature, refractive power, or the like.

The refractive surface or intraocular lens 3200 can comprise two convexportions 3200A, 3200B. One of the two convex portions 3200A can beconfigured to be placed in the interior of a prosthetic capsular deviceand the other convex portion 3200B can be configured to be placedexterior to the prosthetic capsular device upon attachment thereto. Insome embodiments, the two convex portions 3200A, 3200B can comprisesubstantially the same shape, area, and/or refractive power. In otherwords, the optic 3200 can be an equiconvex lens and/or be symmetricalalong the anterior-posterior axis. This way, a refractive surface orintraocular lens 3200 can be configured such that the posterior-anteriorconfiguration thereof does not matter when attaching to a prostheticcapsular device. In other words, the refractive surface or intraocularlens 3200 can be flipped when attaching to a prosthetic capsular deviceand still obtain substantially the same function.

In contrast to the optic 2600 of FIG. 26A, the optic 3200 can includesix tabs 3206 in some embodiments. For example, three of the six tabs3206A can be curved towards the posterior end of the lens, and the otherthree tabs 3206B can be curved towards the anterior end of the lens. Oneor more tabs 3206 can facilitate attachment of the refractive surface orIOL 3200 to a prosthetic capsular device. In certain embodiments, arefractive surface or IOL 3200 can comprise one, two, three, four, five,six, seven, eight, nine, or ten tabs 2606.

Each of the tabs 3206 can comprise a flap that is curved in the same oralternating direction. For example, in the illustrated embodiment, threetabs 3206B can extend from the anterior side 3202, and the other threetabs 3606A can extend from the posterior end 3204. In other embodiments,the tabs 2606 can be substantially flat or planar.

In attaching a refractive surface or IOL 3200 to a prosthetic capsulardevice, one or more of the tabs can be configured to be placed throughthe anterior end 102 or posterior end 104 of the device. For example,three of the six tabs 3206 can be placed in the interior of the device,while the other tabs can be placed exterior to the device.

In certain embodiments, each or some of the one or more tabs 3206 canextend radially from about 30° of the circumference of the refractiveportion of the optic 3200. In some embodiments, each or some of the oneor more tabs 3206 of an optic 3200 can extend radially from about 20°,about 40°, about 60°, about 80°, about 100°, about 120°, about 140°,about 160°, about 180°, about 200°, about 220°, about 240°, about 260°,about 280°, about 300°, about 320°, about 340°, about 360° of thecircumference of the refractive portion of the optic 3200, and/or withina range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each or some of the tabs 3206, when viewed from ananterior plan view can comprise a width of about 2.0 mm. In certainembodiments, each or some of the tabs 3206, when viewed from an anteriorplan view, can comprise a width of about 0.5 mm, about 1.0 mm, about 1.5mm, about 2.0 mm, about 2.5 mm, about 3.0 mm, about 3.5 mm, about 4.0mm, about 4.5 mm, about 5.0 mm, and/or within a range defined by two ofthe aforementioned values.

Each of the tabs can further comprise one or more eyelet openings 3204.The one or more eyelets 3204 can be used to fasten or fixate the optic3200 in a particular location or configuration relative to a prostheticcapsular device. In some embodiments, an angle between the center pointsof two eyelet openings 3204 can be about 60°. In certain embodiments, anangle between the center points of two eyelet openings 3204 can be about10°, about 20°, about 30°, about 40°, about 50°, about 60°, about 70°,about 80°, about 90°, about 100°, about 110°, about 120°, about 130°,about 140°, about 150°, about 160°, about 170°, about 180°, and/orwithin a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

FIGS. 49-68 illustrate various example embodiments of prosthetic devicesand/or refractive surfaces or IOLs. It is to be understood that anyfeatures disclosed with regard to any of the following embodiments canalso be applied to any other embodiment. In other words, the featuresdisclosed with respect to the following example embodiments areinterchangeable and could apply to any embodiment.

Generally, the refractive surfaces or IOLs of FIGS. 50, 52A-52B,54A-54B, 56, 59A-59C, 60A-60C, 61A-61D, 62A-62F, 63A-63F, 64A-64D, 65,66A-66D, 67A-67C, and/or 68 can each be used alone or in combinationwith each other with any of the example prosthetic devices of FIGS.49A-49D, 51A-51G, 53A-53D, 55A-55D, 57A-57D, and/or 58A-58D.

While placement of the refractive surfaces or IOLs of FIGS. 50, 52A-52B,54A-54B, 56, 59A-59C, 60A-60C, 61A-61D, 62A-62F, 63A-63F, 64A-64D, 65,66A-66D, 67A-67C, and/or 68 may be specified with respect to eachembodiment, it is to be understood that each of the refractive surfacesor IOLs may be placed anywhere within or adjacent to any of the exampleprosthetic devices of FIGS. 49A-49D, 51A-51G, 53A-53D, 55A-55D, 57A-57D,and/or 58A-58D. Particularly, in some embodiments, each of therefractive surfaces or IOLs of FIGS. 50, 52A-52B, 54A-54B, 56, 59A-59C,60A-60C, 61A-61D, 62A-62F, 63A-63F, 64A-64D, 65, 66A-66D, 67A-67C,and/or 68 is capable of being placed within or adjacent to the anteriorand/or posterior openings of any of the example prosthetic devices ofFIGS. 49A-49D, 51A-51G, 53A-53D, 55A-55D, 57A-57D, and/or 58A-58D. Insome embodiments, each of the refractive surfaces or IOLs of FIGS. 50,52A-52B, 54A-54B, 56, 59A-59C, 60A-60C, 61A-61D, 62A-62F, 63A-63F,64A-64D, 65, 66A-66D, 67A-67C, and/or 68 is capable of being placed inthe middle section of any of the example prosthetic devices of FIGS.49A-49D, 51A-51G, 53A-53D, 55A-55D, 57A-57D, and/or 58A-58D. In someembodiments, the refractive surfaces or IOLs of FIGS. 59A-59C, 60A-60C,61A-61D, 62A-62F, 63A-63F, 64A-64D, 65, and/or 66A-66D comprise hapticsthat facilitate insertion in the middle section of any of the exampleprosthetic devices of FIGS. 49A-49D, 51A-51G, 53A-53D, 55A-55D, 57A-57D,and/or 58A-58D.

In some embodiments, in addition to or in the alternative to therefractive surfaces or IOLs of FIGS. 50, 52A-52B, 54A-54B, 56, 59A-59C,60A-60C, 61A-61D, 62A-62F, 63A-63F, 64A-64D, 65, 66A-66D, 67A-67C,and/or 68, other refractive surfaces or IOLs not included herein may bepresent within or adjacent to any of the example prosthetic devices ofFIGS. 49A-49D, 51A-51G, 53A-53D, 55A-55D, 57A-57D, and/or 58A-58D.

FIG. 49A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of anotherexample prosthetic capsular device. FIG. 49B illustrates an anteriorplan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 49A. FIG.49C illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 49A along the line A-A of FIG. 49B. FIG. 49Dillustrates a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 49A. In FIGS. 49C and 49D, the example prosthetic device isshown with an IOL 4901 placed in the interior of the device 4900.

The example prosthetic capsular device 4900 illustrated in FIG. 49Aincludes some or all of the features of the example prosthetic capsulardevices illustrated in FIGS. 1A-21A, 24A-25A, 27A-29A, and 31A, and likereference numerals include like features. For example, similar to theexample prosthetic capsular device 2400 of FIG. 24A, the prostheticcapsular device 4900 can include a single continuous sidewall 4902, aposterior opening or end 104, and an anterior opening or end 102.

In particular, the example prosthetic capsular device 4900 can comprisea single continuous sidewall 4902 without any breaks or void spaces. Insome embodiments sidewall may contain openings or protrusions. Thesidewall 4902 can be made of silicone. The device 4900 can comprise ananterior opening and a posterior opening. A void space or cavity 108 canbe formed through the device 4900 connecting the anterior opening andthe posterior opening. Accordingly, the device 4900 can comprise asubstantially tire or doughnut-like shape or configuration.

The device 4900 can be self-expandable to keep the capsule fully open.The device 4900 can comprise three different planes. For example, afirst plane can correspond with the posterior end 104 of the device,where a refractive surface or IOL can be attached. A second plane cancorrespond with the anterior end 102 of the device, where anotherrefractive surface or IOL can be attached. A third plane can bepositioned in between the posterior end and the anterior end, forexample along ridge 4904, where another refractive surface or IOL can beattached.

The ridge 4904 can be formed by the shape or curvature of the device4900. In other words, instead of adding material to form the ridge,material can be removed from the device 4900 to form ridge 4904. Forexample, a central portion of the device 4900 when viewed from the viewin FIG. 49D, can comprise a vertical portion that extends substantiallyperpendicular to anterior and posterior portions. The thickness of thisvertical portion can be controlled to provide a slot or ridge of varyingthickness.

In some embodiments, one or more refractive surfaces, IOLs, lenses,optics, and/or other intraocular devices can be placed in the device4900 at the posterior opening 104 and/or anterior opening 102. Forexample, a surgeon may initially insert a device with a posteriorrefractive surface into an eye of a patient. Depending on the outcome,the surgeon may have the option to reposition the lens originallyinserted. For example, if the original lens was placed into theposterior opening and the patient had a hyperopic outcome, the surgeoncould reposition the lens into the anterior opening thereby inducing amyopic shift in the refraction. Alternatively or in conjunction withlens repositioning, a surgeon could insert a secondary IOL into themiddle section of the capsule, or into the anterior opening of thedevice 4900 to obtain better results. In other words, a secondary IOLcan be placed on the anterior opening or in combination with othermaneuvers for refractive fine tuning. Moreover, a biometric sensorand/or another IOL can be placed in the interior of the device 4900 aswell, for example along the ridges on the third plane.

In some embodiments, a prosthetic capsular device configured to beinserted in a natural capsular bag of an eye after removal of a lens cancomprise a housing structure 4900 capable of containing an intraoculardevice and/or an equiconvex refractive surface. In particular, thehousing structure can comprise an anterior portion, wherein the anteriorportion comprises a circular anterior opening, wherein the circularanterior opening is capable of allowing at least one of insertion,removal, or replacement of the intraocular device, and wherein theanterior opening is further configured to be coupled to a refractivesurface to cover the circular anterior opening; a posterior portion,wherein the posterior portion comprises a circular posterior openingwherein the circular posterior opening is capable of allowing at leastone of insertion, removal, or replacement of the intraocular device, andwherein the posterior opening is further configured to be coupled to arefractive surface to cover the circular posterior opening; and acontinuous lateral portion interposed between the anterior portion andthe posterior portion, wherein the continuous lateral portion protrudesradially beyond the anterior portion and the posterior portion, whereinthe continuous lateral portion fully encloses a lateral side of thehousing structure, wherein an internal cavity of the continuous lateralportion forms a groove for containing the intraocular device. Thecontinuous lateral portion may not have any openings, for example alongthe lateral portion of the device in some embodiments. In someembodiments, the housing structure 4900 can be symmetrical over a planeat a midpoint of the continuous lateral portion between the anteriorportion and the posterior portion. In other embodiments, the housingstructure 4900 may be asymmetrical over a plane at a midpoint of thecontinuous lateral portion between the anterior portion and theposterior portion.

In some embodiments, the housing structure 4900 further comprises aplurality of recesses or pockets 4906, such as those illustrated in FIG.49A, on the interior wall of the continuous lateral portion between theanterior portion and the posterior portion. In some embodiments, theplurality of recesses or pockets 4906 are formed on the interior edge ofthe posterior opening. In other embodiments, the plurality of recessesor pockets 4906 are formed on the interior edge of the anterior opening.In some embodiments, the plurality of recesses or pockets 4906 areformed on the interior edges of both the posterior and anterioropenings. In some embodiments, the recesses or pockets 4906 comprise acurved or flared shape that assists in securing an IOL or refractivesurface within the housing 4900.

The refractive surface or IOL 5000 of FIG. 50, for example, can beattached to the device 4900. For example, the refractive surface or IOL5000 can have four tabs that couple with, for example, four recesses orpockets 4906 of the prosthetic capsular device. The refractive surfaceor IOL 5000 can be attached to the posterior end 104 and/orsubstantially cover the posterior opening 104. Similarly, the refractivesurface or IOL 5000 can be attached to the anterior end 102 and/orsubstantially cover the anterior opening 102. In other words, the device4900 can be said to comprise a posterior refractive surface or ananterior refractive surface. As discussed above in relation to FIG. 24A,one or more additional refractive surfaces or IOLs, electronic devices,or other intraocular devices can further be attached to the device, forexample at the posterior or anterior end and/or along one or moreridges.

In certain embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5000 can comprisea plurality of tabs 5002 for affixing the refractive surface to at leastone of the anterior opening or the posterior opening, wherein theplurality of tabs 5002 protrude from the refractive surface or IOL 5000.In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 5002 protruding from therefractive surface or IOL 5000 are equal in number to the plurality ofrecesses or pockets 4906 in the housing structure 4900. In someembodiments, during insertion of the refractive surface or IOL 5000 intothe housing structure 4900, the plurality of tabs 5002 protruding fromthe refractive surface or IOL 5000 couple with the plurality of recessesor pockets 4906 in the housing structure, in order to secure therefractive surface or IOL 5000 within the housing structure 4900. Insome embodiments, the coupling of the plurality of tabs 5002 protrudingfrom the refractive surface or IOL 5000 with the plurality of recessesor pockets 4906 in the housing structure prevents dislocation of therefractive surface or IOL 5000 from the housing structure 4900. In someembodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5000 can be rotated uponinsertion into the housing structure 4900 in order to couple theplurality of tabs 5002 protruding from the refractive surface or IOL5000 with the plurality of recesses in the housing structure.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 5002 of the refractivesurface or IOL 5000, as shown in FIG. 50A, can be curved or flared. Thecurvature of the plurality of tabs 5002 can substantially keep the lensin place with respect to the device 4900. In some embodiments, theplurality of recesses or pockets 4906 of the device 4900 have a shapematching that of the plurality of tabs 5002 of the refractive surface orIOL 5000, such that each of the plurality of tabs form fit into one ofthe corresponding recesses of pockets 4906.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 5002 can comprise one or moreeyelet openings in some embodiments. The one or more eyelet openings ofeach tab can be used for dialing or rotating the lens to a specificmeridian. In addition, or alternatively, a surgeon may use the one ormore eyelet openings to suture the optic to the device as necessary.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5000 may comprise aplurality of tabs numbering between about 2 and 24. For example, therefractive surface or IOL 5000 may comprise 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16,18, 20, 22, or 24 tabs, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values. In some embodiments, the refractive surface orIOL 5000 comprises four tabs.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5000 may comprise asubstantially circular shape having an inner diameter and an outerdiameter, wherein the inner diameter is the distance of a straight linepassing from side to side through the center of the circular shape froma portion of the edge of the refractive surface or IOL 5000 withouttabs, and the outer diameter is the distance of a straight line passingfrom side to side through the center of the circular shape from aportion of the edge of the refractive surface or IOL 5000 with tabs.

In some embodiments, the inner diameter of the refractive surface or IOL5000 measures about 6.00 mm. In some embodiments, the inner diameter ofthe refractive surface or IOL 5000 may measure between about 3.00 mm and15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the inner diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 5000 may measure about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm,about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the outer diameter of the refractive surface or IOL5000 measures about 7.44 mm. In some embodiments, the outer diameter ofthe refractive surface or IOL 5000 may measure between about 3.00 mm and15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the outer diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 5000 may measure about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm,about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of tabs 5002 of therefractive surface or IOL 5000 forms a central angle, wherein the vertexof the central angle lies at the center point of the substantiallycircular shape, wherein the sides of each tab form the sides of thecentral angle. In some embodiments, the central angle formed by the twosides of each of the plurality of tabs may measure between about 5degrees and 160 degrees. For example, the central angle formed by thetwo sides of each of the plurality of tabs may measure 5, 10, 15, 20,25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105,110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, or 160 degrees, and/orwithin a range defined by two of the aforementioned values. In someembodiments, the central angle formed by the two sides of each of theplurality of tabs may be 60 degrees.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of tabs 5002 can comprise athickness when the refractive surface or IOL 5000 is viewed from a sideview. In some embodiments, this thickness or width can range from about0 mm to about 0.50 mm. For example, the thickness of the tabs maymeasure about 0 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.40 mm, or 0.50 mmand/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of recesses 4906 forms acentral angle, wherein the vertex of the central angle lies at thecenter of the anterior opening or the posterior opening, and wherein thesides of each recess form the sides of the central angle. In someembodiments, the central angle formed by the two sides of each of theplurality of recesses may measure between about 5 degrees and 160degrees. For example, the central angle formed by the two sides of eachof the plurality of recesses may measure 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40,45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120,125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, or 160 degrees, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values. In some embodiments, thecentral angle formed by the two sides of each of the plurality ofrecesses may be 60 degrees.

In some embodiments, the device 4900 can be made in a number ofdifferent sizes or scales to accommodate for different patient biometry.For example, there can be a large, medium, and small sized device 4900(or any other combination of sizes) to accommodate for patients withdifferent sized cataracts. By providing a number of devices 4900 ofvarying sizes, surgeons can be able to select a particular device and/oroptic for insertion in a particular patient.

In some embodiments, the device 4900 can comprise an anterior portion4950, a central portion 4960, and a posterior portion 4970. In someembodiments, the anterior portion 4950 and the posterior portion 4970can be mirror images of each other. In other embodiments, anteriorportion 4950 and the posterior portion 4970 can be mirror images of eachother, except for the recesses 4906 formed in the anterior portion 4950or the posterior portion 4970. The central portion 4960 can comprise amidline along which one-half of the central portion 4960 can be a mirrorimage of the other half of the central portion 4960. The central portion4960 can extend radially outward from the anterior portion 4950 and/orposterior portion 4970. The central portion 4960 can extend from theanterior portion 4950 and/or posterior portion 4970 at an angle ofsubstantially 90°, for example to prevent or substantially preventpost-operative capsular opacification (PCO). In certain embodiments, thecentral portion 4960 can extend from the anterior portion 4950 and/orposterior portion 4970 at an angle of about 10°, about 20°, about 30°,about 40°, about 50°, about 60°, about 70°, about 80°, about 90°, and/orwithin a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

The anterior portion 4950 and the posterior portion 4970 can beconfigured to hold a refractive surface, IOL, or another intraoculardevice. For example, a refractive surface and/or IOL can be configuredto be placed in and/or over the anterior portion 4950 and/or posteriorportion 4970. The central portion 4960 can be configured to hold one ormore intraocular devices, such as an IOL, refractive surface,intraocular pressure sensor, electronic device, and/or any otherintraocular device, for example by use of one or more grooves. As such,the device 4900 can comprise one or more shelves, for example three ormore shelves, to hold intraocular devices. The anterior portion 4950and/or posterior portion 4970 can be configured to hold an intraoculardevice(s) specifically designed for use with the device 4900, forexample comprising one or more features that allow fixation of theintraocular device(s) at the posterior portion 4970 and/or anteriorportion 4950. In some embodiments the one or more features will be tabssuch as the plurality of tabs of the refractive surface or IOL 5000. Thecentral portion 4960 can be configured to hold any generic intraoculardevice, refractive surface, IOL, or the like.

In some embodiments, the anterior portion 4950 and/or posterior portion4970 can comprise an outer diameter of about 8 mm and an inner diameterwithin the device 4900 of about 7.50 mm. The opening(s) of the anteriorportion 4950 and/or posterior portion 4970 can comprise a diameter ofabout 6.35 mm. In other embodiments, the opening(s) of the anteriorportion 4950 and/or posterior portion 4970 can comprise a diameter ofabout 6.00 mm. In some embodiments, the central portion 4960 cancomprise an outer diameter of about 10.0 mm and an inner diameter withinthe interior of the device 4900 of about 9.50 mm. In certainembodiments, the outer diameter of the anterior portion 4950 and/orposterior portion 4970, the inner diameter of the anterior portion 4950and/or posterior portion 4970 within the device 4900, the opening(s) ofthe anterior portion 4950 and/or posterior portion 4970, the outerdiameter of the central portion 4960, and/or the inner diameter of thecentral portion 4960 within the interior of the device 4900 can be about3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm,about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by twoof the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the plurality of recesses 4906 formed in theanterior portion 4950 or the posterior portion 4970 can comprise outeredges having a diameter of about 7.44 mm. In some embodiments, the outeredges of the plurality of recesses 4906 may have a diameter betweenabout 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the outer edges of theplurality of recesses 4906 can have a diameter of about 3.00 mm, about4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm,about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, a thickness of the device 4900 when viewed from aside view and measured from an outer end of the anterior portion 4950 toan outer end of the posterior portion 4970 can be about 3.50 mm. Inother embodiments, a thickness of the device 4900, when viewed from aside view and measured from an outer end of the anterior portion 4950 toan outer end of the posterior portion 4970, can be about 3.00 mm. Incertain embodiments, a thickness of the device 4900, when viewed from aside view and measured from an outer end of the anterior portion 4950 toan outer end of the posterior portion 4970, can be about 0.50 mm, about1.00 mm, about 1.50 mm, about 2.00 mm, about 2.50 mm, about 3.00 mm,about 3.50 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 4.50 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 8.00 mm, about9.00 mm, about 10.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, when viewed from a side view, the anterior portion4950, central portion 4960, and/or posterior portion 4970 can comprisean inner thickness, as measured between two internal surfaces of thedevice 4900, of about 1.25 mm. In certain embodiments, the anteriorportion 4950, central portion 4960, and/or posterior portion 4970, whenviewed from a side view, can comprise an inner thickness, as measuredbetween two internal surfaces of the device 4900, of about 0.25 mm,about 0.50 mm, about 0.75 mm, about 1.00 mm, about 1.25 mm, about 1.50mm, about 1.75 mm, about 2.00 mm, about 2.25 mm, about 2.50 mm, about2.75 mm, about 3.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

FIG. 51A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of anotherexample prosthetic capsular device. FIG. 51B illustrates an anteriorplan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 51A. FIG.51C illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 51A along the line A-A of FIG. 51B. FIG. 51Dillustrates a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 51A. In FIGS. 51B, 51C and 51D, the example prosthetic device isshown with an IOL 5101 placed in the interior of the device 5100. FIG.51E illustrates a posterior side perspective view of the exampleprosthetic capsular device of FIG. 51A. FIG. 51F illustrates a posteriorplan view of the example capsular device of FIG. 51A. FIG. 51Gillustrates a posterior plan view of the example capsular device of FIG.51A, shown with an IOL 5101 placed in the interior of the device 5100.

The example prosthetic capsular device 5100 illustrated in FIG. 51Aincludes some or all of the features of the example prosthetic capsulardevices illustrated in FIG. 49A. For example, similar to the exampleprosthetic capsular device 4900 of FIG. 49A, the prosthetic capsulardevice 5100 can include a single continuous sidewall 5102, a posterioropening or end 104, an anterior opening or end 102, an anterior portion5150, a central portion 5160, and a posterior portion 5170. The exampleprosthetic capsular device 5100 can comprise dimensions similar to oridentical to those described in relation to the example prostheticcapsular device 4900 and can vary depending on a particular eye beingoperated on.

In particular, the example prosthetic capsular device 5100 can comprisea single continuous sidewall 5102 without any breaks or void spaces. Thesidewall 5102 can be made of silicone. The device 5100 can comprise ananterior opening and a posterior opening. A void space or cavity 108 canbe formed through the device 5100 connecting the anterior opening andthe posterior opening. Accordingly, the device 5100 can comprise asubstantially tire or doughnut-like shape or configuration.

The device 5100 can be self-expandable to keep the capsule fully open.The device 5100 can comprise three different planes. For example, afirst plane can correspond with the posterior end 104 of the device,where a refractive surface or IOL can be attached. A second plane cancorrespond with the anterior end 102 of the device, where anotherrefractive surface or IOL can be attached. A third plane can bepositioned in between the posterior end and the anterior end, forexample along ridge 5104, where another refractive surface or IOL can beattached.

The ridge 5104 can be formed by the shape or curvature of the device5100. In other words, instead of adding material to form the ridge,material can be removed from the device 5100 to form ridge 5104. Forexample, a central portion of the device 5100 when viewed from the viewin FIG. 51D, can comprise a vertical portion that extends substantiallyperpendicular to anterior and posterior portions. The thickness of thisvertical portion can be controlled to provide a slot or ridge of varyingthickness.

In some embodiments, one or more refractive surfaces, IOLs, lenses,optics, and/or other intraocular devices can be placed in the device5100 at the posterior opening 104 and/or anterior opening 102. Dependingon the outcome, the surgeon may have the option to reposition the lensoriginally inserted. For example, if the original lens was placed intothe posterior opening and the patient had a hyperopic outcome, thesurgeon could reposition the lens into the anterior opening therebyinducing a myopic shift in the refraction. Alternatively or inconjunction with lens repositioning, a surgeon could insert a secondaryIOL into the middle section of the capsule, or into the anterior openingof the device 5100 to obtain better results. In other words, a secondaryIOL can be placed on the anterior opening or in combination with othermaneuvers for refractive fine tuning. Moreover, a biometric sensorand/or another IOL can be placed in the interior of the device 5100 aswell, for example along the ridges on the third plane.

In some embodiments, a prosthetic capsular device configured to beinserted in a natural capsular bag of an eye after removal of a lens cancomprise a housing structure 5100 capable of containing an intraoculardevice and/or an equiconvex refractive surface. In particular, thehousing structure can comprise an anterior portion, wherein the anteriorportion comprises a circular anterior opening, wherein the circularanterior opening is capable of allowing at least one of insertion,removal, or replacement of the intraocular device, and wherein theanterior opening is further configured to be coupled to a refractivesurface to cover the circular anterior opening; a posterior portion,wherein the posterior portion comprises a circular posterior openingwherein the circular posterior opening is capable of allowing at leastone of insertion, removal, or replacement of the intraocular device, andwherein the posterior opening is further configured to be coupled to arefractive surface to cover the circular posterior opening; and acontinuous lateral portion interposed between the anterior portion andthe posterior portion, wherein the continuous lateral portion protrudesradially beyond the anterior portion and the posterior portion, whereinthe continuous lateral portion fully encloses a lateral side of thehousing structure, wherein an internal cavity of the continuous lateralportion forms a groove for containing the intraocular device. Thecontinuous lateral portion may not have any openings, for example alongthe lateral portion of the device in some embodiments. In someembodiments, the housing structure 5100 can be symmetrical over a planeat a midpoint of the continuous lateral portion between the anteriorportion and the posterior portion. In other embodiments, the housingstructure 5100 may be asymmetrical over a plane at a midpoint of thecontinuous lateral portion between the anterior portion and theposterior portion.

In some embodiments, the housing structure 5100 further comprises one ormore open ring segments or slots 5106, such as those illustrated in FIG.51A, located on the edge of the anterior opening and/or the edge of theposterior opening, into which a refractive surface or IOL can be placed.In some embodiments, the one or more open ring structures or slots 5106are formed on the interior edge of the posterior opening. In someembodiments, the one or more open ring structures or slots 5106 areformed on the interior edge of the anterior opening. In someembodiments, the one or more open ring structures or slots 5106 areformed on the interior edges of both the posterior and anterioropenings.

In some embodiments, the one or more open ring segments or slots 5106can be continuously molded depressions and/or elevations. In someembodiments, rather than being distinctly cut segments, the one or moreopen ring segments or slots 5106 can be continuously molded depressionsand elevations with silicone, such that the material simply follows thetransition rather than being discontinuous.

In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 51A, the one or more openring structures or slots 5106 are not fully continuous around the entireinterior wall of the housing device 5100. In those embodiments, the oneor more open ring structures or slots 5106 may be partially offset, suchas those illustrated in FIG. 51A. In some embodiments, each of the oneor more open ring structures or slots may serve as a fixation device fora refractive surface or IOL 5101, as illustrated in FIGS. 51B, 51C, and51D. In those embodiments in which a ring structure or slot is formed onthe interior edge of the anterior opening, a refractive surface or IOL5101 is prevented from dislocating from the housing 5100 by an anteriorportion 5108 of the ring structure or slot 5106 and is prevented frommoving further within the housing 5100 by a posterior portion 5110 ofthe ring structure or slot 5106. In those embodiments in which a ringstructure or slot is formed on the interior edge of the posterioropening, a refractive surface or IOL 5101 is prevented from dislocatingfrom the housing 5100 by a posterior portion 5112 of the ring structureor slot, and is prevented from moving further within the housing 5100 byan anterior portion 5114 of the ring structure or slot, as illustratedin FIG. 51C. In some embodiments, the one or more open ring structuresor slots 5106 may facilitate the insertion of a refractive surface orIOL 5101 into the housing 5100. In some embodiments, the one or moreopen ring structures or slots 5106 may be fully continuous around theentire interior wall of the housing device 5100.

In some embodiments, the one or more open ring structures or slots 5106comprise one or more end limits 5116, which determine the number ofseparated sections that the ring structure or slot 5106 will comprise.In some embodiments, the one or more end limits 5116 prevent arefractive surface or IOL 5101 from rotating or dislocating from thehousing 5101. In some embodiments, the number of end limits 5116 may bebetween about 2 and 24. For example, the ring structure or slot 5106 maycomprise 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, or 24 end limits 5116,and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values. Insome embodiments, the ring structure or slot 5106 may comprise 2 endlimits 5116. In some embodiments, the ring structure or slot 5106 maycomprise the same number of end limits 5116 as the number of tabs on arefractive surface or IOL 5101, such that the tabs form fit within thering structure or slot 5106, holding the refractive surface or IOL 5101in place.

The refractive surface or IOL 5200 of FIG. 52A and 52B, for example, canbe attached to the device 5100. The refractive surface or IOL 5200illustrated in FIG. 52A includes some or all of the features of therefractive surface or IOL 5000 of FIG. 50A. For example, similar to therefractive surface or IOL 5000, the refractive surface or IOL 5200 cancomprise a plurality of tabs 5202 for affixing the refractive surface toat least one of the anterior opening or the posterior opening, whereinthe plurality of tabs 5202 protrude from the refractive surface or IOL5200.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5200 may comprise aplurality of tabs 5202 numbering between about 2 and 24. For example,the refractive surface or IOL 5200 may comprise 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,16, 18, 20, 22, or 24 tabs, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values. In some embodiments, the refractive surface orIOL 5200 comprises two tabs.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5200 may comprise asubstantially circular shape having an inner diameter and an outerdiameter, wherein the inner diameter is the distance of a straight linepassing from side to side through the center of the substantiallycircular shape from a portion of the edge of the refractive surface orIOL 5200 without tabs, and the outer diameter is the distance of astraight line passing from side to side through the center of thesubstantially circular shape from a portion of the edge of therefractive surface or IOL 5200 with a tab.

In some embodiments, the inner diameter of the refractive surface or IOL5200 measures about 6.00 mm. In some embodiments, the inner diameter ofthe refractive surface or IOL 5200 may measure between about 3.00 mm and15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the inner diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 5200 may measure about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm,about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the outer diameter of the refractive surface or IOL5200 measures about 7.44 mm. In some embodiments, the outer diameter ofthe refractive surface or IOL 5200 may measure between about 3.00 mm and15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the outer diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 5200 may measure about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm,about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of tabs 5202 of therefractive surface or IOL 5200 forms a central angle, wherein the vertexof the central angle lies at the center point of the circular shape,wherein the sides of each tab form the sides of the central angle. Insome embodiments, the central angle formed by the two sides of each ofthe plurality of tabs 5202 may measure between about 5 degrees and 160degrees. For example, the central angle formed by the two sides of eachof the plurality of tabs 5202 may measure 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40,45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120,125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, or 160 degrees, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values. In some embodiments, thecentral angle formed by the two sides of each of the plurality of tabs5202 may be 150 degrees.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 5202 can comprise a thicknesswhen the refractive surface or IOL 5200 is viewed from a side view as inFIG. 52B. In some embodiments, this thickness or width may be 0.32 mm.In other embodiments, this thickness or width can range from about 0 mmto about 0.50 mm. For example, the thickness of the tabs may measureabout 0 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.40 mm, or 0.50 mm and/or withina range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 5202 can comprise one or moreeyelet openings in some embodiments. The one or more eyelet openings ofeach tab can be used for dialing or rotating the lens to a specificmeridian. In addition, or alternatively, a surgeon may use the one ormore eyelet openings to suture the optic to the device as necessary.

FIG. 53A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of anotherexample prosthetic capsular device. FIG. 53B illustrates an anteriorplan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 53A. FIG.53C illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 53A along the line A-A of FIG. 53B. FIG. 53Dillustrates a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 53A. In FIGS. 53A-53D, the example prosthetic device is shownwith an IOL 5301 placed in the interior of the device 5300.

The example prosthetic capsular device 5300 illustrated in FIG. 53Aincludes some or all of the features of the example prosthetic capsulardevices illustrated in FIG. 49A and 51A. For example, similar to theexample prosthetic capsular device 5100 of

FIG. 51A, the prosthetic capsular device 5300 can include a singlecontinuous sidewall 5302, a posterior opening or end 104, an anterioropening or end 102, an anterior portion 5350, a central portion 5360,and a posterior portion 5370. In some embodiments, the exampleprosthetic capsular device 5300 can comprise dimensions similar to oridentical to those described in relation to the example prostheticcapsular device 4900 and the dimensions can be tailored to a particulareye being operated on.

In particular, the example prosthetic capsular device 5300 can comprisea single continuous sidewall 5302 without any breaks or void spaces. Thesidewall 5302 can be made of silicone. The device 5300 can comprise ananterior opening and a posterior opening. A void space or cavity 108 canbe formed through the device 5300 connecting the anterior opening andthe posterior opening. Accordingly, the device 5300 can comprise asubstantially tire or doughnut-like shape or configuration.

The device 5300 can be self-expandable to keep the capsule fully open.The device 5300 can comprise three different planes. For example, afirst plane can correspond with the posterior end 104 of the device,where a refractive surface or IOL can be attached. A second plane cancorrespond with the anterior end 102 of the device, where anotherrefractive surface or IOL can be attached. A third plane can bepositioned in between the posterior end and the anterior end, forexample along ridge 5304, where another refractive surface or IOL can beattached.

The ridge 5304 can be formed by the shape or curvature of the device5300. In other words, instead of adding material to form the ridge,material can be removed from the device 5300 to form ridge 5304. Forexample, a central portion of the device 5300 when viewed from the viewin FIG. 53D, can comprise a vertical portion that extends substantiallyperpendicular to anterior and posterior portions. The thickness of thisvertical portion can be controlled to provide a slot or ridge of varyingthickness.

In some embodiments, one or more refractive surfaces, IOLs, lenses,optics, and/or other intraocular devices can be placed in the device5300 at the posterior opening 104 and/or anterior opening 102. Dependingon the outcome, the surgeon may have the option to reposition the lensoriginally inserted. For example, if the original lens was placed intothe posterior opening and the patient had a hyperopic outcome, thesurgeon could reposition the lens into the anterior opening therebyinducing a myopic shift in the refraction.

Alternatively or in conjunction with lens repositioning, a surgeon couldinsert a secondary IOL into the middle section of the capsule, or intothe anterior opening of the device 5300 to obtain better results. Inother words, a secondary IOL can be placed on the anterior opening or incombination with other maneuvers for refractive fine tuning. Moreover, abiometric sensor and/or another IOL can be placed in the interior of thedevice 5300 as well, for example along the ridges on the third plane.

In some embodiments, a prosthetic capsular device configured to beinserted in a natural capsular bag of an eye after removal of a lens cancomprise a housing structure 5300 capable of containing an intraoculardevice and/or an equiconvex refractive surface. In particular, thehousing structure can comprise an anterior portion, wherein the anteriorportion comprises a circular anterior opening, wherein the circularanterior opening is capable of allowing at least one of insertion,removal, or replacement of the intraocular device, and wherein theanterior opening is further configured to be coupled to a refractivesurface to cover the circular anterior opening; a posterior portion,wherein the posterior portion comprises a circular posterior openingwherein the circular posterior opening is capable of allowing at leastone of insertion, removal, or replacement of the intraocular device, andwherein the posterior opening is further configured to be coupled to arefractive surface to cover the circular posterior opening; and acontinuous lateral portion interposed between the anterior portion andthe posterior portion, wherein the continuous lateral portion protrudesradially beyond the anterior portion and the posterior portion, whereinthe continuous lateral portion fully encloses a lateral side of thehousing structure, wherein an internal cavity of the continuous lateralportion forms a groove for containing the intraocular device. Thecontinuous lateral portion may not have any openings, for example alongthe lateral portion of the device in some embodiments. In someembodiments, the housing structure 5300 can be symmetrical over a planeat a midpoint of the continuous lateral portion between the anteriorportion and the posterior portion. In other embodiments, the housingstructure 5300 may be asymmetrical over a plane at a midpoint of thecontinuous lateral portion between the anterior portion and theposterior portion.

In some embodiments, the housing structure 5300 further comprises one ormore full ring segments or slots 5306, such as those illustrated in FIG.53A-53D, located on the edge of the anterior opening and/or the edge ofthe posterior opening, into which a refractive surface or IOL can beplaced. In some embodiments, the one or more full ring structures orslots 5306 are formed on the interior edge of the posterior opening. Insome embodiments, the one or more full ring structures or slots 5306 areformed on the interior edge of the anterior opening. In someembodiments, the one or more full ring structures or slots 5306 areformed on the interior edges of both the posterior and anterioropenings.

In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 53A-53D, the one or morefull ring structures or slots 5306 are fully continuous around theentire interior wall of the housing device 5300. In some embodiments,each of the one or more full ring structures or slots 5306 may serve asa fixation device for a refractive surface or IOL 5301, as illustratedin FIGS. 53A-53D. In some embodiments, a refractive surface or IOL 5301is prevented from dislocating from the housing 5300 by an inner rib 5308of the ring structure or slot 5306 and is prevented from moving furtherwithin the housing 5300 by an outer rib 5310 of the ring structure orslot 5306, as illustrated in FIG. 53C. In some embodiments, the innerrib 5308 and the outer rib 5310 extend the same length into the voidspace or cavity 108. In some embodiments, the inner rib 5308 and theouter rib 5310 extend different lengths into the void space or cavity108. In some embodiments, the one or more full ring structures or slots5306 may facilitate the insertion of a refractive surface or IOL 5301into the housing 5300.

In some embodiments, the edge of the outer rib 5310 may comprise adiameter between about 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, theouter rib 5310 may comprise a diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm,about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm,about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, the edge of the inner rib 5308 may comprise adiameter of about 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the innerrib 5308 may comprise a diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm,about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm,about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

The refractive surface or IOL 5400 of FIG. 54A and 54B, for example, canbe attached to the device 5300. The refractive surface or IOL 5400illustrated in FIG. 54A includes some or all of the features of therefractive surface or IOL 5000 of FIG. 50A. For example, similar to therefractive surface or IOL 5000, the refractive surface or IOL 5400 cancomprise a plurality of tabs 5402 for affixing the refractive surface toat least one of the anterior opening or the posterior opening, whereinthe plurality of tabs 5402 protrude from the refractive surface or IOL5400.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5400 may comprise aplurality of tabs 5402 numbering between about 2 and 24. For example,the refractive surface or IOL 5400 may comprise 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,16, 18, 20, 22, or 24 tabs, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values. In some embodiments, the refractive surface orIOL 5400 comprises two tabs.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5400 may comprise asubstantially circular shape having an inner diameter and an outerdiameter, wherein the inner diameter is the distance of a straight linepassing from side to side through the center of the substantiallycircular shape from a portion of the edge of the refractive surface orIOL 5400 without tabs, and the outer diameter is the distance of astraight line passing from side to side through the center of thesubstantially circular shape from the portion of the edge of therefractive surface or IOL 5400 where a tab is present and at itsfurthest point from the center of the substantially circular shape.

In some embodiments, the inner diameter of the refractive surface or IOL5400 measures about 6.00 mm. In some embodiments, the inner diameter ofthe refractive surface or IOL 5400 may measure between about 3.00 mm and15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5400 canhave an inner diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm,about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm,and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values. Insome embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5400 can have an innerdiameter of 6.00 mm.

In some embodiments, the outer diameter of the refractive surface or IOL5400 measures about 7.44 mm. In some embodiments, the outer diameter ofthe refractive surface or IOL 5400 may measure between about 3.00 mm and15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the outer diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 5400 may measure about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm,about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of tabs 5402 of therefractive surface or IOL 5400 forms a central angle, wherein the vertexof the central angle lies at the center point of the circular shape,wherein the ends of each tab form the sides of the central angle. Insome embodiments, the central angle formed by the two sides of each ofthe plurality of tabs 5402 may measure between about 5 degrees and 160degrees. For example, the central angle formed by the two ends of eachof the plurality of tabs 5402 may measure 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40,45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120,125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, or 160 degrees, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values. In some embodiments, thecentral angle formed by the two sides of each of the plurality of tabs5402 may be 130 degrees.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 5402 can comprise a thicknesswhen the refractive surface or IOL 5400 is viewed from a side view as inFIG. 54B. In some embodiments, this thickness or width may be 0.32 mm.In other embodiments, this thickness or width can range from about 0 mmto about 0.50 mm. For example, the thickness of the tabs may measureabout 0 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.40 mm, or 0.50 mm and/or withina range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 5402 of the refractivesurface or IOL 5400, as shown in FIG. 54A, can be curved or flared. Thecurvature of the plurality of tabs 5402 can substantially keep the lensin place with respect to the device 5400. In some embodiments, asillustrated in FIG. 54A, the plurality of tabs 5402 of refractivesurface or IOL 5400 can comprise a spiral structure, such that thedistance between the center of the refractive surface or IOL 5400 andthe end of a tab grows from a curved end 5404 of the tab to a straightend 5406 of the tab. In some embodiments, the distance between thecenter of the refractive surface or IOL 5400 and the radial end of a tabgrows until reaching a critical point 5410. In some embodiments, thedistance between the center of the refractive surface or IOL 5400 andthe radial end of the tab stops growing upon reaching the critical point5410. In some embodiments, the straight end 5406 and the critical point5410 form a central angle, wherein the vertex of the central angle liesat the center point of the substantially circular shape of therefractive surface or IOL 5400, and wherein the straight end 5406 andthe critical point 5410 form the sides of the central angle. In someembodiments, the central angle formed by the two sides may measurebetween about 5 degrees and 100 degrees. For example, the central angleformed by the straight end 5406 and the critical point 5410 of each ofthe plurality of tabs 5402 may measure 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40,45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values. In some embodiments thecentral angle formed by the straight end 5406 and the critical point5410 of each of the plurality of tabs 5402 may measure 45 degrees.

In some embodiments, the spiral structure of the plurality of tabs 5402may facilitate insertion of the refractive surface or IOL 5400 into thehousing 5300. In some embodiments, the spiral structure of the pluralityof tabs 5402 allows the refractive surface or IOL 5400 to be easilyrotated and/or pushed into the full ring structure or slot 5306 of thehousing 5300.

In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 54A, the spiral structure ofthe plurality of tabs 5402 can comprise a rounded corner 5408. In someembodiments, the rounded corner 5408 can facilitate insertion of therefractive surface or IOL 5400 into the housing 5300. In someembodiments, the rounded corner 5408 can have a radius measuring about0.25 mm. In some embodiments, the radius of the rounded corner 5408 maymeasure about 0 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.15 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.30mm, 0.35 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.45 mm, or 0.50 mm and/or within a range definedby two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 5402 can comprise one or moreeyelet openings in some embodiments. The one or more eyelet openings ofeach tab can be used for dialing or rotating the lens to a specificmeridian. In addition, or alternatively, a surgeon may use the one ormore eyelet openings to suture the optic to the device as necessary.

FIG. 55A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of anotherexample prosthetic capsular device. FIG. 55B illustrates an anteriorplan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 55A. FIG.55C illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 55A along the line A-A of FIG. 55B. FIG. 55Dillustrates a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 55A. In FIGS. 55A-55D, the example prosthetic device is shownwith an IOL 5301 placed in the interior of the device 5500.

The example prosthetic capsular device 5500 illustrated in FIG. 55A-55Dincludes some or all of the features of the example prosthetic capsulardevices illustrated in FIG. 53A-53D. For example, similar to the exampleprosthetic capsular device 5300 of FIG. 53A-53D, the prosthetic capsulardevice 5500 can include a single continuous sidewall 5502, a posterioropening or end 104, an anterior opening or end 102, an anterior portion5550, a central portion 5560, a posterior portion 5570, and one or morefull ring structures or slots 5506. In some embodiments, the exampleprosthetic capsular device 5500 can comprise dimensions similar to oridentical to those described in relation to the example prostheticcapsular device 4900 and the dimensions can be tailored to a particulareye being operated on.

In some embodiments, a prosthetic capsular device configured to beinserted in a natural capsular bag of an eye after removal of a lens cancomprise a housing structure 5500 capable of containing an intraoculardevice and/or an equiconvex refractive surface. In particular, thehousing structure can comprise an anterior portion, wherein the anteriorportion comprises a circular anterior opening, wherein the circularanterior opening is capable of allowing at least one of insertion,removal, or replacement of the intraocular device, and wherein theanterior opening is further configured to be coupled to a refractivesurface to cover the circular anterior opening; a posterior portion,wherein the posterior portion comprises a circular posterior openingwherein the circular posterior opening is capable of allowing at leastone of insertion, removal, or replacement of the intraocular device, andwherein the posterior opening is further configured to be coupled to arefractive surface to cover the circular posterior opening; and acontinuous lateral portion interposed between the anterior portion andthe posterior portion, wherein the continuous lateral portion protrudesradially beyond the anterior portion and the posterior portion, whereinthe continuous lateral portion fully encloses a lateral side of thehousing structure, wherein an internal cavity of the continuous lateralportion forms a groove for containing the intraocular device. Thecontinuous lateral portion may not have any openings, for example alongthe lateral portion of the device in some embodiments. In someembodiments, the housing structure 5500 can be symmetrical over a planeat a midpoint of the continuous lateral portion between the anteriorportion and the posterior portion. In other embodiments, the housingstructure 5500 may be asymmetrical over a plane at a midpoint of thecontinuous lateral portion between the anterior portion and theposterior portion.

In some embodiments, the housing structure 5500 further comprises one ormore full ring segments or slots 5506, such as those illustrated in FIG.55A-55D, located on the edge of the anterior opening and/or the edge ofthe posterior opening, into which a refractive surface or IOL can beplaced. In some embodiments, the one or more full ring structures orslots 5506 are formed on the interior edge of the posterior opening. Insome embodiments, the one or more full ring structures or slots 5506 areformed on the interior edge of the anterior opening. In someembodiments, the one or more full ring structures or slots 5506 areformed on the interior edges of both the posterior and anterioropenings.

In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 55A-55D, the one or morefull ring structures or slots 5506 are fully continuous around theentire interior wall of the housing device 5500. In some embodiments,each of the one or more full ring structures or slots 5506 may serve asa fixation device for a refractive surface or IOL 5501, as illustratedin FIGS. 55A-55D. In some embodiments, a refractive surface or IOL 5501is prevented from dislocating from the housing 5500 by an inner rib 5508of the ring structure or slot 5506 and is prevented from moving furtherwithin the housing 5500 by an outer rib 5510 of the ring structure orslot 5506, as illustrated in FIG. 53C. In some embodiments, the one ormore full ring structures or slots 5506 may facilitate the insertion ofa refractive surface or IOL 5501 into the housing 5500.

In some embodiments, the one or more full ring structures or slots 5506of the device 5500 can comprise an interior rib 5508 and an exterior rib5510, as illustrated in FIG. 55C. In some embodiments, the inner rib5508 and the outer rib 5510 may extend the same length into the voidspace or cavity 108. In some embodiments, the inner rib 5508 and theouter rib 5510 may extend different lengths into the void space orcavity 108. In some embodiments, the outer rib 5510 may extend furtherinto the void space or cavity 108 than the inner rib 5508. For example,the edge of the outer rib 5510 may comprise a diameter of about 6.00 mmand the edge of the inner rib 5508 may comprise a diameter of about 6.50mm.

In some embodiments, the edge of the outer rib 5510 may comprise adiameter between about 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, theouter rib 5510 may comprise a diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm,about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm,about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, the edge of the inner rib 5508 may comprise adiameter of about 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the innerrib 5508 may comprise a diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm,about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm,about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

The refractive surface or IOL 5600 of FIG. 56, for example, can beattached to the device 5500.

In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 56, the refractive surfaceor IOL 5600 may comprise a plurality of haptics 5602 numbering betweenabout 2 and 24. For example, the refractive surface or IOL 5600 maycomprise 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, or 24 haptics, and/orwithin a range defined by two of the aforementioned values. In someembodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5600 comprises two haptics.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5600 may comprise asubstantially circular shape having an inner diameter and an outerdiameter, wherein the inner diameter is the distance of a straight linepassing from side to side through the center of the substantiallycircular shape from a portion of the edge of the refractive surface orIOL 5600 without tabs, and the outer diameter is the distance of astraight line passing from side to side through the center of thesubstantially circular shape from the portion of the edge of therefractive surface or IOL 5600 where a haptic is present and at itsfurthest point from the center of the substantially circular shape.

In some embodiments, the inner diameter of the refractive surface or IOL5600 measures about 6.00 mm. In some embodiments, the inner diameter ofthe refractive surface or IOL 5600 may measure between about 3.00 mm and15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5600 canhave an inner diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm,about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm,and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values. Insome embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5600 can have an innerdiameter of 6.00 mm.

In some embodiments, the outer diameter of the refractive surface or IOL5600 may measure about 8.50 mm. In some embodiments, the outer diameterof the refractive surface or IOL 5600 may measure between about 3.00 mmand 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the outer diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 5600 may measure about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm,about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 5602 of therefractive surface or IOL 5600 forms a central angle, wherein the vertexof the central angle lies at the center point of the circular shape,wherein the ends of each haptic form the sides of the central angle. Insome embodiments, the central angle formed by the two sides of each ofthe plurality of haptics 5602 may measure between about 5 degrees and160 degrees. For example, the central angle formed by the two ends ofeach of the plurality of haptics 5602 may measure 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30,35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115,120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, or 160 degrees, and/or within arange defined by two of the aforementioned values. In some embodiments,the central angle formed by the two sides of each of the plurality ofhaptics 5602 may be 100 degrees.

In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 5602 can comprise athickness when the refractive surface or IOL 5600 is viewed from a sideview. In some embodiments, this thickness or width may be 0.32 mm. Inother embodiments, this thickness or width can range from about 0 mm toabout 0.50 mm. For example, the thickness of the tabs may measure about0 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.40 mm, or 0.50 mm and/or within arange defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 5602 each comprise acritical point 5604, wherein an arm portion 5606 of each haptic extendsfrom a main body portion 5608 of each haptic. In some embodiments, thecritical point 5604 forms central angles with both the distal edge ofthe arm portion 5606 and the distal edge of the main body portion 5608,with the edges being distal relative to the critical point.

In some embodiments, the central angle formed by the critical point 5604and the distal edge of the arm portion 5606 and the central angle formedby the critical point 5604 and the distal edge of the main body portion5608 are about equal. In some embodiments the central angle formed bythe critical point 5604 and the distal edge of the arm portion 5606 andthe central angle formed by the critical point 5604 and the distal edgeof the main body portion 5608 are both about 50 degrees.

In some embodiments, the central angle formed by the critical point 5604and the distal edge of the arm portion 5606 and the central angle formedby the critical point 5604 and the distal edge of the main body portion5608 may be unequal. In some embodiments, the central angle formed bythe critical point 5604 and the distal edge of the arm portion 5606measures between 5 degrees and 150 degrees. For example, the centralangle formed by the critical point 5604 and the distal edge of the armportion 5606 may measure 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60,65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140,145, 150, 155, or 160 degrees, and/or within a range defined by two ofthe aforementioned values. In some embodiments, the central angle formedby the critical point 5604 and the distal edge of the arm portion 5606may be 50 degrees.

In some embodiments, the central angle formed by the critical point 5604and the distal edge of the main body portion 5608 may measure between 5degrees and 150 degrees. For example, the central angle formed by thecritical point 5604 and the distal edge of the main body portion 5608may measure 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75,80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150,155, or 160 degrees, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values. In some embodiments, the central angle formed bythe critical point 5604 and the distal edge of the main body portion5608 may be 50 degrees.

In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 5602 are formed such thatthe facilitate insertion of the refractive surface or IOL 5600 into thehousing 5500. In certain embodiments, the plurality of haptics 5602 areformed such that they facilitate insertion and/or prevent dislocation ofthe refractive surface or IOL 5600 from the housing 5500. In someembodiments, the plurality of haptics 5602 are designed such that formfit into the full ring structures or slots 5506 of the housing 5500. Insome embodiments, the plurality of haptics 5602 are designed such thatform fit into a full ring structure or slot 5506 located on the edge ofthe anterior opening of the housing 5500. In some embodiments, theplurality of haptics 5602 are designed such that form fit into a fullring structure or slot 5506 located on the edge of the posterior openingof the housing 5500. In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 5602are designed such that form fit into the central portion 5560 of thehousing 5500. In certain embodiments, the plurality of haptics 5602 aredesigned such that the refractive surface or IOL 5600 is capable ofsitting securely on the outer edge of the anterior opening of thehousing device 5500. In certain embodiments, the plurality of haptics5602 are designed such that the refractive surface or IOL 5600 iscapable of sitting securely on the outer edge of the posterior openingof the housing device 5500.

In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 5602 are flexible, suchthat the haptics can be folded during insertion into the housing device5500. In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 5602 are shaped suchthat they follow the natural curvature of the internal wall of thehousing device 5500. In some embodiments, both the internal wall of thehousing device 5500 and the outside edge of the plurality of haptics5602 comprise a plurality of offsetting teeth, such that the pluralityof teeth on the plurality of haptics 5602 form fit into the plurality ofteeth of the internal wall of the housing device 5500. In someembodiments, the plurality of teeth on the internal wall of the housingdevice 5500 and the outside edge of the plurality of haptics 5602 assistin preventing the rotation of the refractive lens or IOL 5600 within thehousing device 5500.

In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 5602 can comprise one ormore eyelet openings in some embodiments. The one or more eyeletopenings of each tab can be used for dialing or rotating the lens to aspecific meridian. In addition, or alternatively, a surgeon may use theone or more eyelet openings to suture the optic to the device asnecessary.

FIG. 57A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of anotherexample prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 57A. FIG. 57C illustrates across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.57A along the line A-A of FIG. 57B. FIG. 57D illustrates a side planview of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 57A.

The example prosthetic capsular device 5700 illustrated in FIG. 57A-57Dincludes some or all of the features of the example prosthetic capsulardevices illustrated in FIG. 49A-49D. For example, similar to the exampleprosthetic capsular device 4900 of FIG. 49A-49D, the prosthetic capsulardevice 5700 can include a single continuous sidewall 5702, a posterioropening or end 104, an anterior opening or end 102, an anterior portion5750, a central portion 5760, a posterior portion 5770, and a pluralityof recesses or pockets 5706. In some embodiments, the example prostheticcapsular device 5700 can comprise dimensions similar to or identical tothose described in relation to the example prosthetic capsular device4900 and the dimensions can be tailored to a particular eye beingoperated on.

In some embodiments, the example prosthetic capsular device 5700 cancomprise a single continuous sidewall 5702 without any breaks or voidspaces. The sidewall 5702 can be made of silicone. The device 5700 cancomprise an anterior opening and a posterior opening. A void space orcavity 108 can be formed through the device 5700 connecting the anterioropening and the posterior opening. Accordingly, the device 5700 cancomprise a substantially tire or doughnut-like shape or configuration.

The device 5700 can be self-expandable to keep the capsule fully open.The device 5700 can comprise several different planes. For example, afirst plane can correspond with the posterior end 104 of the device,where a refractive surface or IOL can be attached. A second plane cancorrespond with the anterior end 102 of the device, where anotherrefractive surface or IOL can be attached. A third plane can bepositioned at the center plane between the posterior end and theanterior end, for example along ridge 5704, where another refractivesurface or IOL can be attached. A fourth plane can be positioned withinthe posterior portion 5770 along a plurality of posterior recesses 5710,as illustrated in FIG. 57A, where another refractive surface or IOL canbe attached. A fifth plane can be positioned within the anterior portion5750 along a plurality of anterior recesses 5708, as illustrated in FIG.57A, where another refractive surface or IOL can be attached.

In some embodiments, one or more refractive surfaces, IOLs, lenses,optics, and/or other intraocular devices can be placed in the device5700 at the posterior opening 104 and/or anterior opening 102 and/or theplane along the posterior recesses 5710 and/or a plane along theanterior recesses 5708. Depending on the outcome, the surgeon may havethe option to reposition the lens originally inserted. For example, ifthe original lens was placed into the posterior opening and the patienthad a hyperopic outcome, the surgeon could reposition the lens into theanterior opening thereby inducing a myopic shift in the refraction.Alternatively or in conjunction with lens repositioning, a surgeon couldinsert a secondary IOL into the middle section of the capsule, or intothe anterior opening of the device 5700 to obtain better results. Inother words, a secondary IOL can be placed on the anterior opening or incombination with other maneuvers for refractive fine tuning. Moreover, abiometric sensor and/or another IOL can be placed in the interior of thedevice 5700 as well, for example along the ridges on the third planeand/or along the anterior recesses 5708 or the posterior recesses 5710.

In some embodiments, the plurality of anterior recesses 5708 and theplurality of posterior recesses 5708 can be offset, as illustrated inFIG. 57A, such that when viewed from the view in FIG. 57C, the pluralityof anterior recesses 5708 and the plurality of posterior recesses 5708do not overlap horizontally. In some embodiments, offsetting theplurality of anterior recesses 5708 and the plurality of posteriorrecesses 5708 as described above can reduce the volume of the device,facilitating insertion into the eye.

In some embodiments, the example prosthetic device 5700 can comprise aplurality of anterior recesses 5708 numbering between 2 and 24. Forexample, the example prosthetic device can comprise a plurality ofanterior recesses 5708 numbering 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22,or 24 recesses, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values. In some embodiments, the example prostheticdevice 5700 can comprise a plurality of anterior recesses 5708 numberingfive.

In some embodiments, the example prosthetic device 5700 can comprise aplurality of posterior recesses 5710 numbering between 2 and 24. Forexample, the example prosthetic device can comprise a plurality ofposterior recesses 5710 numbering 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20,22, or 24 recesses, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values. In some embodiments, the example prostheticdevice 5700 can comprise a plurality of posterior recesses 5710numbering five.

In some embodiments, the number of the plurality of anterior recesses5708 and the number of the plurality of posterior recesses 5710 can beequal. For example, the number of the plurality of anterior recesses5708 and the number of the plurality of posterior recesses 5710 may bothbe five. In some embodiments, the number of the plurality of anteriorrecesses 5708 and the number of the plurality of posterior recesses 5710can be unequal. In some embodiments, the number of the plurality ofanterior recesses 5708 and the number of the plurality of posteriorrecesses 5710 can match the number of tabs protruding from a refractivesurface or IOL to be inserted into the example prosthetic device 5700.

In some embodiments, the plurality of anterior recesses 5708 and theplurality of posterior recesses 5710 can have equal dimensions. In someembodiments, the plurality of anterior recesses 5708 and the pluralityof posterior recesses 5710 can have unequal dimensions.

In some embodiments, the plurality of recesses or pockets 5706 of thedevice 5700 have a shape matching that of the plurality of tabs of arefractive surface or IOL, such that each of the plurality of tabs formfit into one of the corresponding recesses of pockets 5706. In someembodiments, the plurality of recesses or pockets 5706 assist inpreventing dislocation of a refractive surface or IOL from the exampleprosthetic device 5700.

FIG. 58A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of anotherexample prosthetic capsular device. FIG. 58B illustrates an anteriorplan view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 58A. FIG.58C illustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prostheticcapsular device of FIG. 58A along the line A-A of FIG. 58B. FIG. 58Dillustrates a side plan view of the example prosthetic capsular deviceof FIG. 58A.

The example prosthetic capsular device 5800 illustrated in FIG. 58A-58Dincludes some or all of the features of the example prosthetic capsulardevices illustrated in FIGS. 27A-27D, 28A-28D, and 49A-49D. For example,similar to the example prosthetic capsular device 4900 of FIG. 49A-49D,the prosthetic capsular device 5800 can include a single continuoussidewall 5802, a posterior opening or end 104, an anterior opening orend 102, an anterior portion 5850, a central portion 5860, and aposterior portion 5870. In some embodiments, the example prostheticcapsular device 5800 can comprise dimensions similar to or identical tothose described in relation to the example prosthetic capsular device4900 and the dimensions can be tailored to a particular eye beingoperated on.

The device 5800 can be self-expandable to keep the capsule fully open.The device 5800 can comprise three different planes. For example, afirst plane can correspond with the posterior end 104 of the device,where a refractive surface or IOL can be attached. A second plane cancorrespond with the anterior end 102 of the device, where anotherrefractive surface or IOL can be attached. A third plane can bepositioned in between the posterior end and the anterior end, forexample along ridge 5804.

The ridge 5804 can be formed by the shape or curvature of the device5800. In other words, instead of adding material to form the ridge,material can be removed from the device 5800 to form ridge 5800. Forexample, a central portion of the device 5800 when viewed from the viewin FIG. 58D, can comprise a vertical portion that extends substantiallyperpendicular to anterior and posterior portions. The thickness of thisvertical portion can be controlled to provide a slot or ridge of varyingthickness.

In some embodiments, a prosthetic capsular device configured to beinserted in a natural capsular bag of an eye after removal of a lens cancomprise a housing structure 5800 capable of containing an intraoculardevice and/or an equiconvex refractive surface. In particular, thehousing structure can comprise an anterior portion, wherein the anteriorportion comprises a circular anterior opening, wherein the circularanterior opening is capable of allowing at least one of insertion,removal, or replacement of the intraocular device, and wherein theanterior opening is further configured to be coupled to a refractivesurface to cover the circular anterior opening; a posterior portion,wherein the posterior portion comprises a circular posterior openingwherein the circular posterior opening is capable of allowing at leastone of insertion, removal, or replacement of the intraocular device, andwherein the posterior opening is further configured to be coupled to arefractive surface to cover the circular posterior opening; and acontinuous lateral portion interposed between the anterior portion andthe posterior portion, wherein the continuous lateral portion protrudesradially beyond the anterior portion and the posterior portion, whereinthe continuous lateral portion fully encloses a lateral side of thehousing structure, wherein an internal cavity of the continuous lateralportion forms a groove for containing the intraocular device. Thecontinuous lateral portion may not have any openings, for example alongthe lateral portion of the device in some embodiments. The housingstructure 5800 can be symmetrical over a plane at a midpoint of thecontinuous lateral portion between the anterior portion and theposterior portion. In certain embodiments, the equiconvex refractivesurface can comprise a plurality of tabs or haptics for affixing therefractive surface to at least one of the circular anterior opening, thecircular posterior opening, or the interior of the ridge 5804, whereinthe plurality of tabs or haptics protrude from the refractive surface.

As discussed above, one or more refractive surfaces, IOLs, lenses,optics, and/or other intraocular devices can be placed in the device5800 at the posterior opening 104 and/or anterior opening 102. Forexample, a surgeon may initially insert a device with a posteriorrefractive surface into an eye of a patient. Depending on the outcome,the surgeon may have the option to reposition the lens originallyinserted. For example, if the original lens was placed into theposterior opening and the patient had a hyperopic outcome, the surgeoncould reposition the lens into the anterior opening thereby inducing amyopic shift in the refraction. Alternatively or in conjunction withlens repositioning, a surgeon could insert a secondary IOL into themiddle section of the capsule, or into the anterior opening of thedevice 5800 to obtain better results. In other words, a secondary IOLcan be placed on the anterior opening or in combination with othermaneuvers for refractive fine tuning. Moreover, a biometric sensorand/or another IOL can be placed in the interior of the device 5800 aswell, for example along the ridge on the third plane.

The device 5800 can be symmetric and/or reversible so that they are thesame right side up as upside down along the anterior-posterior axis.This can be advantageous in that the devices 5800 can have a tendency towant to flip around as they are being inserted and a surgeon would notneed to worry about the device flipping way or the other. In otherwords, the anterior half and the posterior half of the device 5800 canbe mirror images of each other.

As discussed above, the device 5800 and a lens for insertion into thedevice can both be symmetric and reversible along the posterior-anterioraxis. Because the lens or refractive surface can comprise the equalrefractive power on the anterior and posterior portions, there is norefractive surprise. Accordingly, the orientation or direction in whichthe device 5800 and/or lens is inserted will not matter in someembodiments. A surgeon would not need to flip the device 5800 or lensover too obtain the correct orientation, as either orientation, whetheranterior-posterior or posterior-anterior, will be the same.

In some embodiments, the device 5800 can be made in a number ofdifferent sizes or scales to accommodate for different patient biometry.For example, there can be a large, medium, and small sized device 5800(or any other combination of sizes) to accommodate for patients withdifferent sized cataracts. By providing a number of devices 5800 ofvarying sizes, surgeons can be able to select a particular device and/oroptic for insertion in a particular patient.

In some embodiments, the devices 5800 can comprise an anterior portion5850, a central portion 5860, and a posterior portion 5870. The anteriorportion 5850 and the central portion 5860 can be mirror images of eachother. The central portion 5860 can comprise a midline along whichone-half of the central portion 5860 can be a mirror image of the otherhalf of the central portion 5860. The central portion 5860 can extendradially outward from the anterior portion 5850 and/or posterior portion5870. The central portion 5860 can extend from the anterior portion 5850and/or posterior portion 5870 at an angle of substantially 90°, forexample to prevent or substantially prevent post-operative capsularopacification (PCO). In certain embodiments, the central portion 5860can extend from the anterior portion 5850 and/or posterior portion 5870at an angle of about 10°, about 20°, about 30°, about 40°, about 50°,about 60°, about 70°, about 80°, about 90°, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values.

The anterior portion 5850 and the posterior portion 5870 can beconfigured to hold a refractive surface, IOL, or another intraoculardevice. For example, a refractive surface and/or IOL can be configuredto be placed in and/or over the anterior portion 5850 and/or posteriorportion 5870. The central portion 5860 can be configured to hold one ormore intraocular devices, such as an IOL, refractive surface,intraocular pressure sensor, electronic device, and/or any otherintraocular device, for example by use of one or more grooves. As such,the device 5800 can comprise one or more shelves, for example three ormore shelves, to hold intraocular devices. The anterior portion 5850and/or posterior portion 5870 can be configured to hold an intraoculardevice(s) specifically designed for use with the device 5800, forexample comprising one or more features that allow fixation of theintraocular device(s) at the posterior portion 5870 and/or anteriorportion 5850. The central portion 5860 can be configured to hold anygeneric intraocular device, refractive surface, IOL, or the like.

As such, as a non-limiting example, the device 5800 can allowimplantation of three or more lenses to obtain an optimal refractivepower and/or a refractive power that is desired. Also, due to thesymmetrical nature and/or configuration of the device 5800 across ahorizontal line, a surgeon can easily implant the device 5800 withoutrisk of inserting the device 5800 in the wrong anterior-posteriororientation. Further, the optics or lens to be used in conjunction withthe device 5800 can also comprise a symmetrical configuration to allowfor ease of implantation as discussed herein. Further, tabs on the lensor IOL can also be fully reversible.

In some embodiments, the anterior portion 5850 and/or posterior portion5870 can comprise an outer diameter of about 8.30 mm and an innerdiameter within the device 5800 of about 7.80 mm. The opening(s) of theanterior portion 5850 and/or posterior portion 5870 can comprise adiameter of about 6.35 mm. In some embodiments, the central portion 5860can comprise an outer diameter of about 10.0 mm and an inner diameterwithin the interior of the device 5800 of about 9.50 mm. In certainembodiments, the outer diameter of the anterior portion 5850 and/orposterior portion 5870, the inner diameter of the anterior portion 5850and/or posterior portion 5870 within the device 5800, the opening(s) ofthe anterior portion 5850 and/or posterior portion 5870, the outerdiameter of the central portion 5860, and/or the inner diameter of thecentral portion 5860 within the interior of the device 5800 can be about3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm,about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by twoof the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, a thickness of the device 5800 when viewed from aside view and measured from an outer end of the anterior portion 5850 toan outer end of the posterior portion 5870 can be about 3.50 mm. Incertain embodiments, a thickness of the device 5800, when viewed from aside view and measured from an outer end of the anterior portion 5850 toan outer end of the posterior portion 5870, can be about 0.50 mm, about1.00 mm, about 1.50 mm, about 2.00 mm, about 2.50 mm, about 3.00 mm,about 3.50 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 4.50 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 8.00 mm, about9.00 mm, about 10.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, when viewed from a side view, the anterior portion5850, central portion 5860, and/or posterior portion 5870 can comprisean inner thickness, as measured between two internal surfaces of thedevice 5800, of about 3.00 mm. In certain embodiments, the anteriorportion 5850, central portion 5860, and/or posterior portion 5870, whenviewed from a side view, can comprise an inner thickness, as measuredbetween two internal surfaces of the device 5800, of about 0.25 mm,about 0.50 mm, about 0.75 mm, about 1.00 mm, about 1.25 mm, about 1.50mm, about 1.75 mm, about 2.00 mm, about 2.25 mm, about 2.50 mm, about2.75 mm, about 3.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

The refractive surface or IOL 5900 of FIGS. 59A-C for example, can beattached to the device 5800. The refractive surface or IOL 5900 includessome or all of the features of the refractive surfaces or IOLs 5000,5200, 5400, and 5600, illustrated in FIGS. 50, 52A-52B, 54A-54B, and 56.For example, the refractive surface or IOL 5900 can comprise a pluralityof tabs 5902 and a plurality of haptics 5904.

In certain embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5900 can comprisea plurality of tabs 5902 for affixing the refractive surface to at leastone of the anterior opening or the posterior opening, wherein theplurality of tabs 5902 protrude from the refractive surface or IOL 5900.In some embodiments, during insertion of the refractive surface or IOL5900 into the housing structure 5800, the plurality of tabs 5902protruding from the refractive surface or IOL secure the refractivesurface or IOL 5900 to the housing structure 5800. In some embodiments,the plurality of tabs 5902 protruding from the refractive surface or IOL5900 prevent dislocation of the refractive surface or IOL 5900 from thehousing structure 5800. In some embodiments, the refractive surface 5900and the plurality of tabs 5902 will sit on the outside of the housingstructure 5800, at the anterior opening and/or posterior opening. Inthose embodiments, the plurality of tabs 5902 may secure the refractivesurface or IOL 5900, such that it cannot dislocate further into thehousing structure.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5900 may comprise aplurality of tabs 5902 numbering between about 2 and 24. For example,the refractive surface or IOL 5900 may comprise 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,16, 18, 20, 22, or 24 tabs, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values. In some embodiments, the refractive surface orIOL 5900 comprises two tabs.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 5902 can comprise one or moreeyelet openings in some embodiments. The one or more eyelet openings ofeach tab can be used for dialing or rotating the lens to a specificmeridian. In addition, or alternatively, a surgeon may use the one ormore eyelet openings to suture the optic to the device as necessary.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 5902 protruding from therefractive surface or IOL 5900 can comprise one or more indents 5906, asillustrated in FIGS. 59A-59B. In some embodiments, the one or moreindents 5906 reduce strain on the refractive surface or IOL 5900 as itis inserted into the eye. In some embodiments, the one or more indents5906 reduce material strain at the thickest point of the refractivesurface or IOL 5900 when the refractive surface or IOL 5900 is rolled upor folded. In some embodiments, the one or more indents 5906 reduce thecross-sectional area of the refractive surface or IOL 5900 when it isfolded for injection into an eye.

In some embodiments, the number of indents 5906 on the refractivesurface or IOL 5900 can be between 2 and 24. For example, the refractivesurface or IOL 5900 may comprise 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22,or 24 indents, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values. In some embodiments, the refractive surface orIOL 5900 comprises two indents.

In some embodiments, the one or more indents 5906 are located directlyacross the refractive surface or IOL 5900 from another indent. In someembodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5900 does not comprise anyindents.

In some embodiments, each of the one or more indents 5906 of therefractive surface or IOL 5900 forms a central angle, wherein the vertexof the central angle lies at the center point of the refractive surfaceor IOL 5900, and wherein the sides of each indent form the sides of thecentral angle. In some embodiments, the central angle formed by the twosides of each indent may measure between about 5 degrees and 160degrees. For example, the central angle formed by the two sides of eachof the plurality of tabs may measure 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45,50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125,130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, or 160 degrees, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values. In some embodiments, thecentral angle formed by the two sides of each indent may be 25 degrees.

In some embodiments, the threshold, when viewed from the side as in FIG.59C, between each indent 5906 and the tab on which the indent is locatedcomprises a rounded edge having a radius of 0.50 mm. In some embodimentsthe radius of the rounded edge on the threshold between each indent 5906and the tab on which the indent is located can be between 0 and 1 mm.For example, the radius of the rounded edge on the threshold betweeneach indent 5906 and the tab on which the indent is located can be 0 mm,0.1 mm, 0.2 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.4 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.6 mm, 0.7 mm, 0.8 mm, 0.9 mm,or 1.0 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, the plurality of indents 5906 are rounded. In someembodiments, each of the plurality of indents 5906 may have a radiusmeasuring about 1.50 mm. In some embodiments, each of the plurality ofindents 5906 may have a radius measuring between about 0 m and about 15mm. In some embodiments, each of the plurality of indents 5906 may havea radius measuring about 0 mm, about 0.50 mm, about 1.00 mm, about 1.50mm, about 2.00 mm, about 2.50 mm, about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm,about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm,about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5900 furthercomprises a plurality of haptics 5904. In some embodiments, each of theplurality of haptics 5904 comprises a body portion 5910 and arm portions5908. In some embodiments, there are two arm portions 5908 extendingradially from the body portion 5910, such that the haptic 5904 comprisesa “T” shape when viewed from the angle of FIG. 59B. In some embodiments,the plurality of haptics 5904 assist in affixing the refractive surfaceto at least one of the anterior opening or the posterior opening,wherein the plurality of haptics 5904 protrude from the refractivesurface or IOL 5900. In some embodiments, during insertion of therefractive surface or IOL 5900 into the housing structure 5800, theplurality of haptics 5904 protruding from the refractive surface or IOLsecure the refractive surface or IOL 5900 to the housing structure 5800.In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 5904 protruding from therefractive surface or IOL 5900 prevent dislocation of the refractivesurface or IOL 5900 from the housing structure 5800. In someembodiments, the plurality of haptics 5904 will sit on the inside of thehousing structure 5800, at the anterior opening and/or posterioropening. In those embodiments, the plurality of haptics 5904 may securethe refractive surface or IOL 5900, such that it cannot dislocate awayfrom the housing structure.

In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 59A, the arm portions 5908of the plurality of haptics 5904 can comprise a rounded end 5912. Insome embodiments, the rounded end 5912 can facilitate insertion of therefractive surface or IOL 5900 into the housing 5800. In someembodiments, the rounded end 5912 can have a radius measuring about 0.09mm. In some embodiments, the radius of the rounded end 5912 may measureabout 0 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.15 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.35mm, 0.40 mm, 0.45 mm, or 0.50 mm and/or within a range defined by two ofthe aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the arm portions 5908 of the plurality of haptics5904 comprise a width when viewed from the angle of FIG. 59B. In someembodiments, the width of the arm portions 5908 may be about 0.20 mm. Insome embodiments, the width of the arm portions 5908 may be about 0 mm,0.05 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.15 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.35 mm, 0.40 mm,0.45 mm, or 0.50 mm and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 5904 of therefractive surface or IOL 5900 forms a central angle, wherein the vertexof the central angle lies at the center point of the refractive surfaceor IOL 5900, and wherein the sides of the body portion 5910 form thesides of the central angle. In some embodiments, the central angleformed by the two sides of the body portion 5910 may measure betweenabout 5 degrees and 160 degrees. For example, the central angle formedby the two sides of each of the plurality of haptics may measure 5, 10,15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100,105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, or 160 degrees,and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values. Insome embodiments, the central angle formed by the two sides of the bodyportion 5910 may be 10 degrees.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 5904 of therefractive surface or IOL 5900 forms a central angle, wherein the vertexof the central angle lies at the center point of the refractive surfaceor IOL 5900, and wherein the ends of the two arm portions 5908 form thesides of the central angle. In some embodiments, the central angleformed by the ends of the two arm portions 5908 may measure betweenabout 5 degrees and 160 degrees. For example, the central angle formedby the two sides of each of the plurality of haptics may measure 5, 10,15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100,105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, or 160 degrees,and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values. Insome embodiments, the central angle formed by the ends of the two armportions 5908 may be 30 degrees.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 5904, when viewedfrom a side view as in FIG. 59C, can comprise a thickness. In someembodiments, the thickness of each of the plurality of haptics 5904 maymeasure 0.32 mm. In other embodiments, the thickness of each of theplurality of haptics 5904 may range from about 0 mm to about 0.50 mm.For example, the thickness of each of the plurality of haptics 5904 maymeasure about 0 mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.20 mm, about 0.30 mm, about0.40 mm, or about 0.50 mm and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the haptics 5904 of the refractive surface or IOL5900 protrude from a portion of the edge of the refractive surface orIOL where none of the plurality of tabs 5902 are present.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5900 is held in placeat the anterior opening and/or posterior opening by offsetting tensionbetween the plurality of tabs 5902 sitting on the outside of the housing5800 and the plurality of haptics 5904 sitting on the inside of thehousing 5800.

In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 5904 are flexible, suchthat the haptics can be folded during insertion into the housing 5800.In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 5904 are shaped such thatthey follow the natural curvature of the internal wall of the housing5800. In some embodiments, both the internal wall of the housing 5800and the outside edge of the plurality of haptics 5904 comprise aplurality of offsetting teeth, such that the plurality of teeth on theplurality of haptics 5904 form fit into the plurality of teeth of theinternal wall of the housing 5800. In some embodiments, the plurality ofteeth on the internal wall of the housing 5800 and the outside edge ofthe plurality of haptics 5904 assist in preventing the rotation of therefractive lens or IOL 5900 within the housing 5800.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5900 comprises asplit edge 5914 along the periphery of the refractive surface or IOL5900. In some embodiments, the split edge 5914, comprises a 90-degreeangle between anterior and the side of the refractive surface or IOL5900, as illustrated in FIG. 59A. In some embodiments, the split edge5914 assists in preventing posterior capsule opacification (PCO) in aneye.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5900 may comprise asubstantially circular shape having several diameters corresponding tovarious features of the refractive surface or IOL 5900

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5900 may comprise aninner diameter which is defined by the inner edge of the plurality oftabs 5902. In some embodiments, the inner diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 5900 measures about 6.00 mm. In some embodiments, theinner diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 5900 may measure betweenabout 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the inner diameter ofthe refractive surface or IOL 5900 may measure about 3.00 mm, about 4.00mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm,about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5900 can comprise anouter diameter, which is defined by the outer edge of the plurality oftabs 5902. In some embodiments, the outer diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 5900 measures about 7.00 mm. In some embodiments, theouter diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 5900 may measure betweenabout 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the refractive surfaceor IOL 5900 can comprise an outer diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm,about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5900 can comprise anindent diameter, which is defined by the outer edge of two oppositeindents 5906, as illustrated in FIG. 59B. In some embodiments, theindents 5906 are 90 degrees away from the axis of the haptics 5904.These indents 5906 are designed to reduce the volume of material beingcompressed at the midsection of the optic, which in convex lenses is thethickest point. By reducing the material in this region, if the lens wasinserted into an injector along the long axis represented by the haptics5904, this would allow the lens to be folded and inserted through arelatively smaller injector cartridge and incision. In some embodiments,the indent diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 5900 measures about6.40 mm. In some embodiments, the indent diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 5900 may measure between about 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. Insome embodiments, the indent diameter of the refractive surface or IOL5900 can measure about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm,about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or withina range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5900 can comprise aninner haptic diameter, which is defined by the inner edge the armportions 5908 of the haptics 5904, as illustrated in FIG. 59B. In someembodiments, the inner haptic diameter of the refractive surface or IOL5900 measures about 7.40 mm. In some embodiments, the inner hapticdiameter of the refractive surface or IOL 5900 may measure between about3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the inner haptic diameter ofthe refractive surface or IOL 5900 can have an inner haptic diameter ofabout 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm,about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range definedby two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 5900 can comprise anouter haptic diameter, which is defined by the outer edge the armportions 5908 of the haptics 5904, as illustrated in FIG. 59B. In someembodiments, the outer haptic diameter of the refractive surface or IOL5900 measures about 7.80 mm. In some embodiments, the outer hapticdiameter of the refractive surface or IOL 5900 may measure between about3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the inner haptic diameter ofthe refractive surface or IOL 5900 can have an outer haptic diameter ofabout 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm,about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range definedby two of the aforementioned values.

In addition to or in the alternative of the refractive surface or IOL5900, the refractive surface or IOL 6000 of FIG. 60A-60C, for example,can be attached to the device 5800. The refractive surface or IOL 5900includes some or all of the features of the refractive surface or IOL5900, illustrated in FIGS. 59A-59C. For example, the refractive surfaceor IOL 6000 can comprise a plurality of tabs 6002, a plurality ofhaptics 6004 comprising a body portion 6010 and one or more arm portions6008, a plurality of indents 6006, and a split edge 6014. In someembodiments, the dimensions of the various features of the refractivesurface or IOL 6000 can be similar or identical to those described inrelation to the refractive surface or IOL 5900.

In certain embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6000 can comprisea plurality of tabs 6002 for affixing the refractive surface to at leastone of the anterior opening or the posterior opening, wherein theplurality of tabs 6002 protrude from the refractive surface or IOL 6000.In some embodiments, during insertion of the refractive surface or IOL6000 into the housing structure 5800, the plurality of tabs 6002protruding from the refractive surface or IOL secure the refractivesurface or IOL 6000 to the housing structure 5800. In some embodiments,the plurality of tabs 6002 protruding from the refractive surface or IOL6000 prevent dislocation of the refractive surface or IOL 6000 from thehousing structure 5800. In some embodiments, the refractive surface 6000and the plurality of tabs 6002 will sit on the outside of the housingstructure 5800, at the anterior opening and/or posterior opening. Inthose embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6002 may secure the refractivesurface or IOL 6000, such that it cannot dislocate further into thehousing structure.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6000 may comprise aplurality of tabs 6002 numbering between about 2 and 24. For example,the refractive surface or IOL 6000 may comprise 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,16, 18, 20, 22, or 24 tabs, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values. In some embodiments, the refractive surface orIOL 6000 comprises two tabs.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6002 can comprise one or moreeyelet openings in some embodiments. The one or more eyelet openings ofeach tab can be used for dialing or rotating the lens to a specificmeridian. In addition, or alternatively, a surgeon may use the one ormore eyelet openings to suture the optic to the device as necessary.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6002 protruding from therefractive surface or IOL 6000 can comprise one or more indents 6006, asillustrated in FIGS. 60A-60B. In some embodiments, the one or moreindents 6006 reduce strain on the refractive surface or IOL 6000 as itis inserted into the eye. In some embodiments, the one or more indents6006 reduce material strain at the thickest point of the refractivesurface or IOL 6000 when the refractive surface or IOL 6000 is rolled upor folded. In some embodiments, the one or more indents 6006 reduce thecross-sectional area of the refractive surface or IOL 6000 when it isfolded for injection into an eye. In some embodiments, the indents 6006are 90 degrees away from the axis of the haptics 6004. These indents6006 are designed to reduce the volume of material being compressed atthe midsection of the optic, which in convex lenses is the thickestpoint. By reducing the material in this region, if the lens was insertedinto an injector along the long axis represented by the haptics 6004,this would allow the lens to be folded and inserted through a relativelysmaller injector cartridge and incision.

In some embodiments, the number of indents 6006 on the refractivesurface or IOL 6000 can be between 2 and 24. For example, the refractivesurface or IOL 6000 may comprise 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22,or 24 indents, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values. In some embodiments, the refractive surface orIOL 6000 comprises two indents.

In some embodiments, the one or more indents 6006 are located directlyacross the refractive surface or IOL 6000 from another indent. In someembodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6000 does not comprise anyindents.

In some embodiments, each of the one or more indents 6006 of therefractive surface or IOL 6000 forms a central angle, wherein the vertexof the central angle lies at the center point of the refractive surfaceor IOL 6000, and wherein the sides of each indent form the sides of thecentral angle. In some embodiments, the central angle formed by the twosides of each indent may measure between about 5 degrees and 160degrees. For example, the central angle formed by the two sides of eachof the plurality of tabs may measure 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45,50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125,130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, or 160 degrees, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values. In some embodiments, thecentral angle formed by the two sides of each indent may be 25 degrees.

In some embodiments, the threshold, when viewed from the side as in FIG.60C, between each indent 6006 and the tab on which the indent is locatedcomprises a rounded edge having a radius of 0.50 mm. In some embodimentsthe radius of the rounded edge on the threshold between each indent 6006and the tab on which the indent is located can be between 0 and 1 mm.For example, the radius of the rounded edge on the threshold betweeneach indent 6006 and the tab on which the indent is located can be 0 mm,0.1 mm, 0.2 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.4 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.6 mm, 0.7 mm, 0.8 mm, 0.9 mm,or 1.0 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, the plurality of indents 6006 are rounded. In someembodiments, each of the plurality of indents 6006 may have a radiusmeasuring about 1.50 mm. In some embodiments, each of the plurality ofindents 6006 may have a radius measuring between about 0 m and about 15mm. In some embodiments, each of the plurality of indents 6006 may havea radius measuring about 0 mm, about 0.50 mm, about 1.00 mm, about 1.50mm, about 2.00 mm, about 2.50 mm, about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm,about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm,about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6000 furthercomprises a plurality of haptics 6004, wherein the plurality of haptics6004 protrude from the refractive surface or IOL 6000. In someembodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6004 comprises a bodyportion 6010 and arm portions 6008. In some embodiments, there are twoarm portions 6008 extending radially from the body portion 6010, suchthat the haptic 6004 comprises a “T” shape when viewed from the angle ofFIG. 60B. In some embodiments, the arm portions 6008 also extendpartially away from the center of the refractive surface or IOL 6000, asillustrated in FIG. 60B. In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics6004 assist in affixing the refractive surface to at least one of theanterior opening, posterior opening, or the interior of the housing 5800at the center ridge 5804. In some embodiments, the length of the armportions 6008 of the plurality of haptics 6004 is configured such thatthe arm portions 6008 assist in securing the refractive surface or IOL6000 within the anterior opening, posterior opening, or the interior ofthe housing 5800 at the center ridge 5804. In some embodiments, duringinsertion of the refractive surface or IOL 6000 into the housingstructure 5800, the plurality of haptics 6004 protruding from therefractive surface or IOL secure the refractive surface or IOL 6000 tothe housing structure 5800. In some embodiments, the plurality ofhaptics 6004 protruding from the refractive surface or IOL 6000 preventdislocation of the refractive surface or IOL 6000 from the housingstructure 5800. In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6004 willsit on the inside of the housing structure 5800, at the anterior openingand/or posterior opening. In those embodiments, the plurality of haptics6004 may secure the refractive surface or IOL 6000, such that it cannotdislocate away from the housing structure 5800.

In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 60A, the arm portions 6008of the plurality of haptics 6004 can comprise a rounded end 6012. Insome embodiments, the rounded end 6012 can facilitate insertion of therefractive surface or IOL 6000 into the housing 5800. In someembodiments, the rounded end 6012 can have a radius measuring about 0.25mm. In some embodiments, the radius of the rounded end 6012 may measureabout 0 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.15 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.35mm, 0.40 mm, 0.45 mm, or 0.50 mm and/or within a range defined by two ofthe aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the arm portions 6008 of the plurality of haptics6004 comprise a varying width when viewed from the angle of FIG. 60B. Insome embodiments, the width of the arm portions 6008 may be about 0.40mm in a portion nearest the body portion 6010. In some embodiments, thewidth of the arm portions 6008 nearest the body portion 6010 may beabout 0 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.15 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.35mm, 0.40 mm, 0.45 mm, or 0.50 mm and/or within a range defined by two ofthe aforementioned values. In some embodiments, the width of the armportions 6008 may be about 0.50 mm in a middle portion between the bodyportion 6010 and the rounded end 6012. In some embodiments, the width ofthe arm portions 6008 in the middle portion may be about 0 mm, 0.05 mm,0.10 mm, 0.15 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.35 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.45 mm,or 0.50 mm and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues. In some embodiments, the width of the arm portions 6008 may beabout 0.40 mm in a distal portion furthest from the body portion 6010and nearest the rounded end 6012. In some embodiments, the width of thearm portions 6008 in the distal portion may be about 0 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.10mm, 0.15 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.35 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.45 mm, or0.50 mm and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues. The various portions of the arm portion 6008 of the plurality ofhaptics 6004 is illustrated in FIG. 60B.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6004 of therefractive surface or IOL 6000 forms a central angle, wherein the vertexof the central angle lies at the center point of the refractive surfaceor IOL 6000, and wherein the sides of the body portion 6010 form thesides of the central angle. In some embodiments, the central angleformed by the two sides of the body portion 6010 may measure betweenabout 5 degrees and 160 degrees. For example, the central angle formedby the two sides of each of the plurality of haptics may measure 5, 10,15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100,105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, or 160 degrees,and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values. Insome embodiments, the central angle formed by the two sides of the bodyportion 6010 may be 10 degrees.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6004, when viewedfrom a side view as in FIG. 60C, can comprise a thickness. In someembodiments, the thickness of each of the plurality of haptics 6004 maymeasure 0.32 mm. In other embodiments, the thickness of each of theplurality of haptics 6004 may range from about 0 mm to about 0.50 mm.For example, the thickness of each of the plurality of haptics 6004 maymeasure about 0 mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.20 mm, about 0.30 mm, about0.40 mm, or about 0.50 mm and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the haptics 6004 of the refractive surface or IOL6000 protrude from a portion of the edge of the refractive surface orIOL 6000 where none of the plurality of tabs 6002 are present.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6000 is held in placeat the anterior opening and/or posterior opening by offsetting tensionbetween the plurality of tabs 6002 sitting on the outside of the housing5800 and the plurality of haptics 6004 sitting on the inside of thehousing 5800.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6000 is held in placeby the plurality of haptics 6004 at the center of the housing 5800 alongthe ridge 5804. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6000is capable of being moved post-operatively from one plane of therefractive surface or IOL 6000 to another. For example, if a patientbecomes hyperopic post-operatively, since refractive surface or IOL 6000is capable of being placed at the anterior opening, the posterioropening, and/or the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804, therefractive surface 5800 can be moved to a different plane. In someembodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6000 is moved to a differentplane post-operatively, avoiding the need to replace the refractivesurface or IOL 6000. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL6000 can be moved from the anterior opening to the posterior opening. Insome embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6000 can be moved fromthe posterior opening to the anterior opening. In some embodiments, therefractive surface or IOL 6000 can be moved from the posterior openingto the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804. In someembodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6000 can be moved from theanterior opening to the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804.In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6000 can be movedfrom the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804 to theposterior opening. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL6000 can be moved from the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge5804 to the anterior opening.

In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6004 are flexible, suchthat the haptics can be folded during insertion into the housing 5800.In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6004 are shaped such thatthey follow the natural curvature of the internal wall of the housing5800. In some embodiments, both the internal wall of the housing 5800and the outside edge of the plurality of haptics 6004 comprise aplurality of offsetting teeth, such that the plurality of teeth on theplurality of haptics 6004 form fit into the plurality of teeth of theinternal wall of the housing 5800. In some embodiments, the plurality ofteeth on the internal wall of the housing 5800 and the outside edge ofthe plurality of haptics 6004 assist in preventing the rotation of therefractive lens or IOL 6000 within the housing 5800.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6000 comprises asplit edge 6014 along the periphery of the refractive surface or IOL6000. In some embodiments, the split edge 6014, comprises a 90-degreeangle between anterior and the side of the refractive surface or IOL6000, as illustrated in FIG. 60A. In some embodiments, the split edge6014 assists in preventing posterior capsule opacification (PCO) in aneye.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6000 may comprise asubstantially circular shape having several diameters corresponding tovarious features of the refractive surface or IOL 6000

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6000 may comprise aninner diameter which is defined by the inner edge of the plurality oftabs 6002. In some embodiments, the inner diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 6000 measures about 6.00 mm. In some embodiments, theinner diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6000 may measure betweenabout 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the inner diameter ofthe refractive surface or IOL 6000 may measure about 3.00 mm, about 4.00mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm,about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6000 can comprise anouter diameter, which is defined by the outer edge of the plurality oftabs 6002. In some embodiments, the outer diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 6000 measures about 7.00 mm. In some embodiments, theouter diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6000 may measure betweenabout 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the refractive surfaceor IOL 6000 can comprise an outer diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm,about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6000 can comprise anindent diameter, which is defined by the outer edge of two oppositeindents 6006, as illustrated in FIG. 60B. In some embodiments, theindent diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6000 measures about6.42 mm. In some embodiments, the indent diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 6000 may measure between about 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. Insome embodiments, the indent diameter of the refractive surface or IOL6000 can measure of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm,about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm,about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/orwithin a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the distance between the two rounded ends 6012 on asingle haptic on the refractive surface or IOL 6000 can measure about7.00 mm, as illustrated in FIG. 60B. In some, embodiments, the distancebetween the two rounded ends 6012 on a single haptic may measure about3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm,about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by twoof the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the distance between two rounded ends 6012 onoppositely facing haptics on the refractive surface or IOL 6000 canmeasure about 9.75 mm, as illustrated in FIG. 60B. In some, embodiments,the distance between two rounded ends 6012 on oppositely facing hapticsmay measure about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm,about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within arange defined by two of the aforementioned values. In some embodiments,the rounded ends 6012 of the plurality of haptics 6004 can be thefurthest points away from the center of the refractive surface or IOL6000.

In addition to or in the alternative of the refractive surfaces or IOLs5900 and 6000, the refractive surface or IOL 6100 of FIGS. 61A-61D, forexample, can be attached to the device 5800. The refractive surface orIOL 6100 includes some or all of the features of the refractive surfacesor IOLs 5900 and 6000, illustrated in FIGS. 59A-59C and 60A-60C. Forexample, the refractive surface or IOL 6100 can comprise a plurality oftabs 6102, a plurality of haptics 6104, a plurality of indents 6106, anda split edge 6114. In some embodiments, the dimensions of the variousfeatures of the refractive surface or IOL 6100 can be similar oridentical to those described in relation to the refractive surfaces orIOLs 5900 or 6000.

In certain embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6100 can comprisea plurality of tabs 6102 for affixing the refractive surface to at leastone of the anterior opening or the posterior opening, wherein theplurality of tabs 6102 protrude from the refractive surface or IOL 6100.In some embodiments, during insertion of the refractive surface or IOL6100 into the housing structure 5800, the plurality of tabs 6102protruding from the refractive surface or IOL secure the refractivesurface or IOL 6100 to the housing structure 5800. In some embodiments,the plurality of tabs 6102 protruding from the refractive surface or IOL6100 prevent dislocation of the refractive surface or IOL 6100 from thehousing structure 5800. In some embodiments, the refractive surface 6100and the plurality of tabs 6102 will sit on the outside of the housingstructure 5800, at the anterior opening and/or posterior opening. Inthose embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6102 may secure the refractivesurface or IOL 6100, such that it cannot dislocate further into thehousing structure.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6100 may comprise aplurality of tabs 6102 numbering between about 2 and 24. For example,the refractive surface or IOL 6100 may comprise 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,16, 18, 20, 22, or 24 tabs, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values. In some embodiments, the refractive surface orIOL 6100 comprises two tabs.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6102 can comprise one or moreeyelet openings in some embodiments. The one or more eyelet openings ofeach tab can be used for dialing or rotating the lens to a specificmeridian. In addition, or alternatively, a surgeon may use the one ormore eyelet openings to suture the optic to the device as necessary.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6102 protruding from therefractive surface or IOL 6100 can comprise one or more indents 6106, asillustrated in FIGS. 61A-61B. In some embodiments, the one or moreindents 6106 reduce strain on the refractive surface or IOL 6100 as itis inserted into the eye. In some embodiments, the one or more indents6106 reduce material strain at the thickest point of the refractivesurface or IOL 6100 when the refractive surface or IOL 6100 is rolled upor folded. In some embodiments, the one or more indents 6106 reduce thecross-sectional area of the refractive surface or IOL 6100 when it isfolded for injection into an eye.

In some embodiments, the number of indents 6106 on the refractivesurface or IOL 6100 can be between 2 and 24. For example, the refractivesurface or IOL 6100 may comprise 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22,or 24 indents, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values. In some embodiments, the refractive surface orIOL 6100 comprises two indents.

In some embodiments, the one or more indents 6106 are located directlyacross the refractive surface or IOL 6100 from another indent. In someembodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6100 does not comprise anyindents.

In some embodiments, each of the one or more indents 6106 of therefractive surface or IOL 6100 forms a central angle, wherein the vertexof the central angle lies at the center point of the refractive surfaceor IOL 6100, and wherein the sides of each indent form the sides of thecentral angle. In some embodiments, the central angle formed by the twosides of each indent may measure between about 5 degrees and 160degrees. For example, the central angle formed by the two sides of eachof the plurality of tabs may measure 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45,50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125,130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, or 160 degrees, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values. In some embodiments, thecentral angle formed by the two sides of each indent may be 25 degrees.

In some embodiments, the threshold, when viewed from the side as in FIG.61C, between each indent 6106 and the tab on which the indent is locatedcomprises a rounded edge having a radius of 0.50 mm. In some embodimentsthe radius of the rounded edge on the threshold between each indent 6106and the tab on which the indent is located can be between 0 and 1 mm.For example, the radius of the rounded edge on the threshold betweeneach indent 6106 and the tab on which the indent is located can be 0 mm,0.1 mm, 0.2 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.4 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.6 mm, 0.7 mm, 0.8 mm, 0.9 mm,or 1.0 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, the plurality of indents 6106 are rounded whenviewed from the angle of FIG. 61B. In some embodiments, each of theplurality of indents 6106 may have a radius measuring about 1.50 mm. Insome embodiments, each of the plurality of indents 6106 may have aradius measuring between about 0 m and about 15 mm. In some embodiments,each of the plurality of indents 6106 may have a radius measuring about0 mm, about 0.50 mm, about 1.00 mm, about 1.50 mm, about 2.00 mm, about2.50 mm, about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm,about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within arange defined by two of the aforementioned values. In some embodiments,the plurality of indents 6106 are not rounded, instead comprisingsquared corners.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6100 furthercomprises a plurality of haptics 6104, wherein the plurality of haptics6104 protrude from the refractive surface or IOL 6100. In someembodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6104 comprises a curvedarm shape as illustrated in FIG. 61A. In some embodiments, the pluralityof haptics 6104 extend initially in a direction substantially away fromthe center of the refractive surface or IOL 6100, and then curve untilthey extend concentrically to the edge of the refractive surface or IOL6100. In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6104 first extendradially away from the center of the refractive surface or IOL 6100 andthen curve towards the edge of the refractive surface or IOL 6100. Insome embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6104 assist in affixing therefractive surface to at least one of the anterior opening, posterioropening, or the interior of the housing 5800 at the center ridge 5804.In some embodiments, the length of the plurality of haptics 6104 isconfigured such that the plurality of haptics 6104 assist in securingthe refractive surface or IOL 6100 within the anterior opening,posterior opening, or the interior of the housing 5800 at the centerridge 5804. In some embodiments, during insertion of the refractivesurface or IOL 6100 into the housing structure 5800, the plurality ofhaptics 6104 protruding from the refractive surface or IOL secure therefractive surface or IOL 6100 to the housing structure 5800. In someembodiments, the plurality of haptics 6104 protruding from therefractive surface or IOL 6100 prevent dislocation of the refractivesurface or IOL 6100 from the housing structure 5800. In someembodiments, the plurality of haptics 6104 will sit on the inside of thehousing structure 5800, at the anterior opening and/or posterioropening. In those embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6104 may securethe refractive surface or IOL 6100, such that it cannot dislocate awayfrom the housing structure 5800.

In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 61A, the plurality ofhaptics 6104 can comprise a rounded end 6112. In some embodiments, therounded end 6112 can facilitate insertion of the refractive surface orIOL 6100 into the housing 5800. In some embodiments, the rounded end6112 can have a radius measuring about 0.25 mm. In some embodiments, theradius of the rounded end 6112 may measure about 0 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.10 mm,0.15 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.35 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.45 mm, or 0.50mm and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6104 comprise a varyingwidth when viewed from the angle of FIG. 61B. In some embodiments, theplurality of haptics 6104 comprise a constant width when viewed from theangle of 61B.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6104 of therefractive surface or IOL 6100 forms a central angle, wherein the vertexof the central angle lies at the center point of the refractive surfaceor IOL 6100, and wherein the sides of the plurality of haptics 6104 formthe sides of the central angle. In some embodiments, the central angleformed by the two sides of the plurality of haptics 6104 may measurebetween about 5 degrees and 160 degrees. For example, the central angleformed by the two sides of each of the plurality of haptics may measure5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90,95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, or 160degrees, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6104, when viewedfrom a side view as in FIG. 61C, can comprise a thickness. In someembodiments, the thickness of each of the plurality of haptics 6104 maymeasure 0.32 mm. In other embodiments, the thickness of each of theplurality of haptics 6104 may range from about 0 mm to about 0.50 mm.For example, the thickness of each of the plurality of haptics 6104 maymeasure about 0 mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.20 mm, about 0.30 mm, about0.40 mm, or about 0.50 mm and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the haptics 6104 of the refractive surface or IOL6100 protrude from a portion of the edge of the refractive surface orIOL 6100 where none of the plurality of tabs 6102 are present.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6100 is held in placeat the anterior opening and/or posterior opening by offsetting tensionbetween the plurality of tabs 6102 sitting on the outside of the housing5800 and the plurality of haptics 6104 sitting on the inside of thehousing 5800.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6100 is held in placeby the plurality of haptics 6104 at the center of the housing 5800 alongthe ridge 5804. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6100is capable of being moved post-operatively from one plane of therefractive surface or IOL 6100 to another. For example, if a patientbecomes hyperopic post-operatively, since refractive surface or IOL 6100is capable of being placed at the anterior opening, the posterioropening, and/or the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804, therefractive surface 5800 can be moved to a different plane. In someembodiments, the plurality of tabs 6202 are designed to assist in thefixation of the optic to the anterior or posterior opening. In someembodiments, the tabs 6202 are designed to be placed external to theinterior of the housing 5800, while the haptics 6204 are designed toremain on the internal aspect of the housing 5800. In some embodiments,this combination of tabs and haptics provides affixation to the anterioror posterior opening of housing 5800. In some embodiments, therefractive surface or IOL 6100 is moved to a different planepost-operatively, avoiding the need to replace the refractive surface orIOL 6100. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6100 can bemoved from the anterior opening to the posterior opening. In someembodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6100 can be moved from theposterior opening to the anterior opening. In some embodiments, therefractive surface or IOL 6100 can be moved from the posterior openingto the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804. In someembodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6100 can be moved from theanterior opening to the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804.In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6100 can be movedfrom the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804 to theposterior opening. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL6100 can be moved from the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge5804 to the anterior opening.

In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6104 are flexible, suchthat the haptics can be folded during insertion into the housing 5800.In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6104 are shaped such thatthey follow the natural curvature of the internal wall of the housing5800. In some embodiments, both the internal wall of the housing 5800and the outside edge of the plurality of haptics 6104 comprise aplurality of offsetting teeth 6108, such that the offsetting pluralityof teeth on the plurality of haptics 6104 form fit into the plurality ofteeth of the internal wall of the housing 5800. In some embodiments, theplurality of teeth on the internal wall of the housing 5800 and theoutside edge of the plurality of haptics 6104 assist in preventing therotation of the refractive lens or IOL 6100 within the housing 5800. Insome embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6100 comprises aplurality of teeth 6108, but the housing structure 5800 does notcomprise offsetting teeth. In some embodiments, the plurality of teeth6108 are rounded. In some embodiments, the plurality of teeth 6108 arenot rounded. In some embodiments, the plurality of teeth 6108 of therefractive surface 6100 comprise straight edges and non-rounded corners.

In some embodiments, the plurality of teeth 6108 comprise a plurality ofrounded teeth, wherein the plurality of rounded teeth have a radius. Insome embodiments, the radius of the plurality of rounded teeth 6108 is0.60 mm. In some embodiments, the radius of the plurality of roundedteeth 6108 may measure about 0 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.15 mm, 0.20 mm,0.25 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.35 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.45 mm, or 0.50 mm, 0.55 mm, 0.60mm, 0.65 mm, 0.70 mm, 0.75 mm, 0.80 mm, 0.85 mm, 0.90 mm, 0.95 mm, or1.00 mm and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6104 can comprisea plurality of teeth 6108 numbering 5. In some embodiments, each of theplurality of haptics 6104 can comprise a plurality of teeth 6108numbering between about 0 and 25. In some embodiments, each of theplurality of haptics 6104 can comprise a plurality of teeth 6108numbering about 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16,17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25, and/or within a range defined bytwo of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of teeth 6108 on theplurality of haptics 6104 can comprise a length along the edge of eachof the plurality of haptics 6104. In some embodiments, as illustrated inFIG. 61B, the length of each of the plurality of teeth 6108 can be about0.90 mm. In some embodiments, the length of each of the plurality ofteeth 6108 can be between about 0.00 and 3.00 mm. In some embodiments,the length of each of the plurality of teeth 6108 can be about 0.00 mm,0.10 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.60 mm, 0.70 mm, 0.80 mm,0.90 mmm, 1.00 mm, 1.10 mm, 1.20 mm, 1.30 mm, 1.40 mm, 1.50 mm, 1.60 mm,1.70 mm, 1.80 mm, 1.90 mm, 2.00 mm, 2.10 mm, 2.20 mm, 2.30 mm, 2.40 mm,2.50 mm, 2.60 mm, 2.70 mm, 2.80 mm, 2.90 mm, or 3.00 mm, and/or within arange defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6100 comprises asplit edge 6114 along the periphery of the refractive surface or IOL6100. In some embodiments, the split edge 6114, comprises a 90-degreeangle between anterior and the side of the refractive surface or IOL6100, as illustrated in FIG. 61A. In some embodiments, the split edge6114 assists in preventing posterior capsule opacification (PCO) in aneye. In some embodiments, the IOL 6100 does not comprise a split edge,instead comprising a rounded edge.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6100 may comprise asubstantially circular shape having several diameters corresponding tovarious features of the refractive surface or IOL 6100

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6100 may comprise aninner diameter or optic diameter which is defined by the inner edge ofthe plurality of tabs 6102. In some embodiments, the inner diameter ofthe refractive surface or IOL 6100 measures about 6.00 mm. In someembodiments, the inner diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6100may measure between about 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, theinner diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6100 may measure about3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm,about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by twoof the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6100 can comprise anouter diameter, which is defined by the outer edge of the plurality oftabs 6102. In some embodiments, the outer diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 6100 measures about 7.00 mm. In some embodiments, theouter diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6100 may measure betweenabout 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the refractive surfaceor IOL 6100 can comprise an outer diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm,about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6100 can comprise anindent diameter, which is defined by the outer edge of two oppositeindents 6106, as illustrated in FIG. 61B. In some embodiments, theindent diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6100 measures about6.40 mm. In some embodiments, the indent diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 6100 may measure between about 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. Insome embodiments, the indent diameter of the refractive surface or IOL6100 can measure about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm,about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or withina range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6100 can comprise anouter haptic diameter, which is defined by the outer edge of the tooth6108 closest to rounded edge 6112 on the plurality of haptics 6104, asillustrated in FIG. 61B. In some embodiments, the outer haptic diameterof the refractive surface or IOL 6100 measures about 10.00 mm. In someembodiments, the outer haptic diameter of the refractive surface or IOL6100 may measure between about 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In someembodiments, the outer haptic diameter of the refractive surface or IOL6100 can measure about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm,about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or withina range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In addition to or in the alternative of the refractive surfaces or IOLs5900, 6000, or 6100, the refractive surface or IOL 6200 of FIGS.62A-62F, for example, can be attached to the device 5800. The refractivesurface or IOL 6200 includes some or all of the features of therefractive surfaces or IOLs 5900, 6000 and/or 6100, illustrated in FIGS.59A-59C, 60A-60C, and 61A-61D. For example, the refractive surface orIOL 6200 can comprise a plurality of tabs 6202, a plurality of haptics6204, a plurality of indents 6206, and a split edge 6214. In someembodiments, the dimensions of the various features of the refractivesurface or IOL 6200 can be similar or identical to those described inrelation to the refractive surfaces or IOLs 5900 6000, or 6100.

In certain embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6200 can comprisea plurality of tabs 6202 for affixing the refractive surface to at leastone of the anterior opening or the posterior opening, wherein theplurality of tabs 6202 protrude from the refractive surface or IOL 6200.In some embodiments, during insertion of the refractive surface or IOL6200 into the housing structure 5800, the plurality of tabs 6202protruding from the refractive surface or IOL secure the refractivesurface or IOL 6200 to the housing structure 5800. In some embodiments,the plurality of tabs 6202 protruding from the refractive surface or IOL6200 prevent dislocation of the refractive surface or IOL 6200 from thehousing structure 5800. In some embodiments, the refractive surface 6200and the plurality of tabs 6202 will sit on the outside of the housingstructure 5800, at the anterior opening and/or posterior opening. Inthose embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6202 may secure the refractivesurface or IOL 6200, such that it cannot dislocate further into thehousing structure.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6200 may comprise aplurality of tabs 6202 numbering between about 2 and 24. For example,the refractive surface or IOL 6200 may comprise 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,16, 18, 20, 22, or 24 tabs, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values. In some embodiments, the refractive surface orIOL 6200 comprises two tabs.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6202 can comprise one or moreeyelet openings in some embodiments. The one or more eyelet openings ofeach tab can be used for dialing or rotating the lens to a specificmeridian. In addition, or alternatively, a surgeon may use the one ormore eyelet openings to suture the optic to the device as necessary.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6202 can comprise a varyingdiameter, such that some points along the plurality of tabs 6202 arefurther away from the center of the refractive surface or IOL 6200 thanother points, as illustrated in FIG. 62B. In some embodiments, each ofthe plurality of tabs 6202 will comprise points with varying diametersranging from 6.58 mm to 7.00 mm. In some embodiments, each of theplurality of tabs 6202 comprises a small diameter portion 6216 and alarge diameter portion 6218, separated by an indent 6206. In someembodiments, the diameter of the small diameter portion 6216 may measureabout 6.58 mm. In some embodiments the diameter of the large diameterportion 6218 may measure about 7.00 mm.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6202 protruding from therefractive surface or IOL 6200 can comprise one or more indents 6206, asillustrated in FIGS. 62A-62B. In some embodiments, the one or moreindents 6206 reduce strain on the refractive surface or IOL 6200 as itis inserted into the eye. In some embodiments, the one or more indents6206 reduce material strain at the thickest point of the refractivesurface or IOL 6200 when the refractive surface or IOL 6200 is rolled upor folded. In some embodiments, the one or more indents 6206 reduce thecross-sectional area of the refractive surface or IOL 6200 when it isfolded for injection into an eye.

In some embodiments, the number of indents 6206 on the refractivesurface or IOL 6200 can be between 2 and 24. For example, the refractivesurface or IOL 6200 may comprise 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22,or 24 indents, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values. In some embodiments, the refractive surface orIOL 6200 comprises two indents.

In some embodiments, the one or more indents 6206 are located directlyacross the refractive surface or IOL 6200 from another indent. In someembodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6200 does not comprise anyindents.

In some embodiments, each of the one or more indents 6206 of therefractive surface or IOL 6200 forms a central angle, wherein the vertexof the central angle lies at the center point of the refractive surfaceor IOL 6200, and wherein the sides of each indent form the sides of thecentral angle. In some embodiments, the central angle formed by the twosides of each indent may measure between about 5 degrees and 160degrees. For example, the central angle formed by the two sides of eachof the plurality of tabs may measure 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45,50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125,130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, or 160 degrees, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values. In some embodiments, thecentral angle formed by the two sides of each indent may be 25 degrees.

In some embodiments, the threshold, when viewed from the side as in FIG.62C, between each indent 6206 and the tab on which the indent is locatedcomprises a rounded edge having a radius of 0.50 mm. In some embodimentsthe radius of the rounded edge on the threshold between each indent 6206and the tab on which the indent is located can be between 0 and 1 mm.For example, the radius of the rounded edge on the threshold betweeneach indent 6206 and the tab on which the indent is located can be 0 mm,0.1 mm, 0.2 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.4 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.6 mm, 0.7 mm, 0.8 mm, 0.9 mm,or 1.0 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, the plurality of indents 6206 are rounded whenviewed from the angle of FIG. 62B. In some embodiments, each of theplurality of indents 6206 may have a radius measuring about 1.50 mm. Insome embodiments, each of the plurality of indents 6206 may have aradius measuring between about 0 m and about 15 mm. In some embodiments,each of the plurality of indents 6206 may have a radius measuring about0 mm, about 0.50 mm, about 1.00 mm, about 1.50 mm, about 2.00 mm, about2.50 mm, about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm,about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within arange defined by two of the aforementioned values. In some embodiments,the plurality of indents 6206 are not rounded, instead comprisingsquared corners.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6200 furthercomprises a plurality of haptics 6204, wherein the plurality of haptics6204 protrude from the refractive surface or IOL 6200. In someembodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6204 comprises a curvedarm shape as illustrated in FIG. 62A. In some embodiments, the pluralityof haptics 6204 extend initially in a direction substantially away fromthe center of the refractive surface or IOL 6200, and then curve untilthey extend concentrically to the edge of the refractive surface or IOL6200. In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6204 first extendradially away from the center of the refractive surface or IOL 6200 andthen curve towards the edge of the refractive surface or IOL 6200. Insome embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6204 assist in affixing therefractive surface to at least one of the anterior opening, posterioropening, or the interior of the housing 5800 at the center ridge 5804.In some embodiments, the length of the plurality of haptics 6204 isconfigured such that the plurality of haptics 6204 assist in securingthe refractive surface or IOL 6200 within the anterior opening,posterior opening, or the interior of the housing 5800 at the centerridge 5804. In some embodiments, during insertion of the refractivesurface or IOL 6200 into the housing structure 5800, the plurality ofhaptics 6204 protruding from the refractive surface or IOL secure therefractive surface or IOL 6200 to the housing structure 5800. In someembodiments, the plurality of haptics 6204 protruding from therefractive surface or IOL 6200 prevent dislocation of the refractivesurface or IOL 6200 from the housing structure 5800. In someembodiments, the plurality of haptics 6204 will sit on the inside of thehousing structure 5800, at the anterior opening and/or posterioropening. In those embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6204 may securethe refractive surface or IOL 6200, such that it cannot dislocate awayfrom the housing structure 5800.

In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 62A, the plurality ofhaptics 6204 can comprise a rounded end 6212. In some embodiments, therounded end 6212 can facilitate insertion of the refractive surface orIOL 6200 into the housing 5800. In some embodiments, the rounded end6212 can have a radius measuring about 0.25 mm. In some embodiments, theradius of the rounded end 6212 may measure about 0 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.10 mm,0.15 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.35 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.45 mm, or 0.50mm and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6204 comprise a varyingwidth when viewed from the angle of FIG. 62B. In some embodiments, theplurality of haptics 6204 comprise a constant width when viewed from theangle of 62B.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6204 of therefractive surface or IOL 6200 forms a central angle, wherein the vertexof the central angle lies at the center point of the refractive surfaceor IOL 6200, and wherein the sides of the plurality of haptics 6204 formthe sides of the central angle. In some embodiments, the central angleformed by the two sides of the plurality of haptics 6204 may measurebetween about 5 degrees and 160 degrees. For example, the central angleformed by the two sides of each of the plurality of haptics may measure5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90,95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, or 160degrees, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6204, when viewedfrom a side view as in FIG. 62C, can comprise a thickness. In someembodiments, the thickness of each of the plurality of haptics 6204 maymeasure 0.32 mm. In other embodiments, the thickness of each of theplurality of haptics 6204 may range from about 0 mm to about 0.50 mm.For example, the thickness of each of the plurality of haptics 6204 maymeasure about 0 mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.20 mm, about 0.30 mm, about0.40 mm, or about 0.50 mm and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the haptics 6204 of the refractive surface or IOL6200 protrude from a portion of the edge of the refractive surface orIOL 6200 where none of the plurality of tabs 6202 are present.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6200 is held in placeat the anterior opening and/or posterior opening by offsetting tensionbetween the plurality of tabs 6202 sitting on the outside of the housing5800 and the plurality of haptics 6204 sitting on the inside of thehousing 5800.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6200 is held in placeby the plurality of haptics 6204 at the center of the housing 5800 alongthe ridge 5804. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6200is capable of being moved post-operatively from one plane of therefractive surface or IOL 6200 to another. For example, if a patientbecomes hyperopic post-operatively, since refractive surface or IOL 6200is capable of being placed at the anterior opening, the posterioropening, and/or the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804, therefractive surface 5800 can be moved to a different plane. In someembodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6200 is moved to a differentplane post-operatively, avoiding the need to replace the refractivesurface or IOL 6200. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL6200 can be moved from the anterior opening to the posterior opening. Insome embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6200 can be moved fromthe posterior opening to the anterior opening. In some embodiments, therefractive surface or IOL 6200 can be moved from the posterior openingto the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804. In someembodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6200 can be moved from theanterior opening to the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804.In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6200 can be movedfrom the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804 to theposterior opening. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL6200 can be moved from the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge5804 to the anterior opening.

In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6204 are flexible, suchthat the haptics can be folded during insertion into the housing 5800.In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6204 are shaped such thatthey follow the natural curvature of the internal wall of the housing5800. In some embodiments, both the internal wall of the housing 5800and the outside edge of the plurality of haptics 6204 comprise aplurality of offsetting teeth 6208, such that the offsetting pluralityof teeth on the plurality of haptics 6204 form fit into the plurality ofteeth of the internal wall of the housing 5800. In some embodiments, theplurality of teeth on the internal wall of the housing 5800 and theoutside edge of the plurality of haptics 6204 assist in preventing therotation of the refractive lens or IOL 6200 within the housing 5800. Insome embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6200 comprises aplurality of teeth 6208, but the housing structure 5800 does notcomprise offsetting teeth. In some embodiments, the plurality of teeth6208 are rounded. In some embodiments, the plurality of teeth 6208 arenot rounded. In some embodiments, the plurality of teeth 6208 of therefractive surface 6200 comprise straight edges and non-rounded corners.

In some embodiments, the plurality of teeth 6208 comprise a plurality ofrounded teeth, wherein the plurality of rounded teeth have a radius. Insome embodiments, the radius of the plurality of rounded teeth 6208 is0.60 mm. In some embodiments, the radius of the plurality of roundedteeth 6208 may measure about 0 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.15 mm, 0.20 mm,0.25 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.35 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.45 mm, or 0.50 mm, 0.55 mm, 0.60mm, 0.65 mm, 0.70 mm, 0.75 mm, 0.80 mm, 0.85 mm, 0.90 mm, 0.95 mm, or1.00 mm and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6204 can comprisea plurality of teeth 6208 numbering 5. In some embodiments, each of theplurality of haptics 6204 can comprise a plurality of teeth 6208numbering between about 0 and 25. In some embodiments, each of theplurality of haptics 6204 can comprise a plurality of teeth 6208numbering about 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16,17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25, and/or within a range defined bytwo of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of teeth 6208 on theplurality of haptics 6204 can comprise a length along the edge of eachof the plurality of haptics 6204. In some embodiments, as illustrated inFIG. 62B, the length of each of the plurality of teeth 6208 can be about0.90 mm. In some embodiments, the length of each of the plurality ofteeth 6208 can be between about 0.00 and 3.00 mm. In some embodiments,the length of each of the plurality of teeth 6208 can be about 0.00 mm,0.10 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.60 mm, 0.70 mm, 0.80 mm,0.90 mmm, 1.00 mm, 1.10 mm, 1.20 mm, 1.30 mm, 1.40 mm, 1.50 mm, 1.60 mm,1.70 mm, 1.80 mm, 1.90 mm, 2.00 mm, 2.10 mm, 2.20 mm, 2.30 mm, 2.40 mm,2.50 mm, 2.60 mm, 2.70 mm, 2.80 mm, 2.90 mm, or 3.00 mm, and/or within arange defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6200 comprises asplit edge 6214 along the periphery of the refractive surface or IOL6200. In some embodiments, the split edge 6214, comprises a 90-degreeangle between anterior and the side of the refractive surface or IOL6200, as illustrated in FIG. 62A. In some embodiments, the split edge6214 assists in preventing posterior capsule opacification (PCO) in aneye. In some embodiments, the IOL 6200 does not comprise a split edge,instead comprising a rounded edge.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6200 may comprise asubstantially circular shape having several diameters corresponding tovarious features of the refractive surface or IOL 6200

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6200 may comprise aninner diameter or optic diameter which is defined by the inner edge ofthe plurality of tabs 6202. In some embodiments, the inner diameter ofthe refractive surface or IOL 6200 measures about 6.00 mm. In someembodiments, the inner diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6200may measure between about 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, theinner diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6200 may measure about3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm,about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by twoof the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6200 can comprise anouter diameter, which is defined by the outer edge of the plurality oftabs 6202. In some embodiments, the outer diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 6200 measures about 7.00 mm. In some embodiments, theouter diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6200 may measure betweenabout 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the refractive surfaceor IOL 6200 can comprise an outer diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm,about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6200 can comprise anindent diameter, which is defined by the outer edge of two oppositeindents 6206, as illustrated in FIG. 62B. In some embodiments, theindent diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6200 measures about6.40 mm. In some embodiments, the indent diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 6200 may measure between about 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. Insome embodiments, the indent diameter of the refractive surface or IOL6200 can measure about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm,about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or withina range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6200 can comprise anouter haptic diameter, which is defined by the outer edge of the tooth6208 closest to rounded edge 6212 on the plurality of haptics 6204, asillustrated in FIG. 62B. In some embodiments, the outer haptic diameterof the refractive surface or IOL 6200 measures about 10.00 mm. In someembodiments, the outer haptic diameter of the refractive surface or IOL6200 may measure between about 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In someembodiments, the outer haptic diameter of the refractive surface or IOL6200 can measure about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm,about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or withina range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In addition to or in the alternative of the refractive surfaces or IOLs5900, 6000, 6100 or 6200, the refractive surface or IOL 6300 of FIGS.63A-63F, for example, can be attached to the device 5800. The refractivesurface or IOL 6300 includes some or all of the features of therefractive surfaces or IOLs 5900, 6000, 6100 and/or 6200, illustrated inFIGS. 59A-59C, 60A-60C, 61A-61D and 62A-62F. For example, the refractivesurface or IOL 6300 can comprise a plurality of tabs 6302, a pluralityof haptics 6304, and a split edge 6314. In some embodiments, thedimensions of the various features of the refractive surface or IOL 6300can be similar or identical to those described in relation to therefractive surfaces or IOLs 5900 6000, 6100 or 6200.

In certain embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6300 can comprisea plurality of tabs 6302 for affixing the refractive surface to at leastone of the anterior opening or the posterior opening, wherein theplurality of tabs 6302 protrude from the refractive surface or IOL 6300.In some embodiments, during insertion of the refractive surface or IOL6300 into the housing structure 5800, the plurality of tabs 6302protruding from the refractive surface or IOL secure the refractivesurface or IOL 6300 to the housing structure 5800. In some embodiments,the plurality of tabs 6302 protruding from the refractive surface or IOL6300 prevent dislocation of the refractive surface or IOL 6300 from thehousing structure 5800. In some embodiments, the refractive surface 6300and the plurality of tabs 6302 will sit on the outside of the housingstructure 5800, at the anterior opening and/or posterior opening. Inthose embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6302 may secure the refractivesurface or IOL 6300, such that it cannot dislocate further into thehousing structure.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6300 may comprise aplurality of tabs 6302 numbering between about 2 and 24. For example,the refractive surface or IOL 6300 may comprise 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,16, 18, 20, 22, or 24 tabs, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values. In some embodiments, the refractive surface orIOL 6300 comprises two tabs.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6302 can comprise one or moreeyelet openings in some embodiments. The one or more eyelet openings ofeach tab can be used for dialing or rotating the lens to a specificmeridian. In addition, or alternatively, a surgeon may use the one ormore eyelet openings to suture the optic to the device as necessary.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6302 can comprise a varyingdiameter, such that some points along the plurality of tabs 6302 arefurther away from the center of the refractive surface or IOL 6300 thanother points, as illustrated in FIG. 63B.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6300 furthercomprises a plurality of haptics 6304, wherein the plurality of haptics6304 protrude from the refractive surface or IOL 6300. In someembodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6304 comprises a curvedarm shape as illustrated in FIG. 63A. In some embodiments, the pluralityof haptics 6304 extend initially in a direction substantially away fromthe center of the refractive surface or IOL 6300, and then curve untilthey extend concentrically to the edge of the refractive surface or IOL6300. In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6304 first extendradially away from the center of the refractive surface or IOL 6300 andthen curve towards the edge of the refractive surface or IOL 6300. Insome embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6304 assist in affixing therefractive surface to at least one of the anterior opening, posterioropening, or the interior of the housing 5800 at the center ridge 5804.In some embodiments, the length of the plurality of haptics 6304 isconfigured such that the plurality of haptics 6304 assist in securingthe refractive surface or IOL 6300 within the anterior opening,posterior opening, or the interior of the housing 5800 at the centerridge 5804. In some embodiments, during insertion of the refractivesurface or IOL 6300 into the housing structure 5800, the plurality ofhaptics 6304 protruding from the refractive surface or IOL secure therefractive surface or IOL 6300 to the housing structure 5800. In someembodiments, the plurality of haptics 6304 protruding from therefractive surface or IOL 6300 prevent dislocation of the refractivesurface or IOL 6300 from the housing structure 5800. In someembodiments, the plurality of haptics 6304 will sit on the inside of thehousing structure 5800, at the anterior opening and/or posterioropening. In those embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6304 may securethe refractive surface or IOL 6300, such that it cannot dislocate awayfrom the housing structure 5800.

In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 63A, the plurality ofhaptics 6304 can comprise a rounded end 6312. In some embodiments, therounded end 6312 can facilitate insertion of the refractive surface orIOL 6300 into the housing 5800. In some embodiments, the rounded end6312 can have a radius measuring about 0.25 mm. In some embodiments, theradius of the rounded end 6312 may measure about 0 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.10 mm,0.15 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.35 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.45 mm, or 0.50mm and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6304 comprise a varyingwidth when viewed from the angle of FIG. 63B. In some embodiments, theplurality of haptics 6304 comprise a constant width when viewed from theangle of 63B.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6304 of therefractive surface or IOL 6300 forms a central angle, wherein the vertexof the central angle lies at the center point of the refractive surfaceor IOL 6300, and wherein the sides of the plurality of haptics 6304 formthe sides of the central angle. In some embodiments, the central angleformed by the two sides of the plurality of haptics 6304 may measurebetween about 5 degrees and 160 degrees. For example, the central angleformed by the two sides of each of the plurality of haptics may measure5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90,95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, or 160degrees, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6304, when viewedfrom a side view as in FIG. 63C, can comprise a thickness. In someembodiments, the thickness of each of the plurality of haptics 6304 maymeasure 0.32 mm. In other embodiments, the thickness of each of theplurality of haptics 6304 may range from about 0 mm to about 0.50 mm.For example, the thickness of each of the plurality of haptics 6304 maymeasure about 0 mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.20 mm, about 0.30 mm, about0.40 mm, or about 0.50 mm and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the haptics 6304 of the refractive surface or IOL6300 protrude from a portion of the edge of the refractive surface orIOL 6300 where none of the plurality of tabs 6302 are present.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6300 is held in placeat the anterior opening and/or posterior opening by offsetting tensionbetween the plurality of tabs 6302 sitting on the outside of the housing5800 and the plurality of haptics 6304 sitting on the inside of thehousing 5800.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6300 is held in placeby the plurality of haptics 6304 at the center of the housing 5800 alongthe ridge 5804. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6300is capable of being moved post-operatively from one plane of therefractive surface or IOL 6300 to another. For example, if a patientbecomes hyperopic post-operatively, since refractive surface or IOL 6300is capable of being placed at the anterior opening, the posterioropening, and/or the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804, therefractive surface 5800 can be moved to a different plane. In someembodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6300 is moved to a differentplane post-operatively, avoiding the need to replace the refractivesurface or IOL 6300. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL6300 can be moved from the anterior opening to the posterior opening. Insome embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6300 can be moved fromthe posterior opening to the anterior opening. In some embodiments, therefractive surface or IOL 6300 can be moved from the posterior openingto the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804. In someembodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6300 can be moved from theanterior opening to the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804.In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6300 can be movedfrom the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804 to theposterior opening. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL6300 can be moved from the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge5804 to the anterior opening. In some embodiments, the refractivesurface or IOL 6300 is in an uncompressed state, wherein the pluralityof haptics 6304 are sitting at a natural position away from the edge ofthe refractive surface or IOL 6300, as in FIG. 63E. In some embodiments,the refractive surface or IOL 6300 is in a compressed state, wherein theplurality of haptics 6304 are pushed towards the edge of the refractivesurface or IOL 6300 by, for example, the interior surface of the housing5800, as in FIG. 63F.

In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6304 are flexible, suchthat the haptics can be folded or compressed during insertion into thehousing 5800. In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6304 areshaped such that they follow the natural curvature of the internal wallof the housing 5800. In some embodiments, both the internal wall of thehousing 5800 and the outside edge of the plurality of haptics 6304comprise a plurality of offsetting teeth 6308, such that the offsettingplurality of teeth on the plurality of haptics 6304 form fit into theplurality of teeth of the internal wall of the housing 5800. In someembodiments, the plurality of teeth on the internal wall of the housing5800 and the outside edge of the plurality of haptics 6304 assist inpreventing the rotation of the refractive lens or IOL 6300 within thehousing 5800. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6300comprises a plurality of teeth 6308, but the housing structure 5800 doesnot comprise offsetting teeth. In some embodiments, the plurality ofteeth 6308 are rounded. In some embodiments, the plurality of teeth 6308are not rounded. In some embodiments, the plurality of teeth 6308 of therefractive surface 6300 comprise straight edges and non-rounded corners.

In some embodiments, the plurality of teeth 6308 comprise a plurality ofrounded teeth, wherein the plurality of rounded teeth have a radius. Insome embodiments, the radius of the plurality of rounded teeth 6308 maymeasure about 0 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.15 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.30mm, 0.35 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.45 mm, or 0.50 mm, 0.55 mm, 0.60 mm, 0.65 mm,0.70 mm, 0.75 mm, 0.80 mm, 0.85 mm, 0.90 mm, 0.95 mm, or 1.00 mm and/orwithin a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6304 can comprisea plurality of teeth 6308 numbering 4. In some embodiments, each of theplurality of haptics 6304 can comprise a plurality of teeth 6308numbering between about 0 and 25. In some embodiments, each of theplurality of haptics 6304 can comprise a plurality of teeth 6308numbering about 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16,17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25, and/or within a range defined bytwo of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of teeth 6308 on theplurality of haptics 6304 can comprise a length along the edge of eachof the plurality of haptics 6304. In some embodiments, as illustrated inFIG. 63B, the length of each of the plurality of teeth 6308 can be about0.90 mm. In some embodiments, the length of each of the plurality ofteeth 6308 can be between about 0.00 and 3.00 mm. In some embodiments,the length of each of the plurality of teeth 6308 can be about 0.00 mm,0.10 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.60 mm, 0.70 mm, 0.80 mm,0.90 mmm, 1.00 mm, 1.10 mm, 1.20 mm, 1.30 mm, 1.40 mm, 1.50 mm, 1.60 mm,1.70 mm, 1.80 mm, 1.90 mm, 2.00 mm, 2.10 mm, 2.20 mm, 2.30 mm, 2.40 mm,2.50 mm, 2.60 mm, 2.70 mm, 2.80 mm, 2.90 mm, or 3.00 mm, and/or within arange defined by two of the aforementioned values. In some embodiments,the plurality of haptics 6304 comprise a varying width when viewed fromthe angle of FIG. 63B. In some embodiments, the width of each of theplurality of haptics 6304 will vary along the length of the haptic, andmay measure between 0 and 1 mm. For example, the width at any pointalong each of the plurality of haptics 6304

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6300 comprises asplit edge 6314 along the periphery of the refractive surface or IOL6300. In some embodiments, the split edge 6314, comprises a 90-degreeangle between anterior and the side of the refractive surface or IOL6300, as illustrated in FIG. 63A. In some embodiments, the split edge6314 assists in preventing posterior capsule opacification (PCO) in aneye. In some embodiments, the IOL 6300 does not comprise a split edge,instead comprising a rounded edge.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6300 may comprise asubstantially circular shape having several diameters corresponding tovarious features of the refractive surface or IOL 6300

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6300 may comprise aninner diameter or optic diameter which is defined by the inner edge ofthe plurality of tabs 6302. In some embodiments, the inner diameter ofthe refractive surface or IOL 6300 measures about 6.00 mm. In someembodiments, the inner diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6300may measure between about 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, theinner diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6300 may measure about3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm,about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by twoof the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6300 can comprise anouter diameter, which is defined by the outer edge of the plurality oftabs 6302. In some embodiments, the outer diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 6300 measures about 7.00 mm. In some embodiments, theouter diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6300 may measure betweenabout 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the refractive surfaceor IOL 6300 can comprise an outer diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm,about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6300 can comprise anouter haptic diameter, which is defined by the outer edge of the tooth6308 closest to rounded edge 6312 on the plurality of haptics 6304, asillustrated in FIG. 63B. In some embodiments, the outer haptic diameterof the refractive surface or IOL 6300 measures about 10.00 mm. In someembodiments, the outer haptic diameter of the refractive surface or IOL6300 may measure between about 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In someembodiments, the outer haptic diameter of the refractive surface or IOL6300 can measure about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm,about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or withina range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In addition to or in the alternative of the refractive surfaces or IOLs5900, 6000, 6100, 6200, and 6300, the refractive surface or IOL 6400 ofFIGS. 64A-64D, for example, can be attached to the device 5800. Therefractive surface or IOL 6400 includes some or all of the features ofthe refractive surfaces or IOLs 5900, 6000, 6100, 6200 and/or 6300,illustrated in FIGS. 59A-59C, 60A-60C, 61A-61D, 62A-62F and 63A-63F. Forexample, the refractive surface or IOL 6400 can comprise a plurality oftabs 6402, a plurality of haptics 6404, and a split edge 6414. In someembodiments, the dimensions of the various features of the refractivesurface or IOL 6400 can be similar or identical to those described inrelation to the refractive surfaces or IOLs 5900 6000, 6100, 6200, or6300.

In certain embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6400 can comprisea plurality of tabs 6402 for affixing the refractive surface to at leastone of the anterior opening or the posterior opening, wherein theplurality of tabs 6402 protrude from the refractive surface or IOL 6400.In some embodiments, during insertion of the refractive surface or IOL6400 into the housing structure 5800, the plurality of tabs 6402protruding from the refractive surface or IOL secure the refractivesurface or IOL 6400 to the housing structure 5800. In some embodiments,the plurality of tabs 6402 protruding from the refractive surface or IOL6400 prevent dislocation of the refractive surface or IOL 6400 from thehousing structure 5800. In some embodiments, the refractive surface 6400and the plurality of tabs 6402 will sit on the outside of the housingstructure 5800, at the anterior opening and/or posterior opening. Inthose embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6402 may secure the refractivesurface or IOL 6400, such that it cannot dislocate further into thehousing structure.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6400 may comprise aplurality of tabs 6402 numbering between about 2 and 24. For example,the refractive surface or IOL 6400 may comprise 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,16, 18, 20, 22, or 24 tabs, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values. In some embodiments, the refractive surface orIOL 6400 comprises two tabs.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6402 can comprise one or moreeyelet openings in some embodiments. The one or more eyelet openings ofeach tab can be used for dialing or rotating the lens to a specificmeridian. In addition, or alternatively, a surgeon may use the one ormore eyelet openings to suture the optic to the device as necessary.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6402 can comprise a varyingdiameter, such that some points along the plurality of tabs 6402 arefurther away from the center of the refractive surface or IOL 6400 thanother points, as illustrated in FIG. 64B.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6400 furthercomprises a plurality of haptics 6404, wherein the plurality of haptics6404 protrude from the refractive surface or IOL 6400. In someembodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6404 comprises a curvedarm shape as illustrated in FIG. 64A. In some embodiments, the pluralityof haptics 6404 extend initially in a direction substantially away fromthe center of the refractive surface or IOL 6400, and then curve untilthey extend concentrically to the edge of the refractive surface or IOL6400. In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6404 first extendradially away from the center of the refractive surface or IOL 6400 andthen curve towards the edge of the refractive surface or IOL 6400. Insome embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6404 assist in affixing therefractive surface to at least one of the anterior opening, posterioropening, or the interior of the housing 5800 at the center ridge 5804.In some embodiments, the length of the plurality of haptics 6404 isconfigured such that the plurality of haptics 6404 assist in securingthe refractive surface or IOL 6400 within the anterior opening,posterior opening, or the interior of the housing 5800 at the centerridge 5804. In some embodiments, during insertion of the refractivesurface or IOL 6400 into the housing structure 5800, the plurality ofhaptics 6404 protruding from the refractive surface or IOL secure therefractive surface or IOL 6400 to the housing structure 5800. In someembodiments, the plurality of haptics 6404 protruding from therefractive surface or IOL 6400 prevent dislocation of the refractivesurface or IOL 6400 from the housing structure 5800. In someembodiments, the plurality of haptics 6404 will sit on the inside of thehousing structure 5800, at the anterior opening and/or posterioropening. In those embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6404 may securethe refractive surface or IOL 6400, such that it cannot dislocate awayfrom the housing structure 5800.

In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 64A, the plurality ofhaptics 6404 can comprise a rounded end 6412. In some embodiments, therounded end 6412 can facilitate insertion of the refractive surface orIOL 6400 into the housing 5800. In some embodiments, the rounded end6412 can have a radius measuring about 0.25 mm. In some embodiments, theradius of the rounded end 6412 may measure about 0 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.10 mm,0.15 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.35 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.45 mm, or 0.50mm and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6404 comprise a varyingwidth when viewed from the angle of FIG. 64B. In some embodiments, theplurality of haptics 6404 comprise a constant width when viewed from theangle of 64B.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6404 of therefractive surface or IOL 6400 forms a central angle, wherein the vertexof the central angle lies at the center point of the refractive surfaceor IOL 6400, and wherein the sides of the plurality of haptics 6404 formthe sides of the central angle. In some embodiments, the central angleformed by the two sides of the plurality of haptics 6404 may measurebetween about 5 degrees and 160 degrees. For example, the central angleformed by the two sides of each of the plurality of haptics may measure5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90,95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, or 160degrees, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6404, when viewedfrom a side view as in FIG. 64C, can comprise a thickness. In someembodiments, the thickness of each of the plurality of haptics 6404 maymeasure 0.32 mm. In other embodiments, the thickness of each of theplurality of haptics 6404 may range from about 0 mm to about 0.50 mm.For example, the thickness of each of the plurality of haptics 6404 maymeasure about 0 mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.20 mm, about 0.30 mm, about0.40 mm, or about 0.50 mm and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the haptics 6404 of the refractive surface or IOL6400 protrude from a portion of the edge of the refractive surface orIOL 6400 where none of the plurality of tabs 6402 are present.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6400 is held in placeat the anterior opening and/or posterior opening by offsetting tensionbetween the plurality of tabs 6402 sitting on the outside of the housing5800 and the plurality of haptics 6404 sitting on the inside of thehousing 5800.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6400 is held in placeby the plurality of haptics 6404 at the center of the housing 5800 alongthe ridge 5804. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6400is capable of being moved post-operatively from one plane of therefractive surface or IOL 6400 to another. For example, if a patientbecomes hyperopic post-operatively, since refractive surface or IOL 6400is capable of being placed at the anterior opening, the posterioropening, and/or the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804, therefractive surface 5800 can be moved to a different plane. In someembodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6400 is moved to a differentplane post-operatively, avoiding the need to replace the refractivesurface or IOL 6400. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL6400 can be moved from the anterior opening to the posterior opening. Insome embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6400 can be moved fromthe posterior opening to the anterior opening. In some embodiments, therefractive surface or IOL 6400 can be moved from the posterior openingto the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804. In someembodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6400 can be moved from theanterior opening to the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804.In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6400 can be movedfrom the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804 to theposterior opening. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL6400 can be moved from the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge5804 to the anterior opening. In some embodiments, the refractivesurface or IOL 6400 is in an uncompressed state, wherein the pluralityof haptics 6404 are sitting at a natural position away from the edge ofthe refractive surface or IOL 6400. In some embodiments, the refractivesurface or IOL 6400 is in a compressed state, wherein the plurality ofhaptics 6404 are pushed towards the edge of the refractive surface orIOL 6400 by, for example, the interior surface of the housing 5800.

In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6404 are flexible, suchthat the haptics can be folded during insertion into the housing 5800.In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6404 are shaped such thatthey follow the natural curvature of the internal wall of the housing5800. In some embodiments, both the internal wall of the housing 5800and the outside edge of the plurality of haptics 6404 comprise aplurality of offsetting teeth 6408, such that the offsetting pluralityof teeth on the plurality of haptics 6404 form fit into the plurality ofteeth of the internal wall of the housing 5800. In some embodiments, theplurality of teeth on the internal wall of the housing 5800 and theoutside edge of the plurality of haptics 6404 assist in preventing therotation of the refractive lens or IOL 6400 within the housing 5800. Insome embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6400 comprises aplurality of teeth 6408, but the housing structure 5800 does notcomprise offsetting teeth. In some embodiments, the plurality of teeth6408 are rounded. In some embodiments, the plurality of teeth 6408 formgrooves on the edge of the plurality of haptics 6404. In someembodiments, the plurality of teeth 6408 are not rounded. In someembodiments, the plurality of teeth 6408 of the refractive surface 6400comprise straight edges and non-rounded corners.

In some embodiments, the plurality of teeth 6408 comprise a plurality ofrounded teeth, wherein the plurality of rounded teeth have a radius. Insome embodiments, the radius of the plurality of rounded teeth 6408 maymeasure about 0 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.15 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.30mm, 0.35 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.45 mm, or 0.50 mm, 0.55 mm, 0.60 mm, 0.65 mm,0.70 mm, 0.75 mm, 0.80 mm, 0.85 mm, 0.90 mm, 0.95 mm, or 1.00 mm and/orwithin a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6404 can comprisea plurality of teeth 6408 numbering 4. In some embodiments, each of theplurality of haptics 6404 can comprise a plurality of teeth 6408numbering between about 0 and 25. In some embodiments, each of theplurality of haptics 6404 can comprise a plurality of teeth 6408numbering about 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16,17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25, and/or within a range defined bytwo of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of teeth 6408 on theplurality of haptics 6404 can comprise a length along the edge of eachof the plurality of haptics 6404. In some embodiments, as illustrated inFIG. 64B, the length of each of the plurality of teeth 6408 can be about0.90 mm. In some embodiments, the length of each of the plurality ofteeth 6408 can be between about 0.00 and 3.00 mm. In some embodiments,the length of each of the plurality of teeth 6408 can be about 0.00 mm,0.10 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.60 mm, 0.70 mm, 0.80 mm,0.90 mmm, 1.00 mm, 1.10 mm, 1.20 mm, 1.30 mm, 1.40 mm, 1.50 mm, 1.60 mm,1.70 mm, 1.80 mm, 1.90 mm, 2.00 mm, 2.10 mm, 2.20 mm, 2.30 mm, 2.40 mm,2.50 mm, 2.60 mm, 2.70 mm, 2.80 mm, 2.90 mm, or 3.00 mm, and/or within arange defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6400 comprises asplit edge 6414 along the periphery of the refractive surface or IOL6400. In some embodiments, the split edge 6414, comprises a 90-degreeangle between anterior and the side of the refractive surface or IOL6400, as illustrated in FIG. 64A. In some embodiments, the split edge6414 assists in preventing posterior capsule opacification (PCO) in aneye. In some embodiments, the IOL 6400 does not comprise a split edge,instead comprising a rounded edge.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6400 may comprise asubstantially circular shape having several diameters corresponding tovarious features of the refractive surface or IOL 6400

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6400 may comprise aninner diameter or optic diameter which is defined by the inner edge ofthe plurality of tabs 6402. In some embodiments, the inner diameter ofthe refractive surface or IOL 6400 measures about 6.00 mm. In someembodiments, the inner diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6400may measure between about 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, theinner diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6400 may measure about3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm,about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by twoof the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6400 can comprise anouter diameter, which is defined by the outer edge of the plurality oftabs 6402. In some embodiments, the outer diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 6400 measures about 7.00 mm. In some embodiments, theouter diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6400 may measure betweenabout 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the refractive surfaceor IOL 6400 can comprise an outer diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm,about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6400 can comprise anouter haptic diameter, which is defined by the outer edge of the tooth6408 closest to rounded edge 6412 on the plurality of haptics 6404, asillustrated in FIG. 64B. In some embodiments, the outer haptic diameterof the refractive surface or IOL 6400 measures about 10.00 mm. In someembodiments, the outer haptic diameter of the refractive surface or IOL6400 may measure between about 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In someembodiments, the outer haptic diameter of the refractive surface or IOL6400 can measure about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm,about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or withina range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In addition to or in the alternative of the refractive surfaces or IOLs5900, 6000, 6100, 6200, 6300, and 6400, the refractive surface or IOL6500 of FIG. 65, for example, can be attached to the device 5800. Therefractive surface or IOL 6500 includes some or all of the features ofthe refractive surfaces or IOLs 5900, 6000, 6100, 6200, 6300 and/or6400, illustrated in FIGS. 59A-59C, 60A-60C, 61A-61D, 62A-62F, 63A-63F,and 64A-64D. For example, the refractive surface or IOL 6500 cancomprise a plurality of tabs 6502, a plurality of haptics 6504, and asplit edge 6514. In some embodiments, the dimensions of the variousfeatures of the refractive surface or IOL 6500 can be similar oridentical to those described in relation to the refractive surfaces orIOLs 5900 6000, 6100, 6200, 6300, or 6400.

In certain embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6500 can comprisea plurality of tabs 6502 for affixing the refractive surface to at leastone of the anterior opening or the posterior opening, wherein theplurality of tabs 6502 protrude from the refractive surface or IOL 6500.In some embodiments, during insertion of the refractive surface or IOL6500 into the housing structure 5800, the plurality of tabs 6502protruding from the refractive surface or IOL secure the refractivesurface or IOL 6500 to the housing structure 5800. In some embodiments,the plurality of tabs 6502 protruding from the refractive surface or IOL6500 prevent dislocation of the refractive surface or IOL 6500 from thehousing structure 5800. In some embodiments, the refractive surface 6500and the plurality of tabs 6502 will sit on the outside of the housingstructure 5800, at the anterior opening and/or posterior opening. Inthose embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6502 may secure the refractivesurface or IOL 6500, such that it cannot dislocate further into thehousing structure.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6500 may comprise aplurality of tabs 6502 numbering between about 2 and 24. For example,the refractive surface or IOL 6500 may comprise 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,16, 18, 20, 22, or 24 tabs, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values. In some embodiments, the refractive surface orIOL 6500 comprises two tabs.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6502 can comprise one or moreeyelet openings in some embodiments. The one or more eyelet openings ofeach tab can be used for dialing or rotating the lens to a specificmeridian. In addition, or alternatively, a surgeon may use the one ormore eyelet openings to suture the optic to the device as necessary.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6502 can comprise a varyingdiameter, such that some points along the plurality of tabs 6502 arefurther away from the center of the refractive surface or IOL 6500 thanother points, as illustrated in FIG. 65.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6500 furthercomprises a plurality of haptics 6504, wherein the plurality of haptics6504 protrude from the refractive surface or IOL 6500. In someembodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6504 comprises a curvedarm shape as illustrated in FIG. 65. In some embodiments, the pluralityof haptics 6504 extend initially in a direction substantially away fromthe center of the refractive surface or IOL 6500, and then curve untilthey extend concentrically to the edge of the refractive surface or IOL6500. In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6504 first extendradially away from the center of the refractive surface or IOL 6500 andthen curve towards the edge of the refractive surface or IOL 6500. Insome embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6504 assist in affixing therefractive surface to at least one of the anterior opening, posterioropening, or the interior of the housing 5800 at the center ridge 5804.In some embodiments, the length of the plurality of haptics 6504 isconfigured such that the plurality of haptics 6504 assist in securingthe refractive surface or IOL 6500 within the anterior opening,posterior opening, or the interior of the housing 5800 at the centerridge 5804. In some embodiments, during insertion of the refractivesurface or IOL 6500 into the housing structure 5800, the plurality ofhaptics 6504 protruding from the refractive surface or IOL secure therefractive surface or IOL 6500 to the housing structure 5800. In someembodiments, the plurality of haptics 6504 protruding from therefractive surface or IOL 6500 prevent dislocation of the refractivesurface or IOL 6500 from the housing structure 5800. In someembodiments, the plurality of haptics 6504 will sit on the inside of thehousing structure 5800, at the anterior opening and/or posterioropening. In those embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6504 may securethe refractive surface or IOL 6500, such that it cannot dislocate awayfrom the housing structure 5800.

In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 65, the plurality of haptics6504 can comprise a rounded end 6512. In some embodiments, the roundedend 6512 can facilitate insertion of the refractive surface or IOL 6500into the housing 5800. In some embodiments, the rounded end 6512 canhave a radius measuring about 0.25 mm. In some embodiments, the radiusof the rounded end 6512 may measure about 0 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.15mm, 0.20 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.35 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.45 mm, or 0.50 mmand/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6504 comprise a varyingwidth. In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6504 comprise aconstant width.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6504 of therefractive surface or IOL 6500 forms a central angle, wherein the vertexof the central angle lies at the center point of the refractive surfaceor IOL 6500, and wherein the sides of the plurality of haptics 6504 formthe sides of the central angle. In some embodiments, the central angleformed by the two sides of the plurality of haptics 6504 may measurebetween about 5 degrees and 160 degrees. For example, the central angleformed by the two sides of each of the plurality of haptics may measure5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90,95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, or 160degrees, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6504 can comprisea thickness. In some embodiments, the thickness of each of the pluralityof haptics 6504 may measure 0.32 mm. In other embodiments, the thicknessof each of the plurality of haptics 6504 may range from about 0 mm toabout 0.50 mm. For example, the thickness of each of the plurality ofhaptics 6504 may measure about 0 mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.20 mm, about0.30 mm, about 0.40 mm, or about 0.50 mm and/or within a range definedby two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the haptics 6504 of the refractive surface or IOL6500 protrude from a portion of the edge of the refractive surface orIOL 6500 where none of the plurality of tabs 6502 are present.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6500 is held in placeat the anterior opening and/or posterior opening by offsetting tensionbetween the plurality of tabs 6502 sitting on the outside of the housing5800 and the plurality of haptics 6504 sitting on the inside of thehousing 5800.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6500 is held in placeby the plurality of haptics 6504 at the center of the housing 5800 alongthe ridge 5804. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6500is capable of being moved post-operatively from one plane of therefractive surface or IOL 6500 to another. For example, if a patientbecomes hyperopic post-operatively, since refractive surface or IOL 6500is capable of being placed at the anterior opening, the posterioropening, and/or the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804, therefractive surface 5800 can be moved to a different plane. In someembodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6500 is moved to a differentplane post-operatively, avoiding the need to replace the refractivesurface or IOL 6500. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL6500 can be moved from the anterior opening to the posterior opening. Insome embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6500 can be moved fromthe posterior opening to the anterior opening. In some embodiments, therefractive surface or IOL 6500 can be moved from the posterior openingto the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804. In someembodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6500 can be moved from theanterior opening to the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804.In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6500 can be movedfrom the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804 to theposterior opening. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL6500 can be moved from the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge5804 to the anterior opening. In some embodiments, the refractivesurface or IOL 6500 is in an uncompressed state, wherein the pluralityof haptics 6504 are sitting at a natural position away from the edge ofthe refractive surface or IOL 6500. In some embodiments, the refractivesurface or IOL 6500 is in a compressed state, wherein the plurality ofhaptics 6504 are pushed towards the edge of the refractive surface orIOL 6500 by, for example, the interior surface of the housing 5800.

In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6504 are flexible, suchthat the haptics can be folded during insertion into the housing 5800.In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6504 are shaped such thatthey follow the natural curvature of the internal wall of the housing5800. In some embodiments, both the internal wall of the housing 5800and the outside edge of the plurality of haptics 6504 comprise aplurality of offsetting teeth 6508, such that the offsetting pluralityof teeth on the plurality of haptics 6504 form fit into the plurality ofteeth of the internal wall of the housing 5800. In some embodiments, theplurality of teeth on the internal wall of the housing 5800 and theoutside edge of the plurality of haptics 6504 assist in preventing therotation of the refractive lens or IOL 6500 within the housing 5800. Insome embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6500 comprises aplurality of teeth 6508, but the housing structure 5800 does notcomprise offsetting teeth. In some embodiments, the plurality of teeth6508 are rounded. In some embodiments, the plurality of teeth 6508 formgrooves on the edge of the plurality of haptics 6504. In someembodiments, the plurality of teeth 6508 are not rounded. In someembodiments, the plurality of teeth 6508 of the refractive surface 6500comprise straight edges and non-rounded corners.

In some embodiments, the plurality of teeth 6508 comprise a plurality ofrounded teeth, wherein the plurality of rounded teeth have a radius. Insome embodiments, the radius of the plurality of rounded teeth 6508 maymeasure about 0 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.15 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.30mm, 0.35 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.45 mm, or 0.50 mm, 0.55 mm, 0.60 mm, 0.65 mm,0.70 mm, 0.75 mm, 0.80 mm, 0.85 mm, 0.90 mm, 0.95 mm, or 1.00 mm and/orwithin a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6504 can comprisea plurality of teeth 6508 numbering 4. In some embodiments, each of theplurality of haptics 6504 can comprise a plurality of teeth 6508numbering between about 0 and 25. In some embodiments, each of theplurality of haptics 6504 can comprise a plurality of teeth 6508numbering about 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16,17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25, and/or within a range defined bytwo of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of teeth 6508 on theplurality of haptics 6504 can comprise a length along the edge of eachof the plurality of haptics 6504. In some embodiments, the length ofeach of the plurality of teeth 6508 can be about 0.90 mm. In someembodiments, the length of each of the plurality of teeth 6508 can bebetween about 0.00 and 3.00 mm. In some embodiments, the length of eachof the plurality of teeth 6508 can be about 0.00 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.20 mm,0.30 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.60 mm, 0.70 mm, 0.80 mm, 0.90 mmm, 1.00 mm,1.10 mm, 1.20 mm, 1.30 mm, 1.40 mm, 1.50 mm, 1.60 mm, 1.70 mm, 1.80 mm,1.90 mm, 2.00 mm, 2.10 mm, 2.20 mm, 2.30 mm, 2.40 mm, 2.50 mm, 2.60 mm,2.70 mm, 2.80 mm, 2.90 mm, or 3.00 mm, and/or within a range defined bytwo of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6500 comprises asplit edge along the periphery of the refractive surface or IOL 6500. Insome embodiments, the split edge comprises a 90-degree angle between theanterior and the side of the refractive surface or IOL 6500. In someembodiments, the split edge assists in preventing posterior capsuleopacification (PCO) in an eye. In some embodiments, the IOL 6500 doesnot comprise a split edge, instead comprising a rounded edge.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6500 may comprise asubstantially circular shape having several diameters corresponding tovarious features of the refractive surface or IOL 6500

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6500 may comprise aninner diameter or optic diameter which is defined by the inner edge ofthe plurality of tabs 6502. In some embodiments, the inner diameter ofthe refractive surface or IOL 6500 measures about 6.00 mm. In someembodiments, the inner diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6500may measure between about 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, theinner diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6500 may measure about3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm,about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by twoof the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6500 can comprise anouter diameter, which is defined by the outer edge of the plurality oftabs 6502. In some embodiments, the outer diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 6500 measures about 7.00 mm. In some embodiments, theouter diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6500 may measure betweenabout 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the refractive surfaceor IOL 6500 can comprise an outer diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm,about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6500 can comprise anouter haptic diameter, which is defined by the outer edge of the tooth6508 closest to rounded edge 6512 on the plurality of haptics 6504, asillustrated in FIG. 65. In some embodiments, the outer haptic diameterof the refractive surface or IOL 6500 measures about 10.00 mm. In someembodiments, the outer haptic diameter of the refractive surface or IOL6500 may measure between about 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In someembodiments, the outer haptic diameter of the refractive surface or IOL6500 can measure about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm,about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or withina range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In addition to or in the alternative of the refractive surfaces or IOLs5900, 6000, 6100, 6200, 6300, 6400, and 6500 the refractive surface orIOL 6600 of FIGS. 66A-66D, for example, can be attached to the device5800. The refractive surface or IOL 6600 includes some or all of thefeatures of the refractive surfaces or IOLs 5900, 6000, 6100, 6200,6300, 6400 and/or 6500, illustrated in FIGS. 59A-59C, 60A-60C, 61A-61D,62A-62F, 63A-63F, 64A-64D, and 65. For example, the refractive surfaceor IOL 6600 can comprise a plurality of tabs 6602, a plurality ofhaptics 6604, and a split edge 6614. In some embodiments, the dimensionsof the various features of the refractive surface or IOL 6600 can besimilar or identical to those described in relation to the refractivesurfaces or IOLs 5900 6000, 6100, 6200, 6300, or 6400.

In certain embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6600 can comprisea plurality of tabs 6602 for affixing the refractive surface to at leastone of the anterior opening or the posterior opening, wherein theplurality of tabs 6602 protrude from the refractive surface or IOL 6600.In some embodiments, during insertion of the refractive surface or IOL6600 into the housing structure 5800, the plurality of tabs 6602protruding from the refractive surface or IOL secure the refractivesurface or IOL 6600 to the housing structure 5800. In some embodiments,the plurality of tabs 6602 protruding from the refractive surface or IOL6600 prevent dislocation of the refractive surface or IOL 6600 from thehousing structure 5800. In some embodiments, the refractive surface 6600and the plurality of tabs 6602 will sit on the outside of the housingstructure 5800, at the anterior opening and/or posterior opening. Inthose embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6602 may secure the refractivesurface or IOL 6600, such that it cannot dislocate further into thehousing structure.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6600 may comprise aplurality of tabs 6602 numbering between about 2 and 24. For example,the refractive surface or IOL 6600 may comprise 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,16, 18, 20, 22, or 24 tabs, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values. In some embodiments, the refractive surface orIOL 6600 comprises two tabs.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6602 can comprise one or moreeyelet openings in some embodiments. The one or more eyelet openings ofeach tab can be used for dialing or rotating the lens to a specificmeridian. In addition, or alternatively, a surgeon may use the one ormore eyelet openings to suture the optic to the device as necessary.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6602 can comprise a varyingdiameter, such that some points along the plurality of tabs 6602 arefurther away from the center of the refractive surface or IOL 6600 thanother points, as illustrated in FIG. 66B.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6600 furthercomprises a plurality of haptics 6604, wherein the plurality of haptics6604 protrude from the refractive surface or IOL 6600. In someembodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6604 comprises a curvedarm shape as illustrated in FIG. 66B. In some embodiments, the pluralityof haptics 6604 extend initially in a direction substantially away fromthe center of the refractive surface or IOL 6600, and then curve untilthey extend substantially concentrically to the edge of the refractivesurface or IOL 6600. In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6604first extend radially away from the center of the refractive surface orIOL 6600 and then curve towards the edge of the refractive surface orIOL 6600. In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6604 assist inaffixing the refractive surface to at least one of the anterior opening,posterior opening, or the interior of the housing 5800 at the centerridge 5804. In some embodiments, the length of the plurality of haptics6604 is configured such that the plurality of haptics 6604 assist insecuring the refractive surface or IOL 6600 within the anterior opening,posterior opening, or the interior of the housing 5800 at the centerridge 5804. In some embodiments, during insertion of the refractivesurface or IOL 6600 into the housing structure 5800, the plurality ofhaptics 6604 protruding from the refractive surface or IOL secure therefractive surface or IOL 6600 to the housing structure 5800. In someembodiments, the plurality of haptics 6604 protruding from therefractive surface or IOL 6600 prevent dislocation of the refractivesurface or IOL 6600 from the housing structure 5800. In someembodiments, the plurality of haptics 6604 will sit on the inside of thehousing structure 5800, at the anterior opening and/or posterioropening. In those embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6604 may securethe refractive surface or IOL 6600, such that it cannot dislocate awayfrom the housing structure 5800.

In some embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 66B, the plurality ofhaptics 6604 can comprise a rounded end 6612. In some embodiments, therounded end 6612 can facilitate insertion of the refractive surface orIOL 6600 into the housing 5800. In some embodiments, the rounded end6612 can have a radius measuring about 0.25 mm. In some embodiments, theradius of the rounded end 6612 may measure about 0 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.10 mm,0.15 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.35 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.45 mm, or 0.50mm and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6604 comprise a varyingwidth. In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6604 comprise aconstant width.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6604 of therefractive surface or IOL 6600 forms a central angle, wherein the vertexof the central angle lies at the center point of the refractive surfaceor IOL 6600, and wherein the sides of the plurality of haptics 6604 formthe sides of the central angle. In some embodiments, the central angleformed by the two sides of the plurality of haptics 6604 may measurebetween about 5 degrees and 160 degrees. For example, the central angleformed by the two sides of each of the plurality of haptics may measure5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90,95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, or 160degrees, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6604 can comprisea thickness. In some embodiments, the thickness of each of the pluralityof haptics 6604 may measure 0.32 mm. In other embodiments, the thicknessof each of the plurality of haptics 6604 may range from about 0 mm toabout 0.50 mm. For example, the thickness of each of the plurality ofhaptics 6604 may measure about 0 mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.20 mm, about0.30 mm, about 0.40 mm, or about 0.50 mm and/or within a range definedby two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the haptics 6604 of the refractive surface or IOL6600 protrude from a portion of the edge of the refractive surface orIOL 6600 where none of the plurality of tabs 6602 are present.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6600 is held in placeat the anterior opening and/or posterior opening by offsetting tensionbetween the plurality of tabs 6602 sitting on the outside of the housing5800 and the plurality of haptics 6604 sitting on the inside of thehousing 5800.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6600 is held in placeby the plurality of haptics 6604 at the center of the housing 5800 alongthe ridge 5804. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6600is capable of being moved post-operatively from one plane of therefractive surface or IOL 6600 to another. For example, if a patientbecomes hyperopic post-operatively, since refractive surface or IOL 6600is capable of being placed at the anterior opening, the posterioropening, and/or the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804, therefractive surface 5800 can be moved to a different plane. In someembodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6600 is moved to a differentplane post-operatively, avoiding the need to replace the refractivesurface or IOL 6600. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL6600 can be moved from the anterior opening to the posterior opening. Insome embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6600 can be moved fromthe posterior opening to the anterior opening. In some embodiments, therefractive surface or IOL 6600 can be moved from the posterior openingto the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804. In someembodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6600 can be moved from theanterior opening to the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804.In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6600 can be movedfrom the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge 5804 to theposterior opening. In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL6600 can be moved from the center of the housing 5800 along the ridge5804 to the anterior opening. In some embodiments, the refractivesurface or IOL 6600 is in an uncompressed state, wherein the pluralityof haptics 6604 are sitting at a natural position away from the edge ofthe refractive surface or IOL 6600. In some embodiments, the refractivesurface or IOL 6600 is in a compressed state, wherein the plurality ofhaptics 6604 are pushed towards the edge of the refractive surface orIOL 6600 by, for example, the interior surface of the housing 5800.

In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6604 are flexible, suchthat the haptics can be folded during insertion into the housing 5800.In some embodiments, the plurality of haptics 6604 are shaped such thatthey follow the natural curvature of the internal wall of the housing5800. In some embodiments, both the internal wall of the housing 5800and the outside edge of the plurality of haptics 6604 comprise aplurality of offsetting teeth 6608, such that the offsetting pluralityof teeth on the plurality of haptics 6604 form fit into the plurality ofteeth of the internal wall of the housing 5800. In some embodiments, theplurality of teeth on the internal wall of the housing 5800 and theoutside edge of the plurality of haptics 6604 assist in preventing therotation of the refractive lens or IOL 6600 within the housing 5800. Insome embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6600 comprises aplurality of teeth 6608, but the housing structure 5800 does notcomprise offsetting teeth. In some embodiments, the plurality of teeth6608 are rounded. In some embodiments, the plurality of teeth 6608 formgrooves on the edge of the plurality of haptics 6604. In someembodiments, the plurality of teeth 6608 are not rounded. In someembodiments, the plurality of teeth 6608 of the refractive surface 6600comprise straight edges and non-rounded corners.

In some embodiments, the plurality of teeth 6608 comprise a plurality ofrounded teeth, wherein the plurality of rounded teeth have a radius. Insome embodiments, the radius of the plurality of rounded teeth 6608 maymeasure about 0 mm, 0.05 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.15 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.30mm, 0.35 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.45 mm, or 0.50 mm, 0.55 mm, 0.60 mm, 0.65 mm,0.70 mm, 0.75 mm, 0.80 mm, 0.85 mm, 0.90 mm, 0.95 mm, or 1.00 mm and/orwithin a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of haptics 6604 can comprisea plurality of teeth 6608 numbering 4. In some embodiments, each of theplurality of haptics 6604 can comprise a plurality of teeth 6608numbering between about 0 and 25. In some embodiments, each of theplurality of haptics 6604 can comprise a plurality of teeth 6608numbering about 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16,17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25, and/or within a range defined bytwo of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of teeth 6608 on theplurality of haptics 6604 can comprise a length along the edge of eachof the plurality of haptics 6604. In some embodiments, the length ofeach of the plurality of teeth 6608 can be about 0.90 mm. In someembodiments, the length of each of the plurality of teeth 6608 can bebetween about 0.00 and 3.00 mm. In some embodiments, the length of eachof the plurality of teeth 6608 can be about 0.00 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.20 mm,0.30 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.60 mm, 0.70 mm, 0.80 mm, 0.90 mmm, 1.00 mm,1.10 mm, 1.20 mm, 1.30 mm, 1.40 mm, 1.50 mm, 1.60 mm, 1.70 mm, 1.80 mm,1.90 mm, 2.00 mm, 2.10 mm, 2.20 mm, 2.30 mm, 2.40 mm, 2.50 mm, 2.60 mm,2.70 mm, 2.80 mm, 2.90 mm, or 3.00 mm, and/or within a range defined bytwo of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6600 comprises asplit edge 6614 along the periphery of the refractive surface or IOL6600. In some embodiments, the split edge 6614 comprises a 90-degreeangle between the anterior and the side of the refractive surface or IOL6600. In some embodiments, the split edge 6614 assists in preventingposterior capsule opacification (PCO) in an eye. In some embodiments,the IOL 6600 does not comprise a split edge, instead comprising arounded edge.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6600 may comprise asubstantially circular shape having several diameters corresponding tovarious features of the refractive surface or IOL 6600

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6600 may comprise aninner diameter or optic diameter which is defined by the inner edge ofthe plurality of tabs 6602. In some embodiments, the inner diameter ofthe refractive surface or IOL 6600 measures about 6.00 mm. In someembodiments, the inner diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6600may measure between about 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, theinner diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6600 may measure about3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm,about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by twoof the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6600 can comprise anouter diameter, which is defined by the outer edge of the plurality oftabs 6602. In some embodiments, the outer diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 6600 measures about 7.00 mm. In some embodiments, theouter diameter of the refractive surface or IOL 6600 may measure betweenabout 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the refractive surfaceor IOL 6600 can comprise an outer diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm,about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6600 can comprise anouter haptic diameter, which is defined by the outer edge of the tooth6608 closest to rounded edge 6612 on the plurality of haptics 6604, asillustrated in FIG. 66B. In some embodiments, the outer haptic diameterof the refractive surface or IOL 6600 measures about 10.00 mm. In someembodiments, the outer haptic diameter of the refractive surface or IOL6600 may measure between about 3.00 mm and 15.00 mm. In someembodiments, the outer haptic diameter of the refractive surface or IOL6600 can measure about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm,about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or withina range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In addition to or in the alternative of the refractive surfaces or IOLs5900, 6000, 6100, 6200, 6300, 6400, 6500, and 6600, the refractivesurface or IOL 6700 of FIGS. 67A-67C, for example, can be attached tothe device 5800. The refractive surface or IOL 6700 illustrated in FIG.67A includes some or all of the features of the refractive surface orIOL 5000 of FIG. 50A and 5200 of FIG. 52A. For example, similar to therefractive surface or IOL 5000, the refractive surface or IOL 6700 cancomprise a plurality of tabs 6702 for affixing the refractive surface toat least one of the anterior opening or the posterior opening, whereinthe plurality of tabs 6702 protrude from the refractive surface or IOL6700.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6700 may comprise aplurality of tabs 6702 numbering between about 2 and 24. For example,the refractive surface or IOL 6700 may comprise 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,16, 18, 20, 22, or 24 tabs, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values. In some embodiments, the refractive surface orIOL 6700 comprises four tabs.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6700 may comprise asubstantially circular shape having an inner diameter and an outerdiameter, wherein the inner diameter is the distance of a straight linepassing from side to side through the center of the substantiallycircular shape from a portion of the edge of the refractive surface orIOL 6700 without tabs, and the outer diameter is the distance of astraight line passing from side to side through the center of thesubstantially circular shape from a portion of the edge of therefractive surface or IOL 6700 with a tab.

In some embodiments, the inner diameter of the refractive surface or IOL5200 measures about 6.00 mm. In some embodiments, the inner diameter ofthe refractive surface or IOL 5200 may measure between about 3.00 mm and15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the inner diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 5200 may measure about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm,about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the outer diameter of the refractive surface or IOL6700 measures about 7.80 mm. In some embodiments, the outer diameter ofthe refractive surface or IOL 6700 may measure between about 3.00 mm and15.00 mm. In some embodiments, the outer diameter of the refractivesurface or IOL 6700 may measure about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm,about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of tabs 6702 of therefractive surface or IOL 6700 forms a central angle, wherein the vertexof the central angle lies at the center point of the circular shape,wherein the sides of each tab form the sides of the central angle. Insome embodiments, the central angle formed by the two sides of each ofthe plurality of tabs 6702 may measure between about 5 degrees and 160degrees. For example, the central angle formed by the two sides of eachof the plurality of tabs 6702 may measure 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40,45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120,125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, or 160 degrees, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6702 can comprise a thicknesswhen the refractive surface or IOL 6700 is viewed from a side view as inFIG. 67C. In some embodiments, this thickness or width may be about 0.32mm. In other embodiments, this thickness or width can range from about 0mm to about 0.50 mm. For example, the thickness of the tabs may measureabout 0 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.40 mm, or 0.50 mm and/or withina range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6702 can comprise one or moreeyelet openings in some embodiments. The one or more eyelet openings ofeach tab can be used for dialing or rotating the lens to a specificmeridian. In addition, or alternatively, a surgeon may use the one ormore eyelet openings to suture the optic to the device as necessary.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of tabs 6702 can comprise oneor more rounded corners having a radius, as illustrated in FIG. 67B. Insome embodiments, the radius of the rounded corners can be between about0.00 and 3.00 mm. In some embodiments, the radius of the rounded cornersof each of plurality of tabs can be about 0.00 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.20 mm,0.30 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.60 mm, 0.70 mm, 0.80 mm, 0.90 mmm, 1.00 mm,1.10 mm, 1.20 mm, 1.30 mm, 1.40 mm, 1.50 mm, 1.60 mm, 1.70 mm, 1.80 mm,1.90 mm, 2.00 mm, 2.10 mm, 2.20 mm, 2.30 mm, 2.40 mm, 2.50 mm, 2.60 mm,2.70 mm, 2.80 mm, 2.90 mm, or 3.00 mm, and/or within a range defined bytwo of the aforementioned values. In some embodiments, the radius of therounded corners can measure about 0.75 mm.

In some embodiments, each of the plurality of tabs 6702 can comprise alength between the rounded corners. In some embodiments, the length ofeach of the plurality of tabs is about 3.25 mm. In some embodiments, thelength or distance between the rounded corners on each of the pluralityof tabs 6702 can measure between about 0 and 6 mm. In some embodiments,the length of each of the plurality of tabs 6702 between the roundedcorners can be about 0.00 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.5mm, 0.60 mm, 0.70 mm, 0.80 mm, 0.90 mmm, 1.00 mm, 1.10 mm, 1.20 mm, 1.30mm, 1.40 mm, 1.50 mm, 1.60 mm, 1.70 mm, 1.80 mm, 1.90 mm, 2.00 mm, 2.10mm, 2.20 mm, 2.30 mm, 2.40 mm, 2.50 mm, 2.60 mm, 2.70 mm, 2.80 mm, 2.90mm, 3.00 mm, 3.10 mm, 3.20 mm, 3.30 mm, 3.40 mm, 3.50 mm, 3.60 mm, 3.70mm, 3.80 mm, 3.90 mm, 4.00 mm, 4.10 mm, 4.20 mm, 4.30 mm, 4.40 mm, 4.50mm, 4.60 mm, 4.70 mm, 4.80 mm, 4.90 mm, or 5.00 mm, and/or within arange defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, there may be a separation between two adjacent tabsof the plurality of tabs 6702. In some embodiments, the distance betweentwo adjacent tabs may be about 1.00 mm. In some embodiments, theseparation between two adjacent tabs may be between about 0 mm and 3.00mm. In some embodiments, the distance between two adjacent tabs may beabout 0.00 mm, 0.10 mm, 0.20 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.40 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.60 mm, 0.70mm, 0.80 mm, 0.90 mmm, 1.00 mm, 1.10 mm, 1.20 mm, 1.30 mm, 1.40 mm, 1.50mm, 1.60 mm, 1.70 mm, 1.80 mm, 1.90 mm, 2.00 mm, 2.10 mm, 2.20 mm, 2.30mm, 2.40 mm, 2.50 mm, 2.60 mm, 2.70 mm, 2.80 mm, 2.90 mm, 3.00 mm,and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the plurality of tabs 6702 can be oriented outsidethe anterior and/or posterior opening to prevent the refractive surfaceor IOL 6700 from dislocating inside the housing 5800. In someembodiments, the plurality of tabs 6702 can be oriented inside theanterior and/or posterior opening to prevent the refractive surface orIOL 6700 from dislocating outside the housing 5800. In some embodiments,some of the plurality of tabs 6702 can be oriented outside the anteriorand/or posterior opening to prevent the refractive surface or IOL 6700from dislocating inside the housing 5800, and some of the plurality oftabs 6702 can be oriented inside the anterior and/or posterior openingto prevent the refractive surface or IOL 6700 from dislocating outsidethe housing 5800. In some embodiments, two of four tabs can sit insidethe housing 5800 to prevent the refractive surface or IOL 6700 fromdislocating outside the housing 5800, and the other two tabs can sitoutside the housing 5800 to prevent the refractive surface or IOL 6700from dislocating inside the housing 5800, such that the refractivesurface or IOL 6700 is held stably in place.

In addition to or in the alternative of the refractive surfaces or IOLs5900, 6000, 6100, 6200, 6300, 6400, 6500, 6600, and 6700, the refractivesurface or IOL 6800 of FIG. 68, for example, can be attached to thedevice 5800. The refractive surface or IOL 6800 can include some or allof the features of the refractive surfaces or IOLs 5900, 6000, 6100,6200, 6300, 6400, 6500, 6600, and/or 6700, illustrated in FIGS. 59A-59C,60A-60C, 61A-61D, 62A-62F, 63A-63F, 64A-64D, 65, 66A-66D, and 67A-67C.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6800 may comprise achannel 6802. In some embodiments, the channel 6803 is cut or moldedinto the sidewall of the refractive surface or IOL 6800. In someembodiments, the channel 6802 facilitates fixation of the refractivesurface or IOL 6800 unto, for example, the device 5800. In someembodiments, the channel 6802 facilitates fixation of the refractivesurface or IOL 6800 unto the anterior and/or posterior openings of thedevice 5800. In some embodiments, the channel 6802 is continuous aroundthe entire periphery of the refractive surface or IOL 6800. In someembodiments, multiple channels may be cut or molded into the refractivesurface or IOL 6800. In some embodiments, the channel 6802 is notcontinuous around the entire periphery of the refractive surface or IOL6800, instead only extending around a portion of the periphery of therefractive surface or IOL 6800. In some embodiments, the channel 6802 iscut such that the refractive surface or IOL 6800 is symmetrical whenviewed from the side.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6800 is equiconvex,such that the lens will have the same power on each side, making itequal in power no matter direction the refractive surface or IOL 6800 isoriented. In other embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6800 isnot equiconvex.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6800 comprises asplit or square edge 6804 along the periphery of the refractive surfaceor IOL 6800. In some embodiments, the split or square edge 6904comprises a 90-degree angle between anterior and the side of therefractive surface or IOL 6800. In some embodiments, the split edge 6804assists in preventing posterior capsule opacification (PCO) in an eye.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6800 is created by aprecision molding process. In other embodiments, the refractive surfaceor IOL 6800 is formed by a lathe or mill.

In some embodiments, the refractive surface or IOL 6800 may comprise anyand all lens powers and designs that are currently known in the art ofintraocular lenses, including, but not limited to: spherical, aspheric,wavefront, convex, concave, extended depth of focus, pinhole or smallaperture, multifocal (diffractive, refractive, zonal), toric,accommodative, ultraviolet (UV) filtering, diffractive chromaticaberration reducing lenses, light adjustable lenses (ultraviolet lightadjustable, femtosecond phase wrapping), and optical powers ranging fromany positive diopter value (e.g., including +35 D and above) to anynegative diopter value (e.g., including −35 D and below).

FIG. 69A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device 6900. FIG. 69B is an anterior plan view ofthe example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 69A. FIG. 69C is across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.69A along the line A-A of FIG. 69B. FIG. 69D is a side plan view of theexample prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 69A.

The example prosthetic capsular device 6900 illustrated in FIG. 69A-69Dincludes some or all of the features of the example prosthetic capsulardevices illustrated in FIGS. 27A-27D, 28A-28D, 49A-49D, 51A-51G,53A-53D, 55A-55D, 57A-57D and 58A-58D. For example, similar to theexample prosthetic capsular device 4900 of FIG. 49A-49D, the prostheticcapsular device 6900 can include a single continuous sidewall 6902, aposterior opening or end 104, an anterior opening or end 102, ananterior portion 6950, a central portion 6960, and a posterior portion6970. In some embodiments, the example prosthetic capsular device 6900can comprise dimensions smaller to, similar to, or identical to thosedescribed in relation to the example prosthetic capsular device 4900 andthe dimensions can be tailored to a particular eye being operated on.

In some embodiments, the shape and size of the device 6900 may minimizeanterior, posterior, and/or radial protrusion into the natural capsularbag. In some embodiments, the device 6900 may be smaller in certaindimensions especially towards the periphery of the device. In someembodiments, the smaller size and/or decrease in anterior, posterior,and/or radial protrusion into the natural capsular bag may result in thedevice 6900 having an enhanced biocompatibility profile. In someembodiments, the slimmer design of the device 6900 may result in adecrease and/or elimination of inflammation of the eye (e.g. anterior ofthe eye) upon insertion of the device. In some embodiments, the decreaseand/or elimination of post-insertion inflammation resulting from thesmaller profile of the device 6900 may result in a decrease and/orelimination of the need for post-operative anti-inflammatory medicationssuch as, e.g., steroids or nonsteroidal high inflammatory medications.It may also result in a decrease and/or elimination of device removalsand/or replacements, which be needed if inflammation cannot be reducedor removed.

The device 6900 can be self-expandable to keep the capsule fully open.The device 6900 can comprise three different planes. For example, afirst plane can correspond with the posterior end 104 of the device,where a refractive surface or IOL can be attached. A second plane cancorrespond with the anterior end 102 of the device, where anotherrefractive surface or IOL can be attached. A third plane can bepositioned in between the posterior end and the anterior end, forexample, along the center of the central portion 6960, where anotherrefractive surface or IOL can be attached.

A central portion of the device 6900 when viewed from the view in FIG.69D, can comprise a vertical portion that extends substantiallyperpendicular to anterior side and posterior side and/or substantiallyparallel to a longitudinal axis of the device 6900. In some embodiments,the vertical portion can be linked to an angled and/or curvilinearposterior and/or anterior portions. In some embodiments, the angledand/or curvilinear posterior and/or anterior portions can be angledand/or tapered towards the anterior opening or end 102 and/or posterioropening or end 104.

In some embodiments, a prosthetic capsular device configured to beinserted in a natural capsular bag of an eye after removal of a lens cancomprise a housing structure 6900 capable of containing one or moreintraocular devices and/or refractive surfaces. In particular, thehousing structure can comprise an anterior side, wherein the anteriorside comprises an anterior opening that can be elliptical, circular,arcuate, triangular, rectangular, and/or polygonal, wherein the anterioropening is capable of allowing at least one of insertion, removal, orreplacement of the intraocular device, and wherein the anterior openingis further configured to be coupled to a refractive surface to cover theanterior opening; a posterior side, wherein the posterior side comprisesan posterior opening that can be elliptical, circular, arcuate,triangular, rectangular, and/or polygonal, wherein the posterior openingis capable of allowing at least one of insertion, removal, orreplacement of an intraocular device, and wherein the posterior openingis further configured to be coupled to a refractive surface to cover theposterior opening; and a continuous lateral portion interposed betweenthe anterior portion and the posterior portion, wherein the continuouslateral portion protrudes radially beyond the anterior portion and theposterior portion, wherein the continuous lateral portion fully enclosesa lateral side of the housing structure, wherein an internal cavity ofthe continuous lateral portion forms a groove for containing anintraocular device. The continuous lateral portion may not have anyopenings, for example along the lateral portion of the device in someembodiments. The housing structure 6900 can be symmetrical over a planeat a midpoint of the continuous lateral portion between the anteriorportion and the posterior portion. In certain embodiments, therefractive surface can comprise a plurality of tabs or haptics foraffixing the refractive surface to at least one of the arcuate anterioropening, the arcuate posterior opening, and/or the central portion ofthe housing device, wherein the plurality of tabs or haptics protrudefrom the refractive surface.

As discussed above, one or more refractive surfaces, IOLs, lenses,optics, and/or other intraocular devices can be placed in the device6900 at the posterior opening 104 and/or anterior opening 102. Forexample, a surgeon may initially insert a device with a posteriorrefractive surface into an eye of a patient. Depending on the outcome,the surgeon may have the option to reposition the lens originallyinserted. For example, if the original lens was placed into theposterior opening and the patient had a hyperopic outcome, the surgeoncould reposition the lens into the anterior opening thereby inducing amyopic shift in the refraction. Alternatively or in conjunction withlens repositioning, a surgeon could insert a secondary IOL into themiddle section of the capsule, or into the anterior opening of thedevice 6900 to obtain better results. In other words, a secondary IOLcan be placed on or in the anterior opening or in combination with othermaneuvers for refractive fine tuning. Moreover, a biometric sensorand/or another IOL can be placed in the interior of the device 6900 aswell, for example along the central portion 6960.

The device 6900 can be symmetric and/or reversible so that it isidentical right side up as upside down along the anterior-posterioraxis. This can be advantageous in that the devices 6900 can have atendency to flip around as they are being inserted and a surgeon wouldnot need to worry about a symmetric device flipping one way or theother. In other words, the anterior half and the posterior half of thedevice 6900 can be mirror images of each other.

As discussed above, the device 6900 and a lens for insertion into thedevice can both be symmetric and reversible along the posterior-anterioraxis. Because the lens or refractive surface can comprise the equalrefractive power on the anterior and posterior portions, there is norefractive surprise in some embodiments. Accordingly, the orientation ordirection in which the device 6900 and/or lens is inserted may notmatter in some embodiments. In some embodiments, a surgeon would notneed to flip the device 6900 or lens over too obtain the correctorientation, as either orientation, whether anterior-posterior orposterior-anterior, may be the same.

In some embodiments, the device 6900 can be made in a number ofdifferent sizes or scales to accommodate for different patient biometry.For example, there can be a large, medium, and small sized device 6900(or any other combination of sizes) to accommodate for patients withdifferent sized cataracts and/or natural capsular bags. By providing anumber of devices 6900 of varying sizes, surgeons can be able to selecta particular device and/or optic for insertion in a particular patient.

In some embodiments, the devices 6900 can comprise an anterior portion6950, a central portion 6960, and a posterior portion 6970. The anteriorportion 6950 and the posterior portion 6970 can be mirror images of eachother. The central portion 6960 can comprise a midline along whichone-half of the central portion 6960 can be a mirror image of the otherhalf of the central portion 6960. The central portion 6960 can extendradially outward from the anterior portion 6950 and/or posterior portion6970. The central portion 6960 can extend from the anterior portion 6950and/or posterior portion 6970 at an angle of substantially 112.3°, forexample, which prevent or substantially prevent post-operative capsularopacification (PCO). In certain embodiments, the central portion 6960can extend from the anterior portion 6950 and/or posterior portion 6970at an angle of about 10°, about 20°, about 30°, about 40°, about 50°,about 60°, about 70°, about 80°, about 90°, about 100°, about 110°,about 120°, about 130°, about 140°, about 150°, about 160°, about 170°and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

The anterior portion 6950 and the posterior portion 6970 can beconfigured to hold a refractive surface, IOL, or another intraoculardevice. For example, a refractive surface and/or IOL can be configuredto be placed in and/or over the anterior portion 6950 and/or posteriorportion 6970. The central portion 6960 can be configured to hold one ormore intraocular devices, such as an IOL, refractive surface,intraocular pressure sensor, electronic device, and/or any otherintraocular device. The anterior portion 6950 and/or posterior portion6970 can be configured to hold an intraocular device(s) specificallydesigned for use with the device 6900, for example comprising one ormore features that allow fixation of the intraocular device(s) at theposterior portion 6970 and/or anterior portion 6950. The central portion6960 can be configured to hold any generic intraocular device,refractive surface, IOL, or the like.

As such, as a non-limiting example, the device 6900 can allowimplantation of one, two, three or more lenses to obtain an optimalrefractive power and/or a refractive power that is desired. Also, due tothe symmetrical nature and/or configuration of the device 6900 across ahorizontal line, a surgeon can easily implant the device 6900 withoutrisk of inserting the device 6900 in the wrong anterior-posteriororientation. Further, the optics or lens to be used in conjunction withthe device 6900 can also comprise a symmetrical configuration to allowfor ease of implantation as discussed herein. Further, tabs on the lensor IOL can also be fully reversible.

In some embodiments, the central portion 6960 can comprise an outerdiameter of about 9.65 mm and an inner diameter within the interior ofthe device 6900 of about 9.15 mm. In certain embodiments, the outerdiameter of the anterior portion 6950 and/or posterior portion 6970, theinner diameter of the anterior portion 6950 and/or posterior portion6970 within the device 6900, the opening(s) of the anterior portion 6950and/or posterior portion 6970, the outer diameter of the central portion6960, and/or the inner diameter of the central portion 6960 within theinterior of the device 6900 can be about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm,about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm,about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, a thickness or width of the device 6900 when viewedfrom a side view and measured from an outer end of the anterior portion6950 to an outer end of the posterior portion 6970 can be about 3.00 mm.In certain embodiments, a thickness of the device 6900, when viewed froma side view and measured from an outer end of the anterior portion 6950to an outer end of the posterior portion 6970, can be about 0.50 mm,about 1.00 mm, about 1.50 mm, about 2.00 mm, about 2.50 mm, about 3.00mm, about 3.50 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 4.50 mm, about 5.00 mm, about5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 8.00 mm,about 9.00 mm, about 10.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two ofthe aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the sidewalls 6902 may have a thickness of about0.250 mm. Device 6900 may comprise a symmetrical disk-like shape. Insome embodiments, the device 6900 may comprise a straightcylindrically-shaped central portion 6960 perpendicular to the anterioropening 102 and/or the posterior opening 104. Additionally, the devicemay comprise one or more angled side walls adjacent to the anterioropening 102 and/or the posterior opening 104. The angled side walls maycomprise the anterior portion 6950 and/or posterior portion 6950. Theangled side-walls may comprise straight walls extending from theanterior opening and/or posterior opening to the straight side-wall ofthe central portion.

In some embodiments, the device may comprise an anterior angled sidewallportion between a straight-walled portion and the anterior opening. Theangled sidewall may be oriented at an angle from a plane parallel to theanterior opening. In some embodiments, the angle between the angledsidewall and the plane parallel to the anterior opening may be about22.3 degrees. In some embodiments, an angle of about 22.3 degrees allowsfor the device to remain at or below a height of about 3.0 mm and adiameter of about 9.65 mm, with an anterior opening of about 6.00 mm indiameter.

In some embodiments, the device may comprise a posterior angled sidewallportion between a straight-walled portion and the posterior opening. Theangled sidewall may be oriented at an angle from a plane parallel to theposterior opening. In some embodiments, the angle between the angledsidewall and the plane parallel to the posterior opening may be about22.3 degrees. In some embodiments, an angle of about 22.3 degrees allowsfor the device to remain at or below a height of about 3.0 mm and adiameter of about 9.65 mm, with a posterior opening of about 6.00 mm indiameter. In some embodiments, the unique shape and/or dimensions of thedevice 6900 may result in the device being more biocompatible and/oranatomically form-fitting than previous devices.

In some embodiments, the angle between the angled sidewalls and theplane parallel to the anterior and/or posterior opening may be about22.3 degrees. In some embodiments, the angle between the angledsidewalls and the plane parallel to the anterior and/or posterioropening may be about 0 degrees, 5 degrees, 10 degrees, 15 degrees, 20degrees, 21 degrees, 22 degrees, 23 degrees, 24 degrees, 25 degrees, 30degrees, 35 degrees, 40 degrees, 45 degrees, and/or any value in betweenthe aforementioned values.

FIG. 70 is a schematic illustration of another example prostheticcapsular device. The example prosthetic capsular device illustrated inFIG. 70 includes some or all of the features of the example prostheticcapsular devices illustrated in FIG. 69A-69D. As illustrated in FIG. 70,in some embodiments, the prosthetic capsular device may comprise aflatter top anterior portion and steeper back anterior portion to bemore anatomically formfitting and/or to better match the natural lens,which has a large radius of curvature anteriorly, meaning the anterioris fairly flat, and a short radius of curvature posteriorly, meaning theposterior is more bowed posteriorly than anteriorly. In someembodiments, the device may be asymmetrical as it may have a flatteranterior than posterior to match the shape of the natural lens and tobetter fit the natural curvatures of the eye. In some embodiments, theunique shape and/or size of the device may prevent the device fromhitting against or otherwise contacting the iris, thus reducinginflammation of the eye.

In some embodiments, the device 6900 illustrated in FIGS. 69A-D and/orthe device illustrated in FIG. 70 may comprise one or more ellipticalcutouts or wedges that span a vertical portion (for example when viewedfrom the view of FIG. 69D) from the anterior to the posterior. In someembodiments, the elliptical cutouts may facilitate form fitting of thedevice within the natural capsular bag. For example, in a patient with alarge capsular bag, the elliptical cutouts may be fully open to expandthe device to form-fit. In a smaller natural capsular bag, theelliptical cutouts may be compressed together to facilitate a compatiblefit.

In some embodiments, when the prosthetic capsular devices describedherein, for example in connection with FIGS. 69A-D and/or 70, areinserted into the eye, the natural capsular bag may adjust and/orcontract in size/and or shape to form-fit around the device. In someembodiments, a capsulorhexis used to insert the devices described hereinmay be less than 6.00 mm such that the capsulorhexis may be smaller thanthe anterior opening and/or posterior opening of the device. In someembodiments, the devices described herein may be housed or may sit in amiddle portion of the natural capsular bag. In some embodiments, themidpoint of the natural capsular bag may substantially correspond withthe midpoint of the device in the eye along a longitudinal axis of thedevice. In some embodiments, the device 6900 of FIGS. 69A-D and/or FIG.70 may inserted into the eye without any IOLs, refractive surfaces, orother intraocular devices inserted therein. In some embodiments, theIOLs, refractive surfaces, and/or other intraocular devices can beinserted into the device 6900 of FIGS. 69A-D and/or FIG. 70 after thedevice has been inserted into the eye.

FIG. 71A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device. FIG. 71B is an anterior plan view of theexample prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 71A. FIG. 71C is across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.71A along the line A-A of FIG. 71B. FIG. 71D is a side plan view of theexample prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 71A.

The example prosthetic capsular device 7100 illustrated in FIG. 71A-71Dincludes some or all of the features of the example prosthetic capsulardevices illustrated in FIGS. 27A-27D, 28A-28D, 49A-49D, 51A-51G,53A-53D, 55A-55D, 57A-57D, 58A-58D, and 69A-69D. For example, similar tothe example prosthetic capsular device 4900 of FIG. 49A-49D, theprosthetic capsular device 7100 can include a single continuous sidewall7102, a posterior opening or end 104, an anterior opening or end 102, ananterior portion 7150 and a posterior portion 7170. In some embodiments,the example prosthetic capsular device 7100 can comprise dimensionssmaller to, similar to, or identical to those described in relation tothe example prosthetic capsular device 4900 and/or the other prostheticcapsular devices described herein, and the dimensions can be tailored toa particular eye being operated on.

In some embodiments, certain symmetrical capsular devices may inciteinflammation in a patient's eye due to iris chaffing and/or irritationfrom pressure that the capsular devices may place on the posterior iris.Because of the symmetrical nature of the design, inflammation of the eyemay result. The human lens and/or natural capsular bag may have anasymmetrical shape such that it is flatter on the anterior surface andmore concave on the posterior surface. In some embodiments, theprosthetic capsular devices of FIGS. 71A-71D, 72A-72D, 73A-73D, and74A-74E may comprise a design, such as an asymmetric shape comprising aflatter anterior portion and a more concave or steeper posterior portionfor example, that prevents anterior translation of pressure, and thusprevents iris chaffing or contact and resulting inflammation of the eyeof a patient. In some embodiments, the prosthetic capsular devices maybe slightly, partly, substantially, or highly asymmetric. In someembodiments, the asymmetric nature of the prosthetic capsular devicesmay require the devices to be loaded and inserted into the eye in a veryspecific manner, such that the device is oriented correctly within theeye, for example in a preferred anterior-posterior orientation. In someembodiments, the prosthetic capsular devices comprise one or moreorientation designation indicators or mechanisms configured to serve asa marker to indicate the direction and/or orientation of the prostheticdevice before, during, and/or after insertion into the eye. In someembodiments, the one or more orientation designation mechanisms may belocated on the anterior side, the posterior side, and/or on the interiorand/or exterior sidewalls of the prosthetic capsular device. In someembodiments, the one or more orientation designation mechanism mayassist and/or allow a surgeon or medical professional to determine orperceive if the prosthetic capsular device is oriented correctly before,during, and/or after insertion into the eye.

In some embodiments, the one or more orientation indicators may comprisevisual distinguishing factors on the anterior side, the posterior side,and/or on the interior and/or exterior sidewalls of the prostheticcapsular device. For example, the anterior side, the posterior side,and/or the interior and/or exterior sidewalls may differ based onvarying structural features, axis marks, colors, shapes, textures,tones, shades, brightness, outlines, sizes, text indicators, engravings,and icons, among others. In some embodiments, the one or moreorientation designation indicators facilitate the current orientation ofthe prosthetic capsular device before, during, and after insertion intothe eye and serve as measurement tools to measure, for example,rotational stability.

In some embodiments, the shape and size of the device 7100 may minimizeanterior, posterior, and/or radial protrusion into the natural capsularbag. In some embodiments, the device 7100 may be smaller in certaindimensions especially towards the anterior and/or periphery of thedevice. In some embodiments, the smaller size and/or decrease inanterior, posterior, and/or radial protrusion into the natural capsularbag may result in the device 7100 having an enhanced biocompatibilityprofile. In some embodiments, the unique shape of the design of thedevice 7100 may result in a decrease and/or elimination of inflammationof the eye (e.g. anterior of the eye) upon insertion of the device. Insome embodiments, the decrease and/or elimination of post-insertioninflammation resulting from the shape of the device 7100 may result in adecrease and/or elimination of the need for post-operativeanti-inflammatory medications such as, e.g., steroids or nonsteroidalhigh inflammatory medications. It may also result in a decrease and/orelimination of device removals and/or replacements, which be needed ifinflammation cannot be reduced or removed.

In some embodiments, the device 7100 can be self-expandable to keep thecapsule fully open. The device 7100 can comprise at least threedifferent planes, which can be substantially perpendicular to ananterior-posterior or longitudinal axis of the device in someembodiments. For example, a first plane can correspond with theposterior opening or end 104 of the device, where a refractive surfaceor IOL can be attached. A second plane can correspond with the anterioropening or end 102 of the device, where another refractive surface orIOL can be attached. A third plane can be positioned in between theposterior end and the anterior end, for example, along a ridge formed inthe anterior portion 7150, as shown in FIG. 71C, where anotherrefractive surface, technology device, IOL, and/or any other intraoculardevice can be attached.

In some embodiments, the anterior opening or end 102 may comprise anopening and radially outward flat surface. In some embodiments, thecontinuous sidewalls 7102 may extend angularly and radially outwardsfrom the anterior end 102, as shown in FIG. 71C. In some embodiments,the continuous sidewalls 7102 may comprise one or more straight walls inthe anterior portion 7150 of the prosthetic capsular device. In someembodiments, the continuous sidewalls 7102 may comprise two sectionswithin the anterior portion 7150. In some embodiments, the continuoussidewalls 7102 may comprise a radially outward 7104 portion adjacent tothe anterior end 102 and a radially inward portion 7106 bridged to theradially outward portion 7104 by an anterior transition point 7108. Insome embodiments, the radially outward portion 7104 and the radiallyinward portion 7106 may be separated at an angle of substantially 90°.In some embodiments, the radially outward portion 7104 and the radiallyinward portion 7106 may be separated at an angle of about 10°, about20°, about 30°, about 40°, about 50°, about 60°, about 70°, about 80°,about 90°, about 100°, about 110°, about 120°, about 130°, about 140°,about 150°, about 160°, about 170°, about 180°, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the radially outward portion 7104 of the continuoussidewalls 7102 may form a trapezoidal shape when viewed from the sideand/or in a cross-sectional view, such as in FIG. 71C. In someembodiments, the anterior transition point 7108 of the continuoussidewalls 7102 may comprise the base of the trapezoid and the anteriorend or opening 102 may comprise the upper edge of the trapezoid. In someembodiments, the trapezoidal shape forms a three dimensional circular orarcuate truncated cone structure in the anterior portion 7150.

In some embodiments, the anterior transition point 7108 may comprise acircular or otherwise arcuate rounded edge of the prosthetic capsulardevice. In some embodiments, the anterior transition point 7108 may belocated on a radially outermost diameter of the device 7100. In someembodiments, the outermost diameter of the device 7100 may be about10.00 mm. In some embodiments, the outermost diameter of the device 7100may be about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm,about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm,about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the anterior transition point 7108 may comprise arounded edge having a radius of about 0.1 mm. In some embodiments, thetransition point 7108 may comprise a rounded edge having a radius ofabout 0.01 mm, about 0.02 mm, about 0.03 mm, about 0.04 mm, about 0.05mm, about 0.06 mm, about 0.07 mm, about 0.08 mm, about 0.09 mm, about0.10 mm, about 0.11 mm, about 0.12 mm, about 0.13 mm, about 0.14 mm,about 0.15 mm, about 0.16 mm, about 0.17 mm, about 0.18 mm, about 0.19mm, about 0.20 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm, about 0.40 mm, about0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm, about 0.90 mm,about 1.00 mm and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, the prosthetic capsular device 7100 comprises athickness or width, the thickness ranging from the posterior opening orend 104 to the anterior opening or end 102. In some embodiments, thethickness of the capsular device 7100 is about 3.00 mm. In someembodiments the thickness of the device 7100 can be about 0.50 mm, about1.00 mm, about 1.50 mm, about 2.00 mm, about 2.50 mm, about 3.00 mm,about 3.50 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 4.50 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 8.00 mm, about9.00 mm, about 10.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, anterior transition point 7108 can be located about2.50 mm, along a longitudinal axis of the device, from the posterior endor opening 104. Along a longitudinal axis of the device, the anteriortransition point 7108 may be located about 0.20 mm, about 0.25 mm, about0.30 mm, about 0.40 mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm,about 0.80 mm, about 0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm, about 1.50 mm, about 2.00mm, about 2.50 mm, about 3.00 mm, about 3.50 mm, about 4.00 mm, about4.50 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm,about 7.00 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 10.00 mm, and/orwithin a range defined by two of the aforementioned values from theposterior end or opening 104.

In some embodiments, the anterior end or opening 102 may comprise adiameter of about 6.00 mm. In some embodiments, the anterior end oropening 102 may comprise a diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm,about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm,about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, the posterior end or opening 102 may comprise adiameter of about 6.00 mm. In some embodiments, the posterior end oropening 102 may comprise a diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm,about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm,about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, a central transition point 7110 may link theanterior portion 7150 and the posterior portion 7170 of the prostheticdevice 7100. The central transition point 7110 may comprise a point atwhich the continuous sidewalls 7102 transform from a straight wall onthe, for example, radially inward section 7106 of the anterior portion7150 to a curvilinear sidewall on the posterior portion 7170. Thecurvilinear sidewall on the posterior portion 7170 may taper inwardlytowards the posterior end or opening 104.

In some embodiments, the radially inward portion 7106 of the continuoussidewalls 7102 may form an inverted trapezoidal shape when viewed fromthe side and/or cross-sectional view, such as in FIG. 71C. In someembodiments, the anterior transition point 7108 of the continuoussidewalls 7102 may comprise the upper or top edge of the invertedtrapezoid and the central transition point 7110 may comprise the base ofthe inverted trapezoid. In some embodiments, the inverted trapezoidalshape forms a three dimensional circular or arcuate inverted truncatedcone structure in the anterior portion 7150. In some embodiments, theinverted truncated cone structure mirrors the truncated cone structureformed by the radially outward section 7104, as described above. In someembodiments, the inverted truncated cone structure and the truncatedcone structure comprise identical sizes and shapes. However, as shown inFIG. 71C, in some embodiments, the inverted truncated cone structure andthe truncated cone structure may comprise different sizes and shapesdepending on the location of the anterior transition point 7108, thecentral transition point 7110, and the anterior end or opening 102 alonga longitudinal axis of the device 7100.

In some embodiments, the inverted truncated cone structure may comprisea first interior volume or cavity within the anterior portion 7150. Insome embodiments, the truncated cone structure described above maycomprise a second interior volume or cavity within the anterior portion7150. In some embodiments, the first volume may comprise about an equalvolume as the second volume. In some embodiments, the first volume maycomprise a volume of about 1/10, about 1/8, about 1/6, about 1/5, about1/4, about 1/3, about 1/2, about 2/3, about 3/4, about 5/6, about 7/8,about 1, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues, the second volume. In some embodiments, the first volume maycomprise a volume about 1.1, about 1.2, about 1.3, about 1.4, about 1.5,about 1.6, about 1.7, about 1.9, about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5,about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, or about 10, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values, times as large as thesecond volume.

In some embodiments, the central transition point 7110 may comprise arounded edge having a radius of about 0.1 mm. In some embodiments, thecentral transition point 7110 may comprise a rounded edge having aradius of about 0.01 mm, about 0.02 mm, about 0.03 mm, about 0.04 mm,about 0.05 mm, about 0.06 mm, about 0.07 mm, about 0.08 mm, about 0.09mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.11 mm, about 0.12 mm, about 0.13 mm, about0.14 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.16 mm, about 0.17 mm, about 0.18 mm,about 0.19 mm, about 0.20 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm, about 0.40mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm, about0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the central transition point 7110 can be locatedabout 1.50 mm, along a longitudinal axis of the device, from theposterior end or opening 104. Along a longitudinal axis of the device,the central transition point 7110 may be located about 0.20 mm, about0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm, about 0.40 mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm,about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm, about 0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm, about 1.50mm, about 2.00 mm, about 2.50 mm, about 3.00 mm, about 3.50 mm, about4.00 mm, about 4.50 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm,about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 10.00mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned valuesfrom the posterior end or opening 104.

In some embodiments, a prosthetic capsular device configured to beinserted in a natural capsular bag of an eye after removal of a lens cancomprise a housing structure 7100 capable of containing one or moreintraocular devices and/or refractive surfaces. In particular, thehousing structure can comprise an anterior side, wherein the anteriorside comprises an anterior opening that can be elliptical, circular,arcuate, triangular, rectangular, and/or polygonal, wherein the anterioropening is capable of allowing at least one of insertion, removal, orreplacement of the intraocular device, and wherein the anterior openingis further configured to be coupled to a refractive surface to cover theanterior opening; a posterior side, wherein the posterior side comprisesan posterior opening that can be elliptical, circular, arcuate,triangular, rectangular, and/or polygonal, wherein the posterior openingis capable of allowing at least one of insertion, removal, orreplacement of an intraocular device, and wherein the posterior openingis further configured to be coupled to a refractive surface to cover theposterior opening; and a continuous lateral portion interposed betweenthe anterior portion and the posterior portion, wherein the continuouslateral portion protrudes radially beyond the anterior portion and theposterior portion, wherein the continuous lateral portion fully enclosesa lateral side of the housing structure, wherein an internal cavity ofthe continuous lateral portion forms a groove or ridge for containing anintraocular device within, for example, an anterior portion of thedevice. The continuous lateral portion may not have any openings, forexample along the lateral portion of the device in some embodiments. Thehousing structure 7100 can be asymmetrical over a plane perpendicular toa longitudinal axis of the structure 7100 at a midpoint of thecontinuous lateral portion between the anterior portion and theposterior portion. In certain embodiments, the refractive surface cancomprise a plurality of tabs or haptics for affixing the refractivesurface to at least one of the arcuate anterior opening, the arcuateposterior opening, and/or the ridge or groove within the housing device,wherein the plurality of tabs or haptics protrude from the refractivesurface.

As discussed above, one or more refractive surfaces, IOLs, lenses,optics, and/or other intraocular devices can be placed in the device7100 at the posterior opening 104 and/or anterior opening 102. Forexample, a surgeon may initially insert a device with a posteriorrefractive surface into an eye of a patient. Depending on the outcome,the surgeon may have the option to reposition the lens originallyinserted. For example, if the original lens was placed into theposterior opening and the patient had a hyperopic outcome, the surgeoncould reposition the lens into the anterior opening thereby inducing amyopic shift in the refraction. Alternatively or in conjunction withlens repositioning, a surgeon could insert a secondary IOL into themiddle section of the capsule, or into the anterior opening of thedevice 7100 to obtain better results. In other words, a secondary IOLcan be placed on or in the anterior opening or in combination with othermaneuvers for refractive fine tuning. Moreover, a biometric sensorand/or another IOL can be placed in the interior of the device 7100 aswell, for example along the a ridge or groove within the interior of thedevice, the ridge or groove located, for example, along the interiorwall of the device at the anterior transition point 7108.

In some embodiments, the device 7100 can be made in a number ofdifferent sizes or scales to accommodate for different patient biometry.For example, there can be a large, medium, and small sized device 7100(or any other combination of sizes) to accommodate for patients withdifferent sized cataracts and/or natural capsular bags. By providing anumber of devices 7100 of varying sizes, surgeons can be able to selecta particular device and/or optic for insertion in a particular patient.

The anterior portion 7150 and the posterior portion 7170 can beconfigured to hold a refractive surface, IOL, or another intraoculardevice. For example, a refractive surface and/or IOL can be configuredto be placed in and/or over the anterior portion 7150 and/or posteriorportion 7170. The anterior portion 7150 and/or posterior portion 7170can be configured to hold an intraocular device(s) specifically designedfor use with the device 7100, for example comprising one or morefeatures that allow fixation of the intraocular device(s) at theposterior portion 7170 and/or anterior portion 7150. As such, as anon-limiting example, the device 7100 can allow implantation of one,two, three or more lenses to obtain an optimal refractive power and/or arefractive power that is desired.

In certain embodiments, the outer diameter of the anterior portion 7150and/or posterior portion 7170, the inner diameter of the anteriorportion 7150 and/or posterior portion 7170 within the device 7100, theopening(s) of the anterior portion 7150 and/or posterior portion 7170can be about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm,about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm,about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the sidewalls 7102 may have a thickness of about0.250 mm. In some embodiments, the sidewalls 7102 may comprise athickness of about 0.05 mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.20 mm,about 0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm, about 0.35 mm, about 0.40 mm, about 0.45mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm, about0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the device 7100 may comprise one or more angled,straight, and/or curvilinear side walls adjacent to the anterior opening102 and/or the posterior opening 104. The angled side walls may comprisethe anterior portion 7150 and/or posterior portion 7150. The angledside-walls may comprise one or more straight walls extending from theanterior opening and/or posterior opening to the straight side-wall ofthe central portion.

In some embodiments, the device 7100 illustrated in FIGS. 71A-D and/orthe device illustrated in FIG. 70 may comprise one or more ellipticalcutouts or wedges that span a vertical portion (for example when viewedfrom the view of FIG. 71D) from the anterior to the posterior. In someembodiments, the elliptical cutouts may facilitate form fitting of thedevice within the natural capsular bag. For example, in a patient with alarge capsular bag, the elliptical cutouts may be fully open to expandthe device to form-fit.

In a smaller natural capsular bag, the elliptical cutouts may becompressed together to facilitate a compatible fit.

In some embodiments, when the prosthetic capsular devices describedherein, for example in connection with FIGS. 71A-D, are inserted intothe eye, the natural capsular bag may adjust and/or contract in sizeand/or shape to form-fit around the device. In some embodiments, acapsulorhexis used to insert the devices described herein may be lessthan 6.00 mm such that the capsulorhexis may be smaller than theanterior opening and/or posterior opening of the device. In someembodiments, the devices described herein may be housed or may sit in amiddle portion of the natural capsular bag. In some embodiments, themidpoint of the natural capsular bag may substantially correspond withthe midpoint of the device in the eye along a longitudinal axis of thedevice. In some embodiments, the device 7100 of FIGS. 71A-D may beinserted into the eye without any IOLs, refractive surfaces, or otherintraocular devices inserted therein. In some embodiments, the IOLs,refractive surfaces, and/or other intraocular devices can be insertedinto the device 7100 of FIGS. 71A-71D after the device has been insertedinto the eye.

FIG. 72A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device. FIG. 72B is an anterior plan view of theexample prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 72A. FIG. 72C is across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.72A along the line A-A of FIG. 72B. FIG. 72D is a side plan view of theexample prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 72A.

The example prosthetic capsular device 7200 illustrated in FIG. 72A-72Dincludes some or all of the features of the example prosthetic capsulardevices illustrated in FIGS. 27A-27D, 28A-28D, 49A-49D, 51A-51G,53A-53D, 55A-55D, 57A-57D, 58A-58D, 69A-69D, and 71A-71D. For example,similar to the example prosthetic capsular device 7100 of FIG. 71A-71D,the prosthetic capsular device 7200 can include a single continuoussidewall 7202, a posterior opening or end 104, an anterior opening orend 102, an anterior portion 7250, a posterior portion 7270, a radiallyoutward section 7204 of the sidewall 7202 of the anterior portion 7250,a radially inward section 7206 of the sidewall 7202 of the anteriorportion 7250, an anterior transition point 7208, and a centraltransition point 7210. In some embodiments, the example prostheticcapsular device 7200 can comprise dimensions smaller to, similar to, oridentical to those described in relation to the example prostheticcapsular device 7100 and/or the other prosthetic capsular devicesdescribed herein, and the dimensions can be tailored to a particular eyebeing operated on.

In some embodiments, the shape and size of the device 7200 may minimizeanterior, posterior, and/or radial protrusion into the natural capsularbag. In some embodiments, the device 7200 may be smaller in certaindimensions especially towards the anterior and/or periphery of thedevice. In some embodiments, the smaller size and/or decrease inanterior, posterior, and/or radial protrusion into the natural capsularbag may result in the device 7200 having an enhanced biocompatibilityprofile. In some embodiments, the unique shape of the design of thedevice 7200 may result in a decrease and/or elimination of inflammationof the eye (e.g. anterior of the eye) upon insertion of the device. Insome embodiments, the decrease and/or elimination of post-insertioninflammation resulting from the shape of the device 7200 may result in adecrease and/or elimination of the need for post-operativeanti-inflammatory medications such as, e.g., steroids or nonsteroidalhigh inflammatory medications. It may also result in a decrease and/orelimination of device removals and/or replacements, which be needed ifinflammation cannot be reduced or removed.

In some embodiments, the device 7200 can be self-expandable to keep thecapsule fully open. The device 7200 can comprise at least threedifferent planes, which can be substantially perpendicular to ananterior-posterior or longitudinal axis of the device in someembodiments. For example, a first plane can correspond with theposterior opening or end 104 of the device, where a refractive surfaceor IOL can be attached. A second plane can correspond with the anterioropening or end 102 of the device, where another refractive surface orIOL can be attached. A third plane can be positioned in between theposterior end and the anterior end, for example, along a ridge formed inthe anterior portion 7250, as shown in FIG. 72C, where anotherrefractive surface, technology device, IOL, and/or any other intraoculardevice can be attached.

In some embodiments, the anterior opening or end 102 may comprise anopening and radially outward flat surface. In some embodiments, thecontinuous sidewalls 7202 may extend angularly and radially outwardsfrom the anterior end 102, as shown in FIG. 72C. In some embodiments,the continuous sidewalls 7202 may comprise one or more straight walls inthe anterior portion 7250 of the prosthetic capsular device. In someembodiments, the continuous sidewalls 7202 may comprise two sectionswithin the anterior portion 7250. In some embodiments, the continuoussidewalls 7202 may comprise a radially outward 7204 portion adjacent tothe anterior end 102 and a radially inward portion 7206 bridged to theradially outward portion 7204 by an anterior transition point 7208. Insome embodiments, the radially outward portion 7204 and the radiallyinward portion 7206 may be separated at an angle of substantially 90°.In some embodiments, the radially outward portion 7204 and the radiallyinward portion 7206 may be separated at an angle of about 10°, about20°, about 30°, about 40°, about 50°, about 60°, about 70°, about 80°,about 90°, about 100°, about 110°, about 120°, about 130°, about 140°,about 150°, about 160°, about 170°, about 180°, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the radially outward portion 7204 of the continuoussidewalls 7202 may form a trapezoidal shape when viewed from the sideand/or in a cross-sectional view, such as in FIG. 72C. In someembodiments, the anterior transition point 7208 of the continuoussidewalls 7202 may comprise the base of the trapezoid and the anteriorend or opening 102 may comprise the upper edge of the trapezoid. In someembodiments, the trapezoidal shape forms a three dimensional circular orarcuate truncated cone structure in the anterior portion 7250.

In some embodiments, the anterior transition point 7208 may comprise acircular or otherwise arcuate rounded edge of the prosthetic capsulardevice. In some embodiments, the anterior transition point 7208 may belocated on a radially outermost diameter of the device 7200. In someembodiments, the outermost diameter of the device 7200 may be about10.00 mm. In some embodiments, the outermost diameter of the device 7200may be about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm,about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm,about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the anterior transition point 7208 may comprise arounded edge having a radius of about 0.1 mm. In some embodiments, thetransition point 7208 may comprise a rounded edge having a radius ofabout 0.01 mm, about 0.02 mm, about 0.03 mm, about 0.04 mm, about 0.05mm, about 0.06 mm, about 0.07 mm, about 0.08 mm, about 0.09 mm, about0.10 mm, about 0.11 mm, about 0.12 mm, about 0.13 mm, about 0.14 mm,about 0.15 mm, about 0.16 mm, about 0.17 mm, about 0.18 mm, about 0.19mm, about 0.20 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm, about 0.40 mm, about0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm, about 0.90 mm,about 1.00 mm and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, the prosthetic capsular device 7200 comprises athickness or width, the thickness ranging from the posterior opening orend 104 to the anterior opening or end 102. In some embodiments, thethickness of the capsular device 7200 is about 3.00 mm. In someembodiments the thickness of the device 7200 can be about 0.50 mm, about1.00 mm, about 1.50 mm, about 2.00 mm, about 2.50 mm, about 3.00 mm,about 3.50 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 4.50 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 8.00 mm, about9.00 mm, about 10.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, anterior transition point 7208 can be located about2.00 mm, along a longitudinal axis of the device, from the posterior endor opening 104. Along a longitudinal axis of the device, the anteriortransition point 7208 may be located about 0.20 mm, about 0.25 mm, about0.30 mm, about 0.40 mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm,about 0.80 mm, about 0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm, about 1.50 mm, about 2.00mm, about 2.50 mm, about 3.00 mm, about 3.50 mm, about 4.00 mm, about4.50 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm,about 7.00 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 10.00 mm, and/orwithin a range defined by two of the aforementioned values from theposterior end or opening 104.

In some embodiments, the anterior end or opening 102 may comprise adiameter of about 6.00 mm. In some embodiments, the anterior end oropening 102 may comprise a diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm,about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm,about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, the posterior end or opening 102 may comprise adiameter of about 6.00 mm. In some embodiments, the posterior end oropening 102 may comprise a diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm,about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm,about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, a central transition point 7210 may link theanterior portion 7250 and the posterior portion 7270 of the prostheticdevice 7200. The central transition point 7210 may comprise a point atwhich the continuous sidewalls 7202 transform from a straight wall onthe, for example, radially inward section 7206 of the anterior portion7250 to a curvilinear sidewall on the posterior portion 7270. Thecurvilinear sidewall on the posterior portion 7270 may taper inwardlytowards the posterior end or opening 104.

In some embodiments, the radially inward portion 7206 of the continuoussidewalls 7202 may form an inverted trapezoidal shape when viewed fromthe side and/or cross-sectional view, such as in FIG. 72C. In someembodiments, the anterior transition point 7208 of the continuoussidewalls 7202 may comprise the upper or top edge of the invertedtrapezoid and the central transition point 7210 may comprise the base ofthe inverted trapezoid. In some embodiments, the inverted trapezoidalshape forms a three dimensional circular or arcuate inverted truncatedcone structure in the anterior portion 7250. In some embodiments, theinverted truncated cone structure mirrors the truncated cone structureformed by the radially outward section 7204, as described above. In someembodiments, the inverted truncated cone structure and the truncatedcone structure comprise identical sizes and shapes. However, as shown inFIG. 72C, in some embodiments, the inverted truncated cone structure andthe truncated cone structure may comprise different sizes and shapesdepending on the location of the anterior transition point 7208, thecentral transition point 7210, and the anterior end or opening 102 alonga longitudinal axis of the device 7200.

In some embodiments, the inverted truncated cone structure may comprisea first interior volume or cavity within the anterior portion 7250. Insome embodiments, the truncated cone structure described above maycomprise a second interior volume or cavity within the anterior portion7250. In some embodiments, the first volume may comprise about an equalvolume as the second volume. In some embodiments, the first volume maycomprise a volume of about 1/10, about 1/8, about 1/6, about 1/5, about1/4, about 1/3, about 1/2, about 2/3, about 3/4, about 5/6, about 7/8,about 1, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues, the second volume. In some embodiments, the first volume maycomprise a volume about 1.1, about 1.2, about 1.3, about 1.4, about 1.5,about 1.6, about 1.7, about 1.9, about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5,about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, or about 10, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values, times as large as thesecond volume.

In some embodiments, the central transition point 7210 may comprise arounded edge having a radius of about 0.1 mm. In some embodiments, thecentral transition point 7210 may comprise a rounded edge having aradius of about 0.01 mm, about 0.02 mm, about 0.03 mm, about 0.04 mm,about 0.05 mm, about 0.06 mm, about 0.07 mm, about 0.08 mm, about 0.09mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.11 mm, about 0.12 mm, about 0.13 mm, about0.14 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.16 mm, about 0.17 mm, about 0.18 mm,about 0.19 mm, about 0.20 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm, about 0.40mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm, about0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the central transition point 7210 can be locatedabout 1.50 mm, along a longitudinal axis of the device, from theposterior end or opening 104. Along a longitudinal axis of the device,the central transition point 7210 may be located about 0.20 mm, about0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm, about 0.40 mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm,about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm, about 0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm, about 1.50mm, about 2.00 mm, about 2.50 mm, about 3.00 mm, about 3.50 mm, about4.00 mm, about 4.50 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm,about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 10.00mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned valuesfrom the posterior end or opening 104.

In some embodiments, a prosthetic capsular device configured to beinserted in a natural capsular bag of an eye after removal of a lens cancomprise a housing structure 7200 capable of containing one or moreintraocular devices and/or refractive surfaces. In particular, thehousing structure can comprise an anterior side, wherein the anteriorside comprises an anterior opening that can be elliptical, circular,arcuate, triangular, rectangular, and/or polygonal, wherein the anterioropening is capable of allowing at least one of insertion, removal, orreplacement of the intraocular device, and wherein the anterior openingis further configured to be coupled to a refractive surface to cover theanterior opening; a posterior side, wherein the posterior side comprisesan posterior opening that can be elliptical, circular, arcuate,triangular, rectangular, and/or polygonal, wherein the posterior openingis capable of allowing at least one of insertion, removal, orreplacement of an intraocular device, and wherein the posterior openingis further configured to be coupled to a refractive surface to cover theposterior opening; and a continuous lateral portion interposed betweenthe anterior portion and the posterior portion, wherein the continuouslateral portion protrudes radially beyond the anterior portion and theposterior portion, wherein the continuous lateral portion fully enclosesa lateral side of the housing structure, wherein an internal cavity ofthe continuous lateral portion forms a groove or ridge for containing anintraocular device within, for example, an anterior portion of thedevice. The continuous lateral portion may not have any openings, forexample along the lateral portion of the device in some embodiments. Thehousing structure 7200 can be asymmetrical over a plane perpendicular toa longitudinal axis of the structure 7200 at a midpoint of thecontinuous lateral portion between the anterior portion and theposterior portion. In certain embodiments, the refractive surface cancomprise a plurality of tabs or haptics for affixing the refractivesurface to at least one of the arcuate anterior opening, the arcuateposterior opening, and/or the ridge or groove within the housing device,wherein the plurality of tabs or haptics protrude from the refractivesurface.

As discussed above, one or more refractive surfaces, IOLs, lenses,optics, and/or other intraocular devices can be placed in the device7200 at the posterior opening 104 and/or anterior opening 102. Forexample, a surgeon may initially insert a device with a posteriorrefractive surface into an eye of a patient. Depending on the outcome,the surgeon may have the option to reposition the lens originallyinserted. For example, if the original lens was placed into theposterior opening and the patient had a hyperopic outcome, the surgeoncould reposition the lens into the anterior opening thereby inducing amyopic shift in the refraction. Alternatively or in conjunction withlens repositioning, a surgeon could insert a secondary IOL into themiddle section of the capsule, or into the anterior opening of thedevice 7200 to obtain better results. In other words, a secondary IOLcan be placed on or in the anterior opening or in combination with othermaneuvers for refractive fine tuning. Moreover, a biometric sensorand/or another IOL can be placed in the interior of the device 7200 aswell, for example along the a ridge or groove within the interior of thedevice, the ridge or groove located, for example, along the interiorwall of the device at the anterior transition point 7208.

In some embodiments, the device 7200 can be made in a number ofdifferent sizes or scales to accommodate for different patient biometry.For example, there can be a large, medium, and small sized device 7200(or any other combination of sizes) to accommodate for patients withdifferent sized cataracts and/or natural capsular bags. By providing anumber of devices 7200 of varying sizes, surgeons can be able to selecta particular device and/or optic for insertion in a particular patient.

The anterior portion 7250 and the posterior portion 7270 can beconfigured to hold a refractive surface, IOL, or another intraoculardevice. For example, a refractive surface and/or IOL can be configuredto be placed in and/or over the anterior portion 7250 and/or posteriorportion 7270. The anterior portion 7250 and/or posterior portion 7270can be configured to hold an intraocular device(s) specifically designedfor use with the device 7200, for example comprising one or morefeatures that allow fixation of the intraocular device(s) at theposterior portion 7270 and/or anterior portion 7250. As such, as anon-limiting example, the device 7200 can allow implantation of one,two, three or more lenses to obtain an optimal refractive power and/or arefractive power that is desired.

In certain embodiments, the outer diameter of the anterior portion 7250and/or posterior portion 7270, the inner diameter of the anteriorportion 7250 and/or posterior portion 7270 within the device 7200, theopening(s) of the anterior portion 7250 and/or posterior portion 7270can be about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm,about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm,about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the sidewalls 7202 may have a thickness of about0.250 mm. In some embodiments, the sidewalls 7202 may comprise athickness of about 0.05 mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.20 mm,about 0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm, about 0.35 mm, about 0.40 mm, about 0.45mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm, about0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the device 7200 may comprise one or more angled,straight, and/or curvilinear side walls adjacent to the anterior opening102 and/or the posterior opening 104. The angled side walls may comprisethe anterior portion 7250 and/or posterior portion 7250. The angledside-walls may comprise one or more straight walls extending from theanterior opening and/or posterior opening to the straight side-wall ofthe central portion.

In some embodiments, the device 7200 illustrated in FIGS. 72A-D and/orthe device illustrated in FIG. 70 may comprise one or more ellipticalcutouts or wedges that span a vertical portion (for example when viewedfrom the view of FIG. 72D) from the anterior to the posterior. In someembodiments, the elliptical cutouts may facilitate form fitting of thedevice within the natural capsular bag. For example, in a patient with alarge capsular bag, the elliptical cutouts may be fully open to expandthe device to form-fit. In a smaller natural capsular bag, theelliptical cutouts may be compressed together to facilitate a compatiblefit.

In some embodiments, when the prosthetic capsular devices describedherein, for example in connection with FIGS. 72A-D, are inserted intothe eye, the natural capsular bag may adjust and/or contract in sizeand/or shape to form-fit around the device. In some embodiments, acapsulorhexis used to insert the devices described herein may be lessthan 6.00 mm such that the capsulorhexis may be smaller than theanterior opening and/or posterior opening of the device. In someembodiments, the devices described herein may be housed or may sit in amiddle portion of the natural capsular bag. In some embodiments, themidpoint of the natural capsular bag may substantially correspond withthe midpoint of the device in the eye along a longitudinal axis of thedevice. In some embodiments, the device 7200 of FIGS. 72A-D may beinserted into the eye without any IOLs, refractive surfaces, or otherintraocular devices inserted therein. In some embodiments, the IOLs,refractive surfaces, and/or other intraocular devices can be insertedinto the device 7200 of FIGS. 72A-72D after the device has been insertedinto the eye.

FIG. 73A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device. FIG. 73B is an anterior plan view of theexample prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 73A. FIG. 73C is across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.73A along the line A-A of FIG. 73B. FIG. 73D is a side plan view of theexample prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 73A.

The example prosthetic capsular device 7300 illustrated in FIG. 73A-73Dincludes some or all of the features of the example prosthetic capsulardevices illustrated in FIGS. 27A-27D, 28A-28D, 49A-49D, 51A-51G,53A-53D, 55A-55D, 57A-57D, 58A-58D, 69A-69D, 71A-71D, and/or 72A-72D.For example, similar to the example prosthetic capsular device 7100 ofFIG. 71A-71D, the prosthetic capsular device 7300 can include a singlecontinuous sidewall 7302, a posterior opening or end 104, an anterioropening or end 102, an anterior portion 7350, a posterior portion 7370,a radially outward section 7304 of the sidewall 7302 of the anteriorportion 7350, a radially inward section 7306 of the sidewall 7302 of theanterior portion 7350, an anterior transition point 7308, and a centraltransition point 7310. In some embodiments, the example prostheticcapsular device 7300 can comprise dimensions smaller to, similar to, oridentical to those described in relation to the example prostheticcapsular device 7100 and/or the other prosthetic capsular devicesdescribed herein, and the dimensions can be tailored to a particular eyebeing operated on.

In some embodiments, the shape and size of the device 7300 may minimizeanterior, posterior, and/or radial protrusion into the natural capsularbag. In some embodiments, the device 7300 may be smaller in certaindimensions especially towards the anterior and/or periphery of thedevice. In some embodiments, the smaller size and/or decrease inanterior, posterior, and/or radial protrusion into the natural capsularbag may result in the device 7300 having an enhanced biocompatibilityprofile. In some embodiments, the unique shape of the design of thedevice 7300 may result in a decrease and/or elimination of inflammationof the eye (e.g. anterior of the eye) upon insertion of the device. Insome embodiments, the decrease and/or elimination of post-insertioninflammation resulting from the shape of the device 7300 may result in adecrease and/or elimination of the need for post-operativeanti-inflammatory medications such as, e.g., steroids or nonsteroidalhigh inflammatory medications. It may also result in a decrease and/orelimination of device removals and/or replacements, which be needed ifinflammation cannot be reduced or removed.

In some embodiments, the device 7300 can be self-expandable to keep thecapsule fully open. The device 7300 can comprise at least threedifferent planes, which can be substantially perpendicular to ananterior-posterior or longitudinal axis of the device in someembodiments. For example, a first plane can correspond with theposterior opening or end 104 of the device, where a refractive surfaceor IOL can be attached. A second plane can correspond with the anterioropening or end 102 of the device, where another refractive surface orIOL can be attached. A third plane can be positioned in between theposterior end and the anterior end, for example, along a ridge formed inthe anterior portion 7350, as shown in FIG. 73C, where anotherrefractive surface, technology device, IOL, and/or any other intraoculardevice can be attached.

In some embodiments, the anterior opening or end 102 may comprise anopening and radially outward surface. In some embodiments, thecontinuous sidewalls 7302 may extend angularly and radially outwardsfrom the anterior end 102, as shown in FIG. 73C. In some embodiments,the continuous sidewalls 7302 may comprise one or more curvilinear wallsin the anterior portion 7350 of the prosthetic capsular device. In someembodiments, the continuous sidewalls 7302 may comprise two sectionswithin the anterior portion 7350. In some embodiments, the continuoussidewalls 7302 may comprise a radially outward arcuate portion 7304adjacent to the anterior end 102 and a radially inward straight portion7306 bridged to the radially outward arcuate portion 7304 by an anteriortransition point 7308. In some embodiments, the radially outward portion7304 and the radially inward portion 7306 may be separated at an initialangle of substantially 90°. In some embodiments, the radially outwardportion 7304 and the radially inward portion 7306 may be separated at aninitial angle of about 10°, about 20°, about 30°, about 40°, about 50°,about 60°, about 70°, about 80°, about 90°, about 100°, about 110°,about 120°, about 130°, about 140°, about 150°, about 160°, about 170°,about 180°, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, the radially outward portion 7304 of the continuoussidewalls 7302 may form a truncated dome shape when viewed from the sideand/or cross-sectional view, such as in FIG. 73C. In some embodiments,the anterior transition point 7308 of the continuous sidewalls 7302 maycomprise the base of the dome and the anterior end or opening 102 maycomprise the upper edge of the truncated dome. In some embodiments, thetruncated dome shape forms a three dimensional truncated dome structurein the anterior portion 7350.

In some embodiments, the anterior transition point 7308 may comprise acircular or otherwise arcuate rounded edge of the prosthetic capsulardevice. In some embodiments, the anterior transition point 7308 may belocated on a radially outermost diameter of the device 7300. In someembodiments, the outermost diameter of the device 7300 may be about10.00 mm. In some embodiments, the outermost diameter of the device 7300may be about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm,about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm,about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the anterior transition point 7308 may comprise arounded edge having a radius of about 0.1 mm. In some embodiments, thetransition point 7308 may comprise a rounded edge having a radius ofabout 0.01 mm, about 0.02 mm, about 0.03 mm, about 0.04 mm, about 0.05mm, about 0.06 mm, about 0.07 mm, about 0.08 mm, about 0.09 mm, about0.10 mm, about 0.11 mm, about 0.12 mm, about 0.13 mm, about 0.14 mm,about 0.15 mm, about 0.16 mm, about 0.17 mm, about 0.18 mm, about 0.19mm, about 0.20 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm, about 0.40 mm, about0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm, about 0.90 mm,about 1.00 mm and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, the prosthetic capsular device 7300 comprises athickness or width, the thickness ranging from the posterior opening orend 104 to the anterior opening or end 102. In some embodiments, thethickness of the capsular device 7300 is about 3.00 mm. In someembodiments the thickness of the device 7300 can be about 0.50 mm, about1.00 mm, about 1.50 mm, about 2.00 mm, about 2.50 mm, about 3.00 mm,about 3.50 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 4.50 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 8.00 mm, about9.00 mm, about 10.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, anterior transition point 7308 can be located about2.00 mm, along a longitudinal axis of the device, from the posterior endor opening 104. Along a longitudinal axis of the device, the anteriortransition point 7308 may be located about 0.20 mm, about 0.25 mm, about0.30 mm, about 0.40 mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm,about 0.80 mm, about 0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm, about 1.50 mm, about 2.00mm, about 2.50 mm, about 3.00 mm, about 3.50 mm, about 4.00 mm, about4.50 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm,about 7.00 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 10.00 mm, and/orwithin a range defined by two of the aforementioned values from theposterior end or opening 104.

In some embodiments, the anterior end or opening 102 may comprise adiameter of about 6.00 mm. In some embodiments, the anterior end oropening 102 may comprise a diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm,about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm,about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, the posterior end or opening 102 may comprise adiameter of about 6.00 mm. In some embodiments, the posterior end oropening 102 may comprise a diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm,about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm,about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, a central transition point 7310 may link theanterior portion 7350 and the posterior portion 7370 of the prostheticdevice 7300. The central transition point 7310 may comprise a point atwhich the continuous sidewalls 7302 transform from a straight wall onthe, for example, radially inward section 7306 of the anterior portion7350 to a curvilinear sidewall on the posterior portion 7370. Thecurvilinear sidewall on the posterior portion 7370 may taper inwardlytowards the posterior end or opening 104.

In some embodiments, the radially inward portion 7306 of the continuoussidewalls 7302 may form an inverted trapezoidal shape when viewed fromthe side and/or cross-sectional view, such as in FIG. 73C. In someembodiments, the anterior transition point 7308 of the continuoussidewalls 7302 may comprise the upper or top edge of the invertedtrapezoid and the central transition point 7310 may comprise the base ofthe inverted trapezoid. In some embodiments, the inverted trapezoidalshape forms a three dimensional circular or arcuate inverted truncatedcone structure in the anterior portion 7350. In some embodiments, theradially inward portion 7306 of the continuous sidewalls 7302 may forman inverted dome shape when viewed from the side. In some embodiments,the radially inward section 7306 may comprise a curvilinear sidewallmirroring the radially outward section 7304. In some embodiments, theanterior transition point 7308 of the continuous sidewalls 7302 maycomprise the upper or top edge of the inverted truncated dome and thecentral transition point 7310 may comprise the base of the inverteddome. In some embodiments, the inverted dome shape forms a threedimensional circular or arcuate inverted truncated dome structure in theanterior portion 7350. In some embodiments, the radially outward section7304, the radially inward section 7306, or any other portion of thesidewalls 7302 may comprise a curvilinear shape to better match theshape of the natural capsular lens of the eye.

In some embodiments, the inverted truncated trapezoidal or domestructure may comprise a first interior volume or cavity within theanterior portion 7350. In some embodiments, the truncated dome structuredescribed above may comprise a second interior volume or cavity withinthe anterior portion 7350. In some embodiments, the first volume maycomprise about an equal volume as the second volume. In someembodiments, the first volume may comprise a volume of about 1/10, about1/8, about 1/6, about 1/5, about 1/4, about 1/3, about 1/2, about 2/3,about 3/4, about 5/6, about 7/8, about 1, and/or within a range definedby two of the aforementioned values, the second volume. In someembodiments, the first volume may comprise a volume about 1.1, about1.2, about 1.3, about 1.4, about 1.5, about 1.6, about 1.7, about 1.9,about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9,or about 10, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues, times as large as the second volume.

In some embodiments, the central transition point 7310 may comprise arounded edge having a radius of about 0.1 mm. In some embodiments, thecentral transition point 7310 may comprise a rounded edge having aradius of about 0.01 mm, about 0.02 mm, about 0.03 mm, about 0.04 mm,about 0.05 mm, about 0.06 mm, about 0.07 mm, about 0.08 mm, about 0.09mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.11 mm, about 0.12 mm, about 0.13 mm, about0.14 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.16 mm, about 0.17 mm, about 0.18 mm,about 0.19 mm, about 0.20 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm, about 0.40mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm, about0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the central transition point 7310 can be locatedabout 1.50 mm, along a longitudinal axis of the device, from theposterior end or opening 104. Along a longitudinal axis of the device,the central transition point 7310 may be located about 0.20 mm, about0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm, about 0.40 mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm,about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm, about 0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm, about 1.50mm, about 2.00 mm, about 2.50 mm, about 3.00 mm, about 3.50 mm, about4.00 mm, about 4.50 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm,about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 10.00mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned valuesfrom the posterior end or opening 104.

In some embodiments, a prosthetic capsular device configured to beinserted in a natural capsular bag of an eye after removal of a lens cancomprise a housing structure 7300 capable of containing one or moreintraocular devices and/or refractive surfaces. In particular, thehousing structure can comprise an anterior side, wherein the anteriorside comprises an anterior opening that can be elliptical, circular,arcuate, triangular, rectangular, and/or polygonal, wherein the anterioropening is capable of allowing at least one of insertion, removal, orreplacement of the intraocular device, and wherein the anterior openingis further configured to be coupled to a refractive surface to cover theanterior opening; a posterior side, wherein the posterior side comprisesan posterior opening that can be elliptical, circular, arcuate,triangular, rectangular, and/or polygonal, wherein the posterior openingis capable of allowing at least one of insertion, removal, orreplacement of an intraocular device, and wherein the posterior openingis further configured to be coupled to a refractive surface to cover theposterior opening; and a continuous lateral portion interposed betweenthe anterior portion and the posterior portion, wherein the continuouslateral portion protrudes radially beyond the anterior portion and theposterior portion, wherein the continuous lateral portion fully enclosesa lateral side of the housing structure, wherein an internal cavity ofthe continuous lateral portion forms a groove or ridge for containing anintraocular device within, for example, an anterior portion of thedevice. The continuous lateral portion may not have any openings, forexample along the lateral portion of the device in some embodiments. Thehousing structure 7300 can be asymmetrical over a plane perpendicular toa longitudinal axis of the structure 7300 at a midpoint of thecontinuous lateral portion between the anterior portion and theposterior portion. In certain embodiments, the refractive surface cancomprise a plurality of tabs or haptics for affixing the refractivesurface to at least one of the arcuate anterior opening, the arcuateposterior opening, and/or the ridge or groove within the housing device,wherein the plurality of tabs or haptics protrude from the refractivesurface.

As discussed above, one or more refractive surfaces, IOLs, lenses,optics, and/or other intraocular devices can be placed in the device7300 at the posterior opening 104 and/or anterior opening 102. Forexample, a surgeon may initially insert a device with a posteriorrefractive surface into an eye of a patient. Depending on the outcome,the surgeon may have the option to reposition the lens originallyinserted. For example, if the original lens was placed into theposterior opening and the patient had a hyperopic outcome, the surgeoncould reposition the lens into the anterior opening thereby inducing amyopic shift in the refraction. Alternatively or in conjunction withlens repositioning, a surgeon could insert a secondary IOL into themiddle section of the capsule, or into the anterior opening of thedevice 7300 to obtain better results. In other words, a secondary IOLcan be placed on or in the anterior opening or in combination with othermaneuvers for refractive fine tuning. Moreover, a biometric sensorand/or another IOL can be placed in the interior of the device 7300 aswell, for example along the a ridge or groove within the interior of thedevice, the ridge or groove located, for example, along the interiorwall of the device at the anterior transition point 7308.

In some embodiments, the device 7300 can be made in a number ofdifferent sizes or scales to accommodate for different patient biometry.For example, there can be a large, medium, and small sized device 7300(or any other combination of sizes) to accommodate for patients withdifferent sized cataracts and/or natural capsular bags. By providing anumber of devices 7300 of varying sizes, surgeons can be able to selecta particular device and/or optic for insertion in a particular patient.

The anterior portion 7350 and the posterior portion 7370 can beconfigured to hold a refractive surface, IOL, or another intraoculardevice. For example, a refractive surface and/or IOL can be configuredto be placed in and/or over the anterior portion 7350 and/or posteriorportion 7370. The anterior portion 7350 and/or posterior portion 7370can be configured to hold an intraocular device(s) specifically designedfor use with the device 7300, for example comprising one or morefeatures that allow fixation of the intraocular device(s) at theposterior portion 7370 and/or anterior portion 7350. As such, as anon-limiting example, the device 7300 can allow implantation of one,two, three or more lenses to obtain an optimal refractive power and/or arefractive power that is desired.

In certain embodiments, the outer diameter of the anterior portion 7350and/or posterior portion 7370, the inner diameter of the anteriorportion 7350 and/or posterior portion 7370 within the device 7300, theopening(s) of the anterior portion 7350 and/or posterior portion 7370can be about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm,about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm,about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the sidewalls 7302 may have a thickness of about0.250 mm. In some embodiments, the sidewalls 7302 may comprise athickness of about 0.05 mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.20 mm,about 0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm, about 0.35 mm, about 0.40 mm, about 0.45mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm, about0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the device 7300 may comprise one or more angled,straight, and/or curvilinear side walls adjacent to the anterior opening102 and/or the posterior opening 104. The angled side walls may comprisethe anterior portion 7350 and/or posterior portion 7350. The angledside-walls may comprise one or more straight walls extending from theanterior opening and/or posterior opening to the straight side-wall ofthe central portion.

In some embodiments, the device 7300 illustrated in FIGS. 73A-D and/orthe device illustrated in FIG. 70 may comprise one or more ellipticalcutouts or wedges that span a vertical portion (for example when viewedfrom the view of FIG. 73D) from the anterior to the posterior. In someembodiments, the elliptical cutouts may facilitate form fitting of thedevice within the natural capsular bag. For example, in a patient with alarge capsular bag, the elliptical cutouts may be fully open to expandthe device to form-fit. In a smaller natural capsular bag, theelliptical cutouts may be compressed together to facilitate a compatiblefit.

In some embodiments, when the prosthetic capsular devices describedherein, for example in connection with FIGS. 73A-73D, are inserted intothe eye, the natural capsular bag may adjust and/or contract in size/andor shape to form-fit around the device. In some embodiments, acapsulorhexis used to insert the devices described herein may be lessthan 6.00 mm such that the capsulorhexis may be smaller than theanterior opening and/or posterior opening of the device. In someembodiments, the devices described herein may be housed or may sit in amiddle portion of the natural capsular bag. In some embodiments, themidpoint of the natural capsular bag may substantially correspond withthe midpoint of the device in the eye along a longitudinal axis of thedevice. In some embodiments, the device 7300 of FIGS. 73A-D may beinserted into the eye without any IOLs, refractive surfaces, or otherintraocular devices inserted therein. In some embodiments, the IOLs,refractive surfaces, and/or other intraocular devices can be insertedinto the device 7300 of FIGS. 73A-73D after the device has been insertedinto the eye.

FIG. 74A is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device. FIG. 74B is an anterior plan view of theexample prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 74A. FIG. 74C is across-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG.74A along the line A-A of FIG. 74B. FIG. 74D is a side plan view of theexample prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 73A. FIG. 74E is a close-upview of an example hash mark for utilization with the example prostheticdevices described herein.

The example prosthetic capsular device 7400 illustrated in FIG. 74A-74Eincludes some or all of the features of the example prosthetic capsulardevices illustrated in FIGS. 27A-27D, 28A-28D, 49A-49D, 51A-51G,53A-53D, 55A-55D, 57A-57D, 58A-58D, 69A-69D, 71A-71D, 72A-72D, and/or73A-73D. For example, similar to the example prosthetic capsular device7100 of FIG. 71A-71D, the prosthetic capsular device 7400 can include asingle continuous sidewall 7402, a posterior opening or end 104, ananterior opening or end 102, an anterior portion 7450, a posteriorportion 7470, a radially outward section 7404 of the sidewall 7402 ofthe anterior portion 7450, a radially inward section 7406 of thesidewall 7402 of the anterior portion 7450, an anterior transition point7408, and a central transition point 7410. In some embodiments, theexample prosthetic capsular device 7400 can comprise dimensions smallerto, similar to, or identical to those described in relation to theexample prosthetic capsular device 7100 and/or the other prostheticcapsular devices described herein, and the dimensions can be tailored toa particular eye being operated on.

In some embodiments, the shape and size of the device 7400 may minimizeanterior, posterior, and/or radial protrusion into the natural capsularbag. In some embodiments, the device 7400 may be smaller in certaindimensions especially towards the anterior and/or periphery of thedevice. In some embodiments, the smaller size and/or decrease inanterior, posterior, and/or radial protrusion into the natural capsularbag may result in the device 7400 having an enhanced biocompatibilityprofile. In some embodiments, the unique shape of the design of thedevice 7400 may result in a decrease and/or elimination of inflammationof the eye (e.g. anterior of the eye) upon insertion of the device. Insome embodiments, the decrease and/or elimination of post-insertioninflammation resulting from the shape of the device 7400 may result in adecrease and/or elimination of the need for post-operativeanti-inflammatory medications such as, e.g., steroids or nonsteroidalhigh inflammatory medications. It may also result in a decrease and/orelimination of device removals and/or replacements, which be needed ifinflammation cannot be reduced or removed.

In some embodiments, the device 7400 can be self-expandable to keep thecapsule fully open. The device 7400 can comprise at least threedifferent planes, which can be substantially perpendicular to ananterior-posterior or longitudinal axis of the device in someembodiments. For example, a first plane can correspond with theposterior opening or end 104 of the device, where a refractive surfaceor IOL can be attached. A second plane can correspond with the anterioropening or end 102 of the device, where another refractive surface orIOL can be attached. A third plane can be positioned in between theposterior end and the anterior end, for example, along a ridge formed inthe anterior portion 7450, as shown in FIG. 74C, where anotherrefractive surface, technology device, IOL, and/or any other intraoculardevice can be attached.

In some embodiments, the prosthetic capsular devices comprise one ormore orientation designation indicators or mechanisms 7412 configured toserve as a marker to indicate the direction and/or orientation of theprosthetic device, such as a preferred anterior-posterior orientation,before, during, and/or after insertion into the eye. In someembodiments, the one or more orientation designation mechanisms 7412 maybe located on the anterior side, the posterior side, and/or on theinterior and/or exterior sidewalls of the prosthetic capsular device. Insome embodiments, the one or more orientation designation mechanisms7412 may assist and/or allow a surgeon or medical professional todetermine or perceive if the prosthetic capsular device is orientedcorrectly before, during, and/or after insertion into the eye.

In some embodiments, the one or more orientation indicators 7412 maycomprise visual distinguishing factors on the anterior side, theposterior side, and/or on the interior and/or exterior sidewalls of theprosthetic capsular device. For example, the anterior side, theposterior side, and/or the interior and/or exterior sidewalls may differbased on varying structural features, axis marks, colors, shapes,textures, tones, shades, brightness, outlines, sizes, text indicators,engravings, and icons, among others. In some embodiments, the one ormore orientation designation indicators 7412 facilitate theidentification of the current orientation of the prosthetic capsulardevice before, during, and after insertion into the eye and serve asmeasurement tools to measure, for example, rotational stability.

In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 74B and 74E, the one or moreorientation designation indicators 7412 comprise a protuberance, nub,protrusion, projection, bulge, or other structure extending from asurface of the housing 7400. In some embodiments, the one or moreorientation designation indicators 7412 comprise a visual marker 7414such as a hole or aperture as shown in FIG. 74E. In some embodiments,the visual marker 7414 may serve as a reference point to measure torotational stability and position of the prosthetic capsular device 7400before, during, and/or after insertion into the eye. In someembodiments, the one or more orientation designation indicators 7412 mayextend radially inward from the diameter of the anterior opening 102and/or the posterior opening 104. However, in some embodiments, the oneor more orientation designation indicators 7412 may extend radiallyinward or radially outward from any structure of the prosthetic device7400 and/or an IOL or refractive surface coupled to the device. In someembodiments, it may be preferable for the one or more orientationdesignation indicators 7412 to extend radially inwardly from theanterior opening to provide optimal visibility to a surgeon and/ormedical professional and to avoid unnatural exterior protrusions intothe natural capsular bag.

When viewed from a top view, as shown in FIG. 74E, the center of thevisual marker 7414 may be located at a fixed distance from the edge ofthe anterior and/or posterior openings. In some embodiments, the centerof the visual marker 7414 may be located about 0.09 mm from the edge ofthe anterior and/or posterior openings, measured along a radial axis ofthe device. In some embodiments, the distance from the edge of theanterior and/or posterior opening to the center of the visual marker7414 may be about 0.01 mm, about 0.02 mm, about 0.03 mm, about 0.04 mm,about 0.05 mm, about 0.06 mm, about 0.07 mm, about 0.08 mm, about 0.09mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.11 mm, about 0.12 mm, about 0.13 mm, about0.14 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.16 mm, about 0.17 mm, about 0.18 mm,about 0.19 mm, about 0.20 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm, about 0.40mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm, about0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values. In some embodiments, the visual marker 7414 maybe oriented concentrically with the orientation designation indicator7412 on which it is located.

In some embodiments, the visual marker 7414 may comprise a hole oraperture in the one or more orientation designation indicators 7412. Insome embodiments, the hole or aperture may comprise a diameter of about0.15 mm. In some embodiments, the hole or aperture may comprise adiameter of about 0.01 mm, about 0.02 mm, about 0.03 mm, about 0.04 mm,about 0.05 mm, about 0.06 mm, about 0.07 mm, about 0.08 mm, about 0.09mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.11 mm, about 0.12 mm, about 0.13 mm, about0.14 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.16 mm, about 0.17 mm, about 0.18 mm,about 0.19 mm, about 0.20 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm, about 0.40mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm, about0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the one or more orientation designation indicators7412 may comprise curved protrusions. In some embodiments, the curvedprotrusions may comprise a radius of about 0.20 mm. In some embodiments,the curved protrusions may comprise a radius of about 0.01 mm, about0.02 mm, about 0.03 mm, about 0.04 mm, about 0.05 mm, about 0.06 mm,about 0.07 mm, about 0.08 mm, about 0.09 mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.11mm, about 0.12 mm, about 0.13 mm, about 0.14 mm, about 0.15 mm, about0.16 mm, about 0.17 mm, about 0.18 mm, about 0.19 mm, about 0.20 mm,about 0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm, about 0.40 mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60mm, about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm, about 0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm and/orwithin a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, a rounded corner may be formed between the anteriorand/or posterior opening and the one or more orientation designationindicators 7412. In some embodiments, the rounded corner may comprise aradius of about 0.50 mm. In some embodiments, the rounded or smoothedcorner may comprise a radius of about 0.01 mm, about 0.02 mm, about 0.03mm, about 0.04 mm, about 0.05 mm, about 0.06 mm, about 0.07 mm, about0.08 mm, about 0.09 mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.11 mm, about 0.12 mm,about 0.13 mm, about 0.14 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.16 mm, about 0.17mm, about 0.18 mm, about 0.19 mm, about 0.20 mm, about 0.25 mm, about0.30 mm, about 0.40 mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm,about 0.80 mm, about 0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the prosthetic capsular device 7400 may compriseabout 2 orientation designation indicators 7412. In some embodiments,the number of orientation designation indicators 7412 may be about 1, 2,3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50,100, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the anterior opening or end 102 may comprise anopening and radially outward surface. In some embodiments, thecontinuous sidewalls 7402 may extend angularly/diagonally and radiallyoutwards from the anterior end 102, as shown in FIG. 74C. In someembodiments, the continuous sidewalls 7402 may comprise curvilinearwalls in the anterior portion 7450 of the prosthetic capsular device. Insome embodiments, the continuous sidewalls 7402 may comprise twosections within the anterior portion 7450. In some embodiments, thecontinuous sidewalls 7402 may comprise a radially outwardarcuate/curvilinear portion 7404 adjacent to the anterior end 102 and aradially inward straight portion 7406 bridged to the radially outwardarcuate portion 7404 by an anterior transition point 7408. In someembodiments, the radially outward portion 7404 and the radially inwardportion 7406 may be separated at an initial angle of substantially 90°.the radially outward portion 7404 and the radially inward portion 7406may be separated at an initial angle of about 10°, about 20°, about 30°,about 40°, about 50°, about 60°, about 70°, about 80°, about 90°, about100°, about 110°, about 120°, about 130°, about 140°, about 150°, about160°, about 170°, about 180°, and/or within a range defined by two ofthe aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the radially outward portion 7404 of the continuoussidewalls 7402 may form a truncated dome shape when viewed from theside, such as in FIG. 74C. In some embodiments, the anterior transitionpoint 7408 of the continuous sidewalls 7402 may comprise the base of thedome and the anterior end or opening 102 may comprise the upper edge ofthe truncated dome. In some embodiments, the truncated dome shape formsa three dimensional truncated dome structure in the anterior portion7450.

In some embodiments, the anterior transition point 7408 may comprise acircular or otherwise arcuate rounded edge of the prosthetic capsulardevice. In some embodiments, the anterior transition point 7408 may belocated on a radially outermost diameter of the device 7400. In someembodiments, the outermost diameter of the device 7400 may be about10.00 mm. In some embodiments, the outermost diameter of the device 7400may be about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm,about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm,about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the anterior transition point 7408 may comprise arounded or smoothed edge having a radius of about 0.1 mm. In someembodiments, the transition point 7408 may comprise a rounded edgehaving a radius of about 0.01 mm, about 0.02 mm, about 0.03 mm, about0.04 mm, about 0.05 mm, about 0.06 mm, about 0.07 mm, about 0.08 mm,about 0.09 mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.11 mm, about 0.12 mm, about 0.13mm, about 0.14 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.16 mm, about 0.17 mm, about0.18 mm, about 0.19 mm, about 0.20 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm,about 0.40 mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm, about 0.80mm, about 0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm and/or within a range defined by two ofthe aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the prosthetic capsular device 7400 comprises athickness or width, the thickness ranging from the posterior opening orend 104 to the anterior opening or end 102. In some embodiments, thethickness of the capsular device 7400 is about 3.00 mm. In someembodiments the thickness of the device 7400 can be about 0.50 mm, about1.00 mm, about 1.50 mm, about 2.00 mm, about 2.50 mm, about 3.00 mm,about 3.50 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 4.50 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 8.00 mm, about9.00 mm, about 10.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, anterior transition point 7408 can be located about2.00 mm, along a longitudinal axis of the device, from the posterior endor opening 104. Along a longitudinal axis of the device, the anteriortransition point 7408 may be located about 0.20 mm, about 0.25 mm, about0.30 mm, about 0.40 mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm,about 0.80 mm, about 0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm, about 1.50 mm, about 2.00mm, about 2.50 mm, about 3.00 mm, about 3.50 mm, about 4.00 mm, about4.50 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm,about 7.00 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 10.00 mm, and/orwithin a range defined by two of the aforementioned values from theposterior end or opening 104.

In some embodiments, the anterior end or opening 102 may comprise adiameter of about 6.00 mm. In some embodiments, the anterior end oropening 102 may comprise a diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm,about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm,about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, the posterior end or opening 102 may comprise adiameter of about 6.00 mm. In some embodiments, the posterior end oropening 102 may comprise a diameter of about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm,about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50 mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm,about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm, about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about15.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

In some embodiments, a central transition point 7410 may link theanterior portion 7450 and the posterior portion 7470 of the prostheticdevice 7400. The central transition point 7410 may comprise a point atwhich the continuous sidewalls 7402 transform from a straight wall onthe, for example, radially inward section 7406 of the anterior portion7450 to a curvilinear sidewall on the posterior portion 7470. Thecurvilinear sidewall on the posterior portion 7470 may taper inwardlytowards the posterior end or opening 104.

In some embodiments, the radially inward portion 7406 of the continuoussidewalls 7402 may form an inverted trapezoidal shape when viewed fromthe side and/or cross-sectional view, such as in FIG. 74C. In someembodiments, the anterior transition point 7408 of the continuoussidewalls 7402 may comprise the upper or top edge of the invertedtrapezoid and the central transition point 7410 may comprise the base ofthe inverted trapezoid. In some embodiments, the inverted trapezoidalshape forms a three dimensional circular or arcuate inverted truncatedcone structure in the anterior portion 7450. In some embodiments, theradially inward portion 7406 of the continuous sidewalls 7402 may forman inverted dome shape when viewed from the side. In some embodiments,the radially inward section 7406 may comprise a curvilinear sidewallmirroring the radially outward section 7404. In some embodiments, theanterior transition point 7408 of the continuous sidewalls 7402 maycomprise the upper or top edge of the inverted truncated dome and thecentral transition point 7410 may comprise the base of the inverteddome. In some embodiments, the inverted dome shape forms a threedimensional circular or arcuate inverted truncated dome structure in theanterior portion 7450. In some embodiments, the radially outward section7404, the radially inward section 7406, or any other portion of thesidewalls 7402 may comprise a curvilinear shape to better match theshape of the natural capsular lens of the eye.

In some embodiments, the inverted truncated trapezoidal or domestructure may comprise a first interior volume or cavity within theanterior portion 7450. In some embodiments, the truncated dome structuredescribed above may comprise a second interior volume or cavity withinthe anterior portion 7450. In some embodiments, the first volume maycomprise about an equal volume as the second volume. In someembodiments, the first volume may comprise a volume of about 1/10, about1/8, about 1/6, about 1/5, about 1/4, about 1/3, about 1/2, about 2/3,about 3/4, about 5/6, about 7/8, about 1, and/or within a range definedby two of the aforementioned values, the second volume. In someembodiments, the first volume may comprise a volume about 1.1, about1.2, about 1.3, about 1.4, about 1.5, about 1.6, about 1.7, about 1.9,about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9,or about 10, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues, times as large as the second volume.

In some embodiments, the central transition point 7410 may comprise arounded edge having a radius of about 0.1 mm. In some embodiments, thecentral transition point 7410 may comprise a rounded edge having aradius of about 0.01 mm, about 0.02 mm, about 0.03 mm, about 0.04 mm,about 0.05 mm, about 0.06 mm, about 0.07 mm, about 0.08 mm, about 0.09mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.11 mm, about 0.12 mm, about 0.13 mm, about0.14 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.16 mm, about 0.17 mm, about 0.18 mm,about 0.19 mm, about 0.20 mm, about 0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm, about 0.40mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm, about0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the central transition point 7410 can be locatedabout 1.50 mm, along a longitudinal axis of the device, from theposterior end or opening 104. Along a longitudinal axis of the device,the central transition point 7410 may be located about 0.20 mm, about0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm, about 0.40 mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm,about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm, about 0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm, about 1.50mm, about 2.00 mm, about 2.50 mm, about 3.00 mm, about 3.50 mm, about4.00 mm, about 4.50 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about 6.00 mm,about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 8.00 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 10.00mm, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementioned valuesfrom the posterior end or opening 104.

In some embodiments, a prosthetic capsular device configured to beinserted in a natural capsular bag of an eye after removal of a lens cancomprise a housing structure 7400 capable of containing one or moreintraocular devices and/or refractive surfaces. In particular, thehousing structure can comprise an anterior side, wherein the anteriorside comprises an anterior opening that can be elliptical, circular,arcuate, triangular, rectangular, and/or polygonal, wherein the anterioropening is capable of allowing at least one of insertion, removal, orreplacement of the intraocular device, and wherein the anterior openingis further configured to be coupled to a refractive surface to cover theanterior opening; a posterior side, wherein the posterior side comprisesan posterior opening that can be elliptical, circular, arcuate,triangular, rectangular, and/or polygonal, wherein the posterior openingis capable of allowing at least one of insertion, removal, orreplacement of an intraocular device, and wherein the posterior openingis further configured to be coupled to a refractive surface to cover theposterior opening; and a continuous lateral portion interposed betweenthe anterior portion and the posterior portion, wherein the continuouslateral portion protrudes radially beyond the anterior portion and theposterior portion, wherein the continuous lateral portion fully enclosesa lateral side of the housing structure, wherein an internal cavity ofthe continuous lateral portion forms a groove or ridge for containing anintraocular device within, for example, an anterior portion of thedevice. The continuous lateral portion may not have any openings, forexample along the lateral portion of the device in some embodiments. Thehousing structure 7400 can be asymmetrical over a plane perpendicular toa longitudinal axis of the structure 7400 at a midpoint of thecontinuous lateral portion between the anterior portion and theposterior portion. In certain embodiments, the refractive surface cancomprise a plurality of tabs or haptics for affixing the refractivesurface to at least one of the arcuate anterior opening, the arcuateposterior opening, and/or the ridge or groove within the housing device,wherein the plurality of tabs or haptics protrude from the refractivesurface.

As discussed above, one or more refractive surfaces, IOLs, lenses,optics, and/or other intraocular devices can be placed in the device7400 at the posterior opening 104 and/or anterior opening 102. Forexample, a surgeon may initially insert a device with a posteriorrefractive surface into an eye of a patient. Depending on the outcome,the surgeon may have the option to reposition the lens originallyinserted. For example, if the original lens was placed into theposterior opening and the patient had a hyperopic outcome, the surgeoncould reposition the lens into the anterior opening thereby inducing amyopic shift in the refraction. Alternatively or in conjunction withlens repositioning, a surgeon could insert a secondary IOL into themiddle section of the capsule, or into the anterior opening of thedevice 7400 to obtain better results. In other words, a secondary IOLcan be placed on or in the anterior opening or in combination with othermaneuvers for refractive fine tuning.

Moreover, a biometric sensor and/or another IOL can be placed in theinterior of the device 7400 as well, for example along the a ridge orgroove within the interior of the device, the ridge or groove located,for example, along the interior wall of the device at the anteriortransition point 7408.

In some embodiments, the device 7400 can be made in a number ofdifferent sizes or scales to accommodate for different patient biometry.For example, there can be a large, medium, and small sized device 7400(or any other combination of sizes) to accommodate for patients withdifferent sized cataracts and/or natural capsular bags. By providing anumber of devices 7400 of varying sizes, surgeons can be able to selecta particular device and/or optic for insertion in a particular patient.

The anterior portion 7450 and the posterior portion 7470 can beconfigured to hold a refractive surface, IOL, or another intraoculardevice. For example, a refractive surface and/or IOL can be configuredto be placed in and/or over the anterior portion 7450 and/or posteriorportion 7470. The anterior portion 7450 and/or posterior portion 7470can be configured to hold an intraocular device(s) specifically designedfor use with the device 7400, for example comprising one or morefeatures that allow fixation of the intraocular device(s) at theposterior portion 7470 and/or anterior portion 7450. As such, as anon-limiting example, the device 7400 can allow implantation of one,two, three or more lenses to obtain an optimal refractive power and/or arefractive power that is desired.

In certain embodiments, the outer diameter of the anterior portion 7450and/or posterior portion 7470, the inner diameter of the anteriorportion 7450 and/or posterior portion 7470 within the device 7400, theopening(s) of the anterior portion 7450 and/or posterior portion 7470can be about 3.00 mm, about 4.00 mm, about 5.00 mm, about 5.50 mm, about6.00 mm, about 6.50 mm, about 7.00 mm, about 7.50 mm, about 8.00 mm,about 8.50 mm, about 9.00 mm, about 9.50 mm, about 10.00 mm, about 10.50mm, about 11.00 mm, about 11.50 mm, about 12.00 mm, about 12.50 mm,about 13.00 mm, about 14.00 mm, about 15.00 mm, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the sidewalls 7402 may have a thickness of about0.250 mm. In some embodiments, the sidewalls 7402 may comprise athickness of about 0.05 mm, about 0.10 mm, about 0.15 mm, about 0.20 mm,about 0.25 mm, about 0.30 mm, about 0.35 mm, about 0.40 mm, about 0.45mm, about 0.50 mm, about 0.60 mm, about 0.70 mm, about 0.80 mm, about0.90 mm, about 1.00 mm, and/or within a range defined by two of theaforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the device 7400 may comprise one or more angled,straight, and/or curvilinear side walls adjacent to the anterior opening102 and/or the posterior opening 104. The angled side walls may comprisethe anterior portion 7450 and/or posterior portion 7450. The angledside-walls may comprise one or more straight walls extending from theanterior opening and/or posterior opening to the straight side-wall ofthe central portion.

In some embodiments, the device 7400 illustrated in FIGS. 74A-D and/orthe device illustrated in FIG. 70 may comprise one or more ellipticalcutouts or wedges that span a vertical portion (for example when viewedfrom the view of FIG. 74D) from the anterior to the posterior. In someembodiments, the elliptical cutouts may facilitate form fitting of thedevice within the natural capsular bag. For example, in a patient with alarge capsular bag, the elliptical cutouts may be fully open to expandthe device to form-fit. In a smaller natural capsular bag, theelliptical cutouts may be compressed together to facilitate a compatiblefit.

In some embodiments, when the prosthetic capsular devices describedherein, for example in connection with FIGS. 74A-74E, are inserted intothe eye, the natural capsular bag may adjust and/or contract in size/andor shape to form-fit around the device. In some embodiments, acapsulorhexis used to insert the devices described herein may be lessthan 6.00 mm such that the capsulorhexis may be smaller than theanterior opening and/or posterior opening of the device. In someembodiments, the devices described herein may be housed or may sit in amiddle portion of the natural capsular bag. In some embodiments, themidpoint of the natural capsular bag may substantially correspond withthe midpoint of the device in the eye along a longitudinal axis of thedevice. In some embodiments, the device 7400 of FIGS. 74A-74E may beinserted into the eye without any IOLs, refractive surfaces, or otherintraocular devices inserted therein. In some embodiments, the IOLs,refractive surfaces, and/or other intraocular devices can be insertedinto the device 7400 of FIGS. 74A-74E after the device has been insertedinto the eye.

Some embodiments of the devices herein comprise a prosthetic capsulardevice configured to be inserted in a natural capsular bag of an eye,the prosthetic capsular device comprising: an asymmetric housingstructure configured to contain one or more refractive surfaces and/orintraocular lenses (IOLs), the asymmetric housing structure comprising:an anterior portion comprising: an arcuate anterior opening configuredto allow at least one of insertion, removal, or replacement of the oneor more refractive surfaces and/or IOLs, wherein the arcuate anterioropening is further configured to couple a first refractive surfaceand/or IOL; and an anterior sidewall comprising: a curvilinear anteriorsection adjacent to the arcuate anterior opening, the curvilinearanterior section comprising a curvature extending from the arcuateanterior opening to an anterior transition point; and a straightanterior section extending posteriorly and radially inward from theanterior transition point to a central transition point, wherein thecurvilinear anterior section, the straight anterior section, and theanterior transition point form a ridge along an interior of the anteriorsidewall, wherein the ridge is configured to receive a second refractivesurface and/or IOL; a posterior portion comprising: an arcuate posterioropening configured to couple with a third refractive surface and/or IOL;and a curvilinear posterior sidewall extending posteriorly from thecentral transition point to the arcuate posterior opening; and thecentral transition point dividing the anterior portion and the posteriorportion.

The prosthetic capsular devices may further comprise one or moreorientation designation indicators. The prosthetic capsular devices mayfurther comprise one or more orientation designation indicators, whereinthe one or more orientation designation indicators comprise a projectionextending radially inward from the arcuate anterior opening. In someembodiments, the one or more orientation designation indicators furthercomprise a hole or aperture. In some embodiments, the one or moreorientation designation indicators comprise a visual distinguishingelement on the anterior portion, the posterior portion, and/or on thecentral transition point of the housing structure. In some embodiments,the one or more orientation designation indicators are configured toserve as markers to indicate the direction and/or orientation of theprosthetic capsular device before, during, and/or after insertion intothe eye.

The prosthetic capsular devices herein may further comprise an internalcavity formed by the arcuate anterior opening, the arcuate posterioropening, and the continuous lateral portion. In some embodiments, theinternal cavity comprises a first volume and a second volume, whereinthe first volume is bounded by an anterior longitudinal plane parallelto the arcuate anterior opening, the anterior sidewall, and a centrallongitudinal plane intersecting the central transition point. In someembodiments, the second volume is bounded by a posterior plane parallelto the arcuate posterior opening, the curvilinear posterior sidewall,and the central longitudinal plane.

In some embodiments, the prosthetic capsular devices areself-expandable. In some embodiments, the shape and size of theprosthetic capsular devices minimizes anterior, posterior, and/or radialprotrusion of the device into the natural capsular bag. In someembodiments, the prosthetic capsular devices have an enhancedbiocompatibility profile resulting from the minimized anterior,posterior, and/or radial protrusion of the prosthetic capsular deviceinto the natural capsular bag. In some embodiments, the prostheticcapsular devices may be inserted into the eye without any of the one ormore refractive surfaces or IOLs inserted therein.

In some embodiments, the anterior portion of the prosthetic capsulardevices further comprises an anterior cavity comprising a first volume,the first volume comprising a truncated dome shape. In some embodiments,the anterior cavity further comprises a second volume, the second volumecomprising an inverted truncated trapezoidal shape. In some embodiments,an anterior transition point divides the curvilinear anterior sectionand the straight anterior section, and wherein the anterior transitionpoint comprises an outermost diameter of the asymmetric housingstructure. In some embodiments, the anterior portion, the posteriorportion, and the central transition point of the prosthetic capsulardevices comprise a continuous lateral segment of the housing structure.Tubular devices, systems, and methods

FIG. 33A illustrates an anterior side perspective view of an exampleprosthetic capsular device. FIG. 33B illustrates an anterior plan viewof the example prosthetic capsular device of FIG. 33A. FIG. 33Cillustrates a cross-sectional view of the example prosthetic capsulardevice of FIG. 33A along the line 33C-33C of FIG. 33B.

In some embodiments, the device 3300 includes features described withrespect to the devices described in U.S. Pat. No. 9,358,103, which ishereby incorporated by reference in its entirety, or modificationsthereof. For example, the device 3300 can comprise an anterior side3302, a posterior side 3304, and sidewalls 3306 extending between theanterior side 3302 and the posterior side 3304; the anterior side 3302comprises an opening 3308; the posterior side 3304 optionally comprisesa refractive surface 3310; the prosthetic device 3300 comprises a ringstructure 3320 (e.g., comprising ring structure portions 3320A, 3320B,3320C, 3320D) coupled to a housing structure 3312 comprising theanterior side 3302, posterior side 3304, and sidewalls 3306; and thering portions 3320A, 3320B, 3320C, 3320D comprising aperture sections3327 comprising openings 3328, which may also or alternatively be slits.

The device 3300 comprises openings 3326A, 3326B in the posterior side3304 of the housing structure 3312. Each of the openings 3326A, 3326Bmay be the same as the others of the openings 3326A, 3326B. At least oneof the openings 3326A, 3326B may be different than at least one of theother openings 3326A, 3326B. The openings 3326A, 3326B may inhibit orprevent entrapment of fluid or potentially residual viscoelasticmaterial after implantation of the device 3300, for example by allowinganterior-posterior fluid flow along with the anterior opening 3308.

The openings 3326A, 3326B may be formed during formation of the housingstructure 3312 (e.g., as part of a molding process) and/or formed afterformation of the housing structure 3312 (e.g., by a laser, chemical, ormechanical removal process). In some implementations, the housingstructure 3312 may comprise a different material around the openings3326A, 3326B (e.g., the housing structure 3312 comprising silicone andthe opening surrounding material comprising polyimide). In someimplementations, the housing structure 3312 may comprise thickermaterial around the openings 3326A, 3326B (e.g., to buttress theopenings 3326A, 3326B, for example if another device is to be anchoredto the openings 3326A, 3326B). In some implementations, the housingstructure 3312 may comprise thinner material around the openings 3326A,3326B (e.g., for easier removal of material and/or opening formation).

The openings 3326A, 3326B can allow evacuation of prosthetic capsulardevice 3300 viscoelastic material from behind the refractive surface3310 and/or the posterior wall of the housing structure 3312. Theopenings 3326A, 3326B can provide access to the posterior capsule. Forexample, if a primary posterior capsulotomy was created (e.g., using afemtosecond laser after implantation of the device 3300), the openings3326A, 3326B could allow use of forceps to grab a cut posteriorcapsulorhexis and remove it from the eye. Openings 3326A, 3326B on eachside of the refractive surface 3310 may allow the refractive surface3310 to tilt (e.g., along the major axis if the openings 3326A, 3326Bare on opposite sides of the major axis), which may allow greater accessto an area posterior to the refractive surface 3310.

The openings 3326A, 3326B can hold or otherwise interact with a drugeluting device. The openings 3326A, 3326B can allow a medicament accessto the posterior capsule (e.g., for treatment of retinal and/or uvealdiseases). The openings 3326A, 3326B may allow a drug contained in thedevice 3300 to reach a posterior segment of the eye (e.g., vitreous,retina, choroid). The openings 3326A, 3326B may allow a slow releaseanti-VEGF injectable (e.g., Ranibizumab (e.g., Lucentis® fromGenentech), aflibercept (e.g., Eylea® from Regeneron Pharmaceuticals) oranti-VEGF produced from cells (e.g., from Neurotech) contained in thedevice 3300 to reach a posterior segment of the eye (e.g., vitreous,retina, choroid) for treatment of macular degeneration.

The refractive surface 3310 may have a diameter between about 4 mm andabout 9 mm (e.g., about 4 mm, about 5 mm, about 6 mm, about 7 mm, about8 mm, about 9 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). In someembodiments, the openings 3326A, 3326B are spaced from the outercircumference of the refractive surface 3310 by between about 0.2 mm andabout 1 mm (e.g., about 0.2 mm, about 0.3 mm, about 0.4 mm, about 0.5mm, about 0.6 mm, about 0.7 mm, about 0.8 mm, about 0.9 mm, about 1 mm,ranges between such values, etc.). In some embodiments, the openings3326A, 3326B comprise arcs of a circle having a diameter 3330 betweenabout 4.5 mm and about 9.5 mm (e.g., about 4.5 mm, about 5.5 mm, about4.5 mm, about 4.5 mm, about 4.5 mm, about 9.5 mm, ranges between suchvalues, etc.). For example, if the refractive surface 3310 has adiameter of 5 mm and the openings 3326A, 3326B are spaced from the outercircumference of the refractive surface 3310 by 0.5 mm, the openings3326A, 3326B would have a diameter 3330 of 5.5 mm.

The outer or under certain circumstances maximum diameter 3332 of thedevice 3300, for example accounting for extension of the ring structure3320, may be between about 9 mm and about 12 mm (e.g., about 9 mm, about9.5 mm, about 10 mm, about 10.3 mm, about 10.5 mm, about 11 mm, about 12mm, ranges between such values, etc.).

The openings 3326A, 3326B may have a thickness or width 3334 betweenabout 0 mm (e.g., being slits as described with to FIG. 33F) and about0.5 mm (e.g., about 0 mm, about 0.1 mm, about 0.2 mm, about 0.3 mm,about 0.4 mm, about 0.5 mm, ranges between such values, etc.). In someembodiments, the openings 3326A, 3326B are sized such that there islittle or no pressure gradient from posterior to anterior, for exampleduring anterior decompression. The openings 3326A, 3326B may be smallenough in size that there is a low likelihood of vitreous prolapsethrough the openings 3326A, 3326B.

In some embodiments, the openings 3326A, 3326B comprise arcs of acircle. The openings 3326A, 3326B may comprise a circumferential anglebetween about 30° and about 120° (e.g., about 30°, about 45°, about 60°,about 75°, about 90°, about 105°, about 120°, ranges between suchvalues, etc.). The openings 3326A, 3326B are illustrated as beingmirror-image circular arc openings, but other shapes are also possible(e.g., polygonal (e.g., rectangular), arcuate (e.g., circular,ellipsoid, oval), slits, combinations thereof, and the like). Theopenings 3326A, 3326B are illustrated as being on opposite sides of themajor axis, but openings can also or alternatively be on opposite sidesof the minor axis, on one side of an axis, crossing one or more axes,etc.

In some embodiments, the device 3300 comprises a bulge 3316. In someembodiments, the bulge 3316 extends radially outward of the sidewalls3306 (e.g., as shown in FIGS. 33A and 33B). In some embodiments, thebulge 3316 extends radially inward of the sidewalls 3306. In someembodiments, the bulge 3316 extends radially inward and radially outwardof the sidewalls 3306. The device 3300 includes a bulge 3316 on each endportion. In some embodiments, the bulge 3316 can be limited to portionsaround ring structure portion anchors. The housing structure 3312 maycomprise the bulge 3316 (e.g., the bulge 3316 being integral with thehousing structure 3312). In some implementations, the ring structure3320 is placed in a mold and the housing structure 3312 is over-moldedaround the ring structure 3320. The bulge 3316 may be coupled to thehousing structure 3312. The bulge 3316 may comprise the same material asthe housing structure 3312 or a different material than the housingstructure 3312. The bulge 3316 may allow the anchors to be substantiallyradially aligned with, radially outward of, or radially inward of thesidewalls 3306. The bulge 3316 may provide extra material in which thering structure 3320 may anchor, for example maintaining a wall thickness(e.g., about 0.2 mm) on one or both sides of the ring structure 3320with or without the use of a primer. The bulge 3316 may allow thematerial of the housing structure 3312 to surround (e.g., completelysurround) the anchoring portions of the ring structure portion 3320,which can avoid an area of weakness and/or discontinuity of the housingstructure 3312. The device 3300 includes bulges 3316 that extend alongthe entire edge portions of the housing structure 3312, even beyond thetermination of the anchor portions. In some implementations, the deviceincludes bulges 3316 that extend slightly beyond the termination of theanchor portions.

The device 3300 optionally comprises a posterior fin 3324. The device3300 shown includes two posterior fins 3324. The posterior fins 3324 arealigned along a diameter of the refractive surface 3310 and in line withthe major axis of the prosthetic device 3300. In some implementations, aplurality of posterior fins 3324 (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or more fins3324) may be circumferentially offset (e.g., by about 180°, by about120°, by about 90°, by about 72°, by about 60°, and the like). In someimplementations, at least some or all of a plurality of posterior fins3324 (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or more fins 3324) may be unaligned. Theposterior fins 3324 are aligned along a major axis of the device 3300.In some implementations, the posterior fins 3324 may be aligned along aminor axis of the device 3300. In some implementations, the posteriorfins 3324 may be unaligned along an axis of the device 3300 (e.g., at anangle with respect to the major axis and/or the minor axis). The housingstructure 3312 may comprise the posterior fin 3324 (e.g., the posteriorfin 3324 being integral with the housing structure 3312). The posteriorfin 3324 may be coupled to the housing structure 3312. The posterior fin3324 may comprise the same material as the housing structure 3312 or adifferent material than the housing structure 3312. The posterior fin3324 may help to space a posterior surface of a natural capsular bagfrom the posterior end 3304 of the housing structure 3312 radiallyoutward of the refractive surface 3310. Spacing the posterior surface ofthe natural capsular bag from the posterior end 3304 of the housingstructure 3312 radially outward of the refractive surface 3310 may allowfluid flow radially outward of the refractive surface 3310, which mayhelp to reduce opacification. Spacing the posterior surface of thenatural capsular bag from the posterior end 3304 of the housingstructure 3312 radially outward of the refractive surface 3310 mayreduce the chance of retaining viscoelastic that has some residualtrapped fibrin or inflammatory precipitate contained within it. In someembodiments, the posterior fin 3324 may extend anterior from theposterior of the housing structure 3312 into the cavity of the housingstructure 3312. In some embodiments, the posterior fin comprises aroughened or opacified interior and/or exterior surface of the housingstructure 3312 (e.g., having the same thickness and material as theposterior wall radially outward of the refractive surface 3310 buttreated to provide an alignment mark).

In embodiments in which the fins 3324 are aligned with the major axis ofthe device 3300, the device 3300 can be strategically aligned in an eye.For example, if an eye has astigmatism, a device 3300 in which therefractive surface 3310 comprises a toric lens can be used to at leastpartially correct the astigmatism if the device 3300 is properlyoriented (e.g., with the steep axis of a cornea). In someimplementations, at least one of the fins 3324 can be different (e.g.,different shape, dimensions, etc.) to indicate a top or bottom of thedevice 3300. In devices allowing any rotational orientation of an IOLinserted therein, a toric IOL can be rotated. The device 3300 includestruncated sides, reducing volume and in some cases advantageouslylimiting rotation of an IOL inserted therein. Aligning the device 3300for alignment of a toric refractive surface 3310 and/or a toric IOLcontained in the device 3300 can advantageously provide the advantagesof limited IOL rotation, reduced volume, and astigmatism correction.

FIG. 34 illustrates an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device 3400. The device 3400 includes some or all ofthe features of the device 3300, and like reference numerals includelike features. The device 3400 additionally comprises a first sideaperture 3330A and a second side aperture 3330B. The side apertures3330A, 3330B are configured to couple a tubular device to the housingstructure 3312 of the capsular device 3400.

In some embodiments, the device 3400 may comprise a single side aperture3330. In some embodiments, the device 3400 may comprise more than twoside apertures 3330. The side apertures 3330A, 3330B are shown on flatsides of the housing structure 3312, although other locations (e.g.,including towards ends of flat sides, on arcuate sidewalls, on theanterior side 3302, on the posterior side 3304, and combinationsthereof) are also possible. The side apertures 3330A, 3330B are show asthrough-holes. In some embodiments, the side apertures 3330A, 3330B mayalso or alternatively comprise slits.

Any of the devices and systems described herein, such as the devices andsystems shown in FIGS. 1A, 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 6A, 7A, 8A, 9A, 10A, 11A,12A, 13A, 14A, 15A, 16A, 18A, 19A, 21A, 23B, 24A, 25A, 27A, 28A, 29A,31A, 33A, 49A, 51A, 53A, 55A, 57A, 58A and modifications andcombinations thereof can comprise a side aperture configured to becoupled to a tubular device like side apertures 3330A, 3330B. Inaddition, any of the devices and systems described in U.S. Patent No.9,358,103, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety,may be modified in accordance with the present disclosure. For example,the devices and systems shown in FIGS. 2, 4H, 6, 8, 9A, 10A, 11A, 11D,12A, 13, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22A, 22B, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28,29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37A, 38A, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43A, 43E, 57A,58A, 58E, 58F, 58G, 58H, 581, 58J, 58K, 58L, 59A, 61A, 61D, 62A, 63A,64A, 65A, 66A, 67A, 68A, 69A, 70A, 72A, 73A, 74B, 74C, 74D, 74E, 75A,75E, 76A, 76B, 76C, 76D, 76E, 76F, 77C, 77D, 771, and modifications andcombinations thereof could comprise a side aperture configured to becoupled to a tubular device like the side apertures 230A, 230B.Modifications to other prosthetic capsular devices or systems inaccordance are also possible.

FIG. 35A is a side perspective view of an example tubular device 3500.The tubular device 3500 is configured to be coupled to a side aperture3330 of the device 3400. The tubular device 3500 provides a fluid flowpathway from inside the cavity 3306 of the device 3400 to a secondlocation. In some embodiments, the second location is through the parsplana and on top of the sclera, which can be beneath the Tenon's capsuleand conjunctiva.

The tubular device 3500 comprises a tubular portion 3532. The tubularportion 3532 has a generally cylindrical shape that is flexible enoughto bend and rigid enough to resist collapsing and kinking. The tubularportion 3532 can be made of a biologically compatible material includingbut not limited to silicone, silicone polymers, SIBS(poly(styrene-block-isobutylene-block-styrene)), acrylic, acrylicpolymers, polypropylene, polycarbonate, and Gore-Tex.

The tubular portion 3532 at least partially defines a lumen 3536configured to allow fluid flow. The lumen 3536 and/or tubular portion3532 may have an internal diameter between about 30 and about 100microns. In certain embodiments, the lumen 3536 and/or tubular portion3532 may have an internal diameter between about 1 micron and about 200microns. The lumen 3536 and/or tubular portion 3532 may also have alength between 3 mm and 10 mm. In certain embodiments, the lumen 3536and/or tubular portion 3532 may have a length between about 1 mm andabout 20 mm. The lumen 3536 and/or tubular portion 3532 may also belonger with the ability for the implanting surgeon to trim the length tothe appropriate size for a given patient.

In some embodiments, the tubular device 3500 is a “dumb” or passivetubular device in that the lumen 3536 is not restricted and can allowfluid flow there through at all times. The tubular portion 3532 cancomprise an inflow end and an outflow end. The inflow end can be locatedat or near the device 3400 to allow inflow of fluid from inside thedevice 3400 or the eye. The outflow end can be located at or near thesecond location to allow outflow of fluid to the second location.

The tubular device 3500 is also illustrated as comprising an optionalflange 3534. The optional flange 3534 can have a generally cylindricalshape with a diameter larger than the diameter of the tubular portion3532. The flange 3534 can be configured to be inserted into a sideaperture 3330 to couple the tubular device 3500 to a housing structure3312 of a capsular device 3400. The circumference of the flange 3534 canbe substantially the same or slightly smaller than the circumference ofa side aperture 3330 of a housing structure 3312.

In some embodiments, the flange 3534 is made of the same material as thetubular portion 3532. In certain embodiments, however the flange 3534may also or alternatively be made of a combination of biocompatiblematerials including but not limited to silicone, silicone polymers, SIBS(poly(styrene-block-isobutylene-block-styrene)), acrylic, acrylicpolymers, polypropylene, polycarbonate, and Gore-Tex. A diameter of theflange 3534 can be between approximately 1 mm and 3 mm. In certainembodiments, the diameter of the flange 3534 can be between about 0.1 mmand about 10 mm.

The flange 3534 can be configured to be substantially anchored in placein a side aperture 3330 by friction or chemical glue to substantiallyfixate the tubular device 3500. In some embodiments, the flange 3534 cancomprise a deformable material that can be compressed to fit the flange3534 in a side aperture 3330. Once fit inside a side aperture 3330, theflange can expand to substantially anchor the flange 3534 in placeinside the side aperture 3330.

In certain embodiments, the circumference of the flange 3534 can belarger than the circumference of a side aperture 3330 of a housingstructure 312. As such, only the tubular portion 3532 can be configuredto be inserted into a side aperture 3330, while the flange 3534 remainsinside the cavity of the housing structure 3312. A flange 3534 with acircumference that is larger than a circumference of a side aperture3330 can substantially prevent the tubular device 3500 from being pushedout of the side aperture 3330 in a general direction away from thecavity of the housing structure 3312. The larger circumference of theflange 3534 can provide a stopping mechanism to prevent the tubulardevice 3500 from falling out of the side aperture 3330 with a smallercircumference.

FIG. 35B is a side perspective view of another example tubular device3502. Similar to the tubular device 3500 illustrated in FIG. 35A, thetubular device 3502 is configured to be coupled to a side aperture 3330of the device 3400. The tubular device 3502 includes some or all of thefeatures of the tubular device 3500, and like reference numerals includelike features. The tubular device 3502 can be similar to the tubulardevice 3500 except for the flange 3538 and fluid control 3540.

In some embodiments, the shape of the flange 3538 can comprise atrapezoidal cylinder shape. For example, the flange 3538 can comprise atop surface and a bottom surface, in which the top surface, and/or adiameter or circumference thereof, is larger than the bottom surface,and/or a diameter or circumference thereof. In other embodiments, thetop surface, and/or a diameter or circumference thereof, can be smallerthan the bottom surface and/or a diameter or circumference thereof. Boththe top and bottom surfaces and/or diameters, or circumferences thereof,can be larger than the tubular portion 3532 and/or a diameter orcircumference thereof.

The flange 3538 can be configured to be inserted into a side aperture3330 to couple the tubular device 3500 to a housing structure 3312 of acapsular device 3400. The side aperture 3330, and/or a diameter orcircumference thereof, can be larger than a bottom surface of the flange3538, and/or a diameter or circumference thereof, and smaller than a topsurface of the flange 3538 and/or a diameter or circumference thereof.Similarly, in other embodiments, a side aperture 3330 can be smallerthan a bottom surface of the flange 3538, and/or a diameter orcircumference thereof, and larger than a top surface of the flange 3538and/or a diameter or circumference thereof. In some embodiments, thesize of a side aperture 3330, and/or a diameter or circumferencethereof, can be substantially equal to an average of a top surface and abottom surface of the flange 3538, and/or diameters or circumferencesthereof.

In embodiments in which the top surface of the flange 3538 is largerthan the bottom surface of the flange 3538, the tubular device 3502 canbe configured to be inserted into a side aperture 3330 starting with thebottom surface of the flange 3538 towards the top surface. As thetubular device 3502 is being inserted into a side aperture 3330, theflange 3538 may become stuck in the side aperture 3330 at a pointbetween the bottom surface and the top surface of the flange 3538, forexample where the diameter or circumference of the side aperture 3330 issubstantially equal to that of the flange 3538. Accordingly, the tubulardevice 3502 can be substantially anchored or fixated in place in a sideaperture 3330 by friction and/or mechanical fitting.

In some embodiments, the tubular device 3502 is a “smart” tubular devicecomprising a fluid control 3540. The fluid control 3540 can beconfigured to alter the lumen 3536 between an open configuration and arestricted configuration to allow or disallow fluid flow there through.In addition or alternatively, the fluid control 3540 can be configuredto alter between a configuration that actively facilitates fluid flowthrough the lumen 3536 and a configuration that does not.

More specifically, the fluid control 3540 can be a valve that isconfigured to open or close to allow or disallow fluid flow through thelumen 3536. The valve can be located anywhere along the lumen 3536. Forexample, the valve can be located at or near an inflow end of the lumen3536, at or near an outflow end of the lumen 3536, in between the inflowend and outflow end of the lumen 3536, or a substantially midpoint ofthe lumen 3536 between the inflow end and outflow end thereof.

The valve can be configured to be open and close based on an intraocularpressure setting. For example, if the intraocular pressure is too highor is above a predetermined level, the valve can be configured to opento allow fluid flow from the inside of the eye to the outside of the eyeto decrease the intraocular pressure. Conversely, if the intraocularpressure is too low or is below a predetermined level, the valve can beconfigured to close to prevent fluid flow. In some embodiments, one ormore intraocular pressure sensors of the device 3400 and/or tubulardevice 3500 can be configured to detect the intraocular pressure andelectronically transmit the detected pressure to a processor configuredto open and/or close the valve.

In some embodiments, the valve can be configured to open when theintraocular physiologic pressure is at or above about 20 mmHg. Incertain embodiments, the valve can be configured to open when theintraocular physiologic pressure is at or above about 10 mmHg, 11 mmHg,12 mmHg, 13 mmHg, 14 mmHg, 15 mmHg, about 16 mmHg, about 17 mmHg, about18 mmHg, about 19 mmHg, about 20 mmHg, about 21 mmHg, about 22 mmHg,about 23 mmHg, about 24 mmHg, about 25 mmHg, about 26 mmHg, about 27mmHg, about 28 mmHg, about 29 mmHg, about 30 mmHg, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the above-identified values.

In some embodiments, the valve can be configured to close when theintraocular physiologic pressure is at or below about 6 mmHg. In certainembodiments, the valve can be configured to open when the intraocularphysiologic pressure is at or below about 1 mmHg, about 2 mmHg, about 3mmHg, about 4 mmHg, about 5 mmHg, about 6 mmHg, about 7 mmHg, about 8mmHg, about 9 mmHg, about 10 mmHg, about 11 mmHg, about 12 mmHg, about13 mmHg, about 14 mmHg, about 15 mmHg, about 16 mmHg, about 17 mmHg,about 18 mmHg, about 19 mmHg, about 20 mmHg, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the above-identified values.[0473] The fluid control3540 can also or alternatively be a pump or micro pump. The pump ormicro pump can be located at or near an inflow end of the lumen 3536, ator near an outflow end of the lumen 3536, in between the inflow end andoutflow end of the lumen 3536, or a substantially midpoint of the lumen3536 between the inflow end and outflow end thereof. The pump or micropump can be configured to actively force fluid from inside of the eye tothe outside of the eye. For example, if the intraocular pressure is toohigh or is above a predetermined level, the pump or micro pump can beconfigured to actively force fluid to flow from the inside of the eye tothe outside of the eye to decrease the intraocular pressure. Conversely,if the intraocular pressure is too low or is below a predeterminedlevel, the pump or micro pump can be configured to stop. In someembodiments, one or more intraocular pressure sensors of the device 3400and/or tubular device 3500 can be configured to detect the intraocularpressure and electronically transmit the detected pressure to aprocessor configured to turn the pump or micro pump on or off.

In some embodiments, the pump or micro pump can be configured toactively facilitate fluid removal when the intraocular physiologicpressure is at or above about 20 mmHg. In certain embodiments, the pumpor micro pump can be configured to actively facilitate fluid removalwhen the intraocular physiologic pressure is at or above about 10 mmHg,11 mmHg, 12 mmHg, 13 mmHg, 14 mmHg, 15 mmHg, about 16 mmHg, about 17mmHg, about 18 mmHg, about 19 mmHg, about 20 mmHg, about 21 mmHg, about22 mmHg, about 23 mmHg, about 24 mmHg, about 25 mmHg, about 26 mmHg,about 27 mmHg, about 28 mmHg, about 29 mmHg, about 30 mmHg, and/orwithin a range defined by two of the above-identified values.

In some embodiments, the pump or micro pump can be configured to stopfacilitating fluid removal when the intraocular physiologic pressure isat or below about 6 mmHg. In certain embodiments, the pump or micro pumpcan be configured to stop facilitating fluid removal when theintraocular physiologic pressure is at or below about 1 mmHg, about 2mmHg, about 3 mmHg, about 4 mmHg, about 5 mmHg, about 6 mmHg, about 7mmHg, about 8 mmHg, about 9 mmHg, about 10 mmHg, about 11 mmHg, about 12mmHg, about 13 mmHg, about 14 mmHg, about 15 mmHg, about 16 mmHg, about17 mmHg, about 18 mmHg, about 19 mmHg, about 20 mmHg, and/or within arange defined by two of the above-identified values.

FIG. 35C is a side perspective view of another example tubular device3504. Similar to the tubular devices 3500, 3502 illustrated in FIGS. 35Aand 35B, the tubular device 3504 is configured to be coupled to a sideaperture 3330 of the device 3400. The tubular device 3504 includes someor all of the features of the tubular devices 3500, 3502, and likereference numerals include like features. The tubular device 3504 can besimilar to the tubular devices 3500, 3502 except for the tubular portion3540, through holes 3544, and tab or plate 3546.

In some embodiments, the tubular portion 3540 and/or lumen 3536 istapered towards the outflow end, for example to prevent conjunctivalerosion. The tubular device 3504 can also comprise one or more tabs orplates 3544. The one or more tabs 3544 can be coupled to an outflow endof the tubular portion 3532. The one or more tabs 3544 can be configuredto prevent encapsulation of the outflow end of the tubular portion 3532,for example in the pars plana. In some embodiments, the tubular device3504 can comprise only one tab 3544. In certain embodiments, the tubulardevice 3504 can comprise two tabs 3544 in a substantially flat or planarconfiguration, in which an angle between the two tabs 3544 is about180°. In other embodiments, the tubular device 3504 can comprise threetabs 3544, in which an angle between any two of the three tabs can beabout 120°. In certain embodiments, the tubular device 3504 can comprisefour, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or ten tabs, in which the anglebetween any two tabs can be substantially equal or different.

The one or more tabs 3544 may comprise one or more eyelets 3548. Forexample, one tab 3544 can comprise one, two, three, four, or fiveeyelets 3548. In some embodiments, each tab 3544 can comprise one eyelet3548. The eyelet 3548 can be configured to fixate the outflow end of thetubular portion 3532. For example, the eyelet 3548 can be configured tofixate the outflow end of a sub-conjunctival tube to the sclera. The oneor more eyelets 3548 can allow for sutures for fixating the outflow endof the tubular portion 3532.

The flange 3542 can comprise one or more through holes 3544. Forexample, the flange 3542 can comprise one, two, three, four, or fivethrough holes 3544. The one or more through holes 3544 can be configuredto fixate the inflow end of the tubular device 3504. For example, one ormore screws, nuts, sutures, or the like can be inserted through the oneor more through holes 3544 to fixate the tubular device 3504 to thehousing structure 3312.

FIG. 35D is a side perspective view of another example tubular device3506. Similar to the tubular devices 3500, 3502, 3504 illustrated inFIGS. 35A, 35B, and 35C, the tubular device 3506 is configured to becoupled to a side aperture 3330 of the device 3400. The tubular device3506 includes some or all of the features of the tubular devices 3500,3502, 3504, and like reference numerals include like features. Thetubular device 3506 can be similar to the tubular devices 3500, 3502,3504 except for comprising a plurality of flanges 3534, 3538.

In some embodiments, the tubular device 3506 comprises a plurality offlanges 3534, 3538. For example, the tubular device 3506 can comprisetwo, three, four, or five flanges. In some embodiments, the plurality offlanges can have the same or substantially same shape. In otherembodiments, one or more of the plurality of flanges can have adifferent shape.

In the depicted embodiment, the tubular device 3506 comprises a firstflange 3534 and a second flange 3538. The first flange 3534 can besimilar to the flange described above in connection with FIG. 35A. Thesecond flange 3538 can be similar to the flange described above inconnection with FIG. 35B.

The tubular device 3506 can be inserted through a side aperture 3330 ofthe device 3400 in a general direction starting with the second flange3538 towards the first flange 3534. The first flange 3534, the secondflange 3538, and/or both can be made of a deformable or compressiblematerial. For example, as the tubular device 3506 is being insertedthrough a side aperture 3330, the second flange 3538 can be configuredto be compressed. The tapered configuration or trapezoidal cylindershape of the second flange 3538 can allow the second flange 3538 to beinserted completely through the side aperture 3330. The first flange3354, however, can be configured not to be inserted through the sideaperture 3330 due its cylindrical shape and/or non-compressiblematerial. Accordingly, the periphery of the side aperture 3330 can beconfigured to be located between the first flange 3534 and the secondflange 3538 when the tubular device 3536 is coupled to the housingstructure 3312, thereby preventing the tubular device 3506 from movingin either direction.

FIG. 35E is a side perspective view of another example tubular device3508. Similar to the tubular devices 3500, 3502, 3504, 3506 illustratedin FIGS. 35A, 35B, 35C, and 35D, the tubular device 3508 is configuredto be coupled to a side aperture 3330 of the device 3400. The tubulardevice 3508 includes some or all of the features of the tubular devices3500, 3502, 3504, and 3506, and like reference numerals include likefeatures. The tubular device 3508 can be similar to the tubular devices3500, 3502, 3504, 3506 except that the tubular device 3508 does notcomprise a flange and that the tubular device 3508 comprises one or moretabs 3546 a, 3546 b at each end of the tubular device 3508.

In some embodiments, the tubular device 3508 does not comprise a flange.Instead, the tubular device 3508 can comprise one or more otherstructures for fixating the tubular device 3508 with respect to thehousing structure 3312 and/or eye. For example, the tubular device 3508can comprise one or more tabs or plates 3546 a, 3546b.

In the depicted embodiment, the tubular device 3508 comprises one tab orplate 3546 a, 3546 b at each end of the tubular portion 3536. In otherwords, the inflow end of the tubular portion can comprise a tab or plate3546 a, and the outflow end of the tubular portion can comprise a tab orplate 3546 b. In certain embodiments, the inflow end and/or outflow endof the tubular portion can each comprise one, two, three, four, or fivetabs or plates.

Each tab or plate 3546 a, 3546 b can comprise one or more eyelets 3548.For example, one tab can comprise one, two, three, four, or five eyelets3548. In the depicted embodiment, each tab 3546 a, 3546 b comprises oneeyelet 3548. The eyelet 3548 can be configured to fixate the inflow endand/or outflow end of the tubular portion 3532. For example, one or morescrews, nuts, sutures, or the like can be inserted through an eyelet3548 of a tab 3546 a located at or near the inflow end to fixate theinflow end to the housing structure 3312, side aperture 3330, and/ornatural capsular bag. Similarly, one or more screws, nuts, sutures, orthe like can be inserted through an eyelet 3548 of a tab 3546 b locatedat or near the outflow end to fixate the outflow end to the secondlocation, such as the sub-Tenon's space.

FIG. 36 is an anterior side perspective view of an example prostheticcapsular device system 3600 including the device 3400 of FIG. 34A andthe tubular device 3500 of FIG. 35A. As illustrated, the tubular device3500 is coupled to the device 3400 through a side aperture 3330B of thedevice 3400. More specifically, a flange 3534 of the tubular device 3500can be fixated in the side aperture 3330B, providing a first opening ofthe tubular portion 3532 to be in fluid connection with inside of thedevice 3400 and providing a second opening of the tubular portion 3532in a second location.

FIG. 37 is an anterior side perspective view of the example prostheticcapsular device system of FIG. 36 in an eye. As illustrated, a flange3534 of the tubular device 3500 can be fixated in the side aperture3330B, providing a first opening of the tubular portion 3532 to be influid connection with inside of the device 3400. The tubular portion3532 can be configured to extend away from the device 3400 implanted inthe natural capsular bag of the eye. The tubular portion 3532 can extendthrough a puncture in a sidewall of the natural capsular bag 3700 andinserted through the pars plana. As such, a second opening or end of thetubular portion 3532 can be located in the sub-Tenon's space, forexample 2-4 mm posterior to the limbus, but without reaching theconjunctiva 3702. Through the first and second openings, fluid can beconfigured to flow from inside of the device 3400 to the sub-Tenon'sspace through the lumen 3536.

After cataract surgery and implantation of the prosthetic device intothe natural capsular bag, a fornix based limbal conjunctival peritomycan be performed in the quadrant that was planned to receive the tubulardevice 3500. The Tenon's capsule can be dissected from the sclera, andlimited cautery can be performed for hemostasis. Mitomycin at variableconcentrations can be placed on the sclera, for example using soakedsponges for a variable amount of time (ranging from 10 seconds to a fiveminutes), and can then copiously be washed away using balanced saltsolution (BSS). A pars plana sclerostomy can be created with a sharpdevice such as a myringovitreoretinal (MVR) blade. In some cases, atrochar can be inserted through the sclera.

Other sclerostomies can be made through the conjunctiva in otherquadrants for light and/or BSS infusion. Typically, a limited pars planavitrectomy can be performed to clear vitreous away from the sclerostomysite, preventing retinal traction during the surgical intervention. Insome cases, a vitrectomy would not need to be performed. A sharpinstrument, possibly an MVR type blade, with the tubular device 3500loaded overtop and downshaft can be inserted through the sclerostomy,and can sharply incise the natural capsule, docking with the prostheticdevice. Using grasping forceps, the end of the tubular device 3500 canbe held in place inside the prosthetic device, while the sharpinstrument can be removed using a modified Seldinger technique. Theinternal end of the tubular portion can be seated within the prostheticdevice 3400, and the external end of the tubular portion can be trimmedand/or fixated to the sclera using a suture (such as an 8-0 vicryl) orglue (such as Tisseel). The Tennon's capsule and conjunctive can besutured back to the limbus using suture (such as 8-0 vicryl) or glue(such as Tisseel).

FIG. 38A is an anterior side perspective partially-exploded view of anexample prosthetic capsular device system 3800 including the device 3400of FIG. 34A, the tubular device 3500 of FIG. 35A, and a containmentstructure 3802. FIG. 38B is an anterior side perspective view of theexample prosthetic capsular device system 3800 of FIG. 38A.

The containment structure 3802 can be configured to be coupled orattached to the device 3400. In some embodiments, the containmentstructure 3802 can comprise a foldable or otherwise deformable structurethat can be inserted through an opening and into the interior of thedevice 3400. For example, the containment structure 3802 or a portionthereof can comprise a foldable or collapsible wire structure thatallows for easy insertion of the containment structure 3802 through anopening of the device 3400. Once inserted, the containment structure3802 can expand into an expanded state. The expanded state of thecontainment structure 3802 can be configured to fixate or anchor thecontainment structure 3802 within the interior of the device 3400. Forexample, a wire frame of the containment structure 3802 can be expandedin some embodiments to a configuration that substantially matches theshape of the interior of the device 3400. In certain embodiments, thecontainment structure 3802 in its expanded state can comprise twosubstantially straight portions and two arcuate portions to match theshape of the interior of the device 3400. The containment structure 3802can be made of a semi-rigid material, such as PMMA, polyimide,polypropylene, and nylon. The containment structure can also oralternatively be made of a biocompatible material, such as silicone,silicone polymers, SIBS (poly(styrene-block-isobutylene-block-styrene)),acrylic, acrylic polymers, polypropylene, polycarbonate, and Gore-Tex.

The containment structure 3802 can comprise one or more fluid controls3804. The one or more fluid controls 3804 can be located on one or moresides of the containment structure 3802. The one or more fluid controls3804 can be configured to be coupled to the tubular device 3500 once thecontainment structure 3802 is coupled to the device 3400. For example, afluid control 3804 of the containment structure 3804 can be located onthe containment structure 3804 such that it covers a side aperture3330A, 3330B of the device 3400, which can be coupled to a tubulardevice 3500, when the containment structure 3804 is installed. Thenumber of fluid controls 3804 located on a containment structure 3804can be equal to the number of side apertures 3330A, 3330B and/or numberof tubular devices 3500 coupled to the device 3400. For example, if onetubular device 3500 is coupled to the device 3400, the containmentstructure 3802 can comprise one fluid control 3802. If device 3400 iscoupled to two tubular devices 3500, for example to each of two sideapertures 3330A, 3330B, a containment structure 3802 with two fluidcontrols 3804 can be implanted.

By providing a fluid control 3804 for the system 3800 throughimplantation of the containment structure 3802, fluid flow through thetubular device 3500 can be controlled even if the tubular device 3500itself is a “dumb” or passive tubular device in that the lumen 3536 isnot restricted and can allow fluid flow there through at all times.

The fluid control 3804 can be a valve that is configured to open orclose to allow or disallow fluid flow through the tubular device 3500.The valve can be configured to be open and close based on an intraocularpressure setting. For example, if the intraocular pressure is too highor is above a predetermined level, the valve can be configured to opento allow fluid flow from the inside of the eye to the outside of the eyeto decrease the intraocular pressure. Conversely, if the intraocularpressure is too low or is below a predetermined level, the valve can beconfigured to close to prevent fluid flow. The fluid control 3804 canalso comprise an intraocular pressure sensor configured to detect theintraocular pressure and electronically transmit the detected pressureto a processor configured to open or close the valve.

In some embodiments, the valve can be configured to open when theintraocular physiologic pressure is at or above about 20 mmHg. Incertain embodiments, the valve can be configured to open when theintraocular physiologic pressure is at or above about 10 mmHg, 11 mmHg,12 mmHg, 13 mmHg, 14 mmHg, 15 mmHg, about 16 mmHg, about 17 mmHg, about18 mmHg, about 19 mmHg, about 20 mmHg, about 21 mmHg, about 22 mmHg,about 23 mmHg, about 24 mmHg, about 25 mmHg, about 26 mmHg, about 27mmHg, about 28 mmHg, about 29 mmHg, about 30 mmHg, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the above-identified values.

In some embodiments, the valve can be configured to close when theintraocular physiologic pressure is at or below about 6 mmHg. In certainembodiments, the valve can be configured to open when the intraocularphysiologic pressure is at or below about 1 mmHg, about 2 mmHg, about 3mmHg, about 4 mmHg, about 5 mmHg, about 6 mmHg, about 7 mmHg, about 8mmHg, about 9 mmHg, about 10 mmHg, about 11 mmHg, about 12 mmHg, about13 mmHg, about 14 mmHg, about 15 mmHg, about 16 mmHg, about 17 mmHg,about 18 mmHg, about 19 mmHg, about 20 mmHg, and/or within a rangedefined by two of the above-identified values.

The fluid control 3804 can also or alternatively be a pump or micropump. The pump or micro pump can be configured to actively force fluidfrom inside of the eye to the outside of the eye. For example, if theintraocular pressure is too high or is above a predetermined level, thepump or micro pump can be configured to actively force fluid to flowfrom the inside of the eye to the outside of the eye to decrease theintraocular pressure. Conversely, if the intraocular pressure is too lowor is below a predetermined level, the pump or micro pump can beconfigured to stop. The fluid control 3804 can also comprise anintraocular pressure sensor configured to detect the intraocularpressure and electronically transmit the detected pressure to aprocessor configured to turn the pump or micro pump on or off.

In some embodiments, the pump or micro pump can be configured toactively facilitate fluid removal when the intraocular physiologicpressure is at or above about 20 mmHg. In certain embodiments, the pumpor micro pump can be configured to actively facilitate fluid removalwhen the intraocular physiologic pressure is at or above about 10 mmHg,11 mmHg, 12 mmHg, 13 mmHg, 14 mmHg, 15 mmHg, about 16 mmHg, about 17mmHg, about 18 mmHg, about 19 mmHg, about 20 mmHg, about 21 mmHg, about22 mmHg, about 23 mmHg, about 24 mmHg, about 25 mmHg, about 26 mmHg,about 27 mmHg, about 28 mmHg, about 29 mmHg, about 30 mmHg, and/orwithin a range defined by two of the above-identified values.

In some embodiments, the pump or micro pump can be configured to stopfacilitating fluid removal when the intraocular physiologic pressure isat or below about 6 mmHg. In certain embodiments, the pump or micro pumpcan be configured to stop facilitating fluid removal when theintraocular physiologic pressure is at or below about 1 mmHg, about 2mmHg, about 3 mmHg, about 4 mmHg, about 5 mmHg, about 6 mmHg, about 7mmHg, about 8 mmHg, about 9 mmHg, about 10 mmHg, about 11 mmHg, about 12mmHg, about 13 mmHg, about 14 mmHg, about 15 mmHg, about 16 mmHg, about17 mmHg, about 18 mmHg, about 19 mmHg, about 20 mmHg, and/or within arange defined by two of the above-identified values.

FIG. 39 is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device system in an eye. The prosthetic capsulardevice system illustrated in FIG. 39 includes some or all of thefeatures of the prosthetic capsular device system illustrated in FIG.37, and like reference numerals include like features. The prostheticcapsular device system of FIG. 39 can be similar to that of FIG. 37except for including a control unit 3902, an intraocular pressure sensor3904, and a fluid control 3540.

In some embodiments, the prosthetic capsular device system can comprisea control unit 3902. The control unit 3902 can be configured to receiveone or more inputs and control a fluid control 3540. The system can alsocomprise one or more intraocular pressure sensors 3904 configured todetect the intraocular pressure. The one or more intraocular pressuresensors 3904 can be built into the housing structure 3312 and/or acontainment structure 3802 coupled to the housing structure 3312.

The one or more intraocular pressure sensors 3904 can be configured todetect and electronically transmit the detected intraocular pressure tothe control unit 3902 repeatedly, periodically, and/or in real-time ornear real-time. For example, the one or more intraocular pressuresensors 3904 can be configured to detect and/or transmit the detectedintraocular pressure to the control unit 3902 every about 1 second,about 2 seconds, about 3 seconds, about 4 seconds, about 5 seconds,about 6 seconds, about 7 seconds, about 8 seconds, about 9 seconds,about 10 seconds, about 20 seconds, about 30 seconds, about 40 seconds,about 50 seconds, about 1 minute, about 2 minutes, about 3 minutes,about 4 minutes, about 5 minutes, and/or within a range defined by twoof the aforementioned values.

The intraocular pressure detected by the one or more sensors 3904 can beelectronically transmitted to the control 3902 through a wiredconnection 3906 and/or a wireless connection. For example, in someembodiments, the one or more pressure sensors 3904 can comprise awireless transceiver configured to wireles sly transmit detectedpressure data to the control unit 3902. Similarly, the control unit 3902can comprise a wireless receiver configured to receive detected pressuredata from the pressure sensor 3904.

The control unit 3902 can also or alternatively be configured to receivea user input, for example through wireless communication. In someembodiments, the user can input instructions to remove fluid from theeye, for example through a user input device such as a smartphone orother user access point system. Not to be limited to theory, glaucoma, acondition that causes loss of vision over time, can be treated bylowering eye pressure. As such, in some embodiments, patients sufferingfrom glaucoma may control and/or lower intraocular pressure to preventvision loss from glaucoma by inputting instructions to a user accesspoint system to facilitate removal of fluid from the eye. The controlunit 3902 can also or alternatively be configured to receive input fromone or more other physiological sensors, for example through wirelesscommunication.

Based on the received user input and/or detected intraocular pressuredata, the control unit 3902 can be configured to instruct a fluidcontrol 3540 to allow, disallow, actively facilitate, and/or notactively facilitate removal of fluid through the tubular device 3500.For example, if the intraocular pressure is above or at a predeterminedlevel and/or the control unit 3902 receives corresponding user input,the control unit can be configured to instruct the fluid control 3540 toallow and/or actively facilitate fluid removal. Conversely, if theintraocular pressure is below or at a predetermined level and/or thecontrol unit 3902 does not receive corresponding user input, the controlunit can be configured to instruct the fluid control 3540 to disallowand/or not to actively facilitate fluid removal.

The control unit 3902 can be configured to electronically transmitinstructions to allow and/or disallow fluid removal to the fluid control3540 through a wired connection 3908 and/or a wireless connection. Forexample, in some embodiments, the control unit 3902 can comprise awireless transceiver configured to transmit instructions to the fluidcontrol 3540. Similarly, the fluid control 3540 can comprise a wirelessreceiver configured to receive instructions from the control unit 3902.The fluid control 3540 can be a valve and/or pump or micro-pump asdescribed above.

FIG. 40 is a block diagram depicting an example control process for aprosthetic capsular device system. As illustrated in FIG. 40, in someembodiments, the system can be configured to receive one or more inputsat block 4004. The input can be a user input or an automated input. Forexample, the input received by the system may be from a user-initiatedinput through a user access point system. In addition or alternatively,the input received by the system can be from one or more sensors, suchas an intraocular pressure sensor configured to detect the intraocularpressure and/or other physiological sensors.

Once the input is received, the system can be configured to furtherprocess the input at block 4004. In certain embodiments, the system canbe configured to combine or otherwise process a plurality of inputs, forexample an automated input and a user input. In some embodiments, thesystem can be configured to process a single input, whether a user inputor an automated input.

Processing one or more inputs by the system can involve one or moreprocesses at block 4006. In some embodiments, the system can beconfigured to process one or more inputs to determine whether toinitiate one or more additional processes configured to lowerintraocular pressure. For example, if an input received by the systemcomprises data that corresponds to intraocular pressure at or above apredetermined level, the system can be configured to initiate one ormore additional processes configured to remove fluid from the eye,thereby lowering the intraocular pressure. Similarly, in an inputreceived by the system comprises a user input corresponding to removalof fluid from the eye and/or lowering intraocular pressure, the systemcan be configured to initiate one or more additional processesconfigured to remove fluid from the eye, thereby lowering theintraocular pressure.

Conversely, if an input received by the system comprises data thatcorresponds to intraocular pressure at or below a predetermined level,the system can be configured not to initiate any additional processesand/or stop one or more currently operating processes that areconfigured to remove fluid from the eye and/or lower intraocularpressure. Similarly, in an input received by the system comprises a userinput corresponding to stopping removal of fluid from the eye and/orlowering intraocular pressure, the system can be configured to stop oneor more currently operating processes that are configured to removefluid from the eye and/or lower intraocular pressure.

The system can be further configured to generate one or more instructioncommands for transmission to one or more electronic device components ofthe system implanted in the eye at block 4008. If the system determinedthat one or more processes to lower intraocular pressure should beinitiated based on the processed input(s), the system can be furtherconfigured to generate one or more specific instruction commands andtransmit the same to one or more electronic device components implantedin the eye. In such circumstances, the system can be configured togenerate and transmit instructions to an electronically controlled pumpor micro pump to initiate and/or increase the rate of fluid removal fromthe eye through the tubular device. In addition or alternatively, insuch circumstances, the system can be configured to generate andtransmit instructions to an electronically controlled valve to openand/or widen an opening of the valve to increase the rate of fluidremoval from the eye through the tubular device.

Conversely, if the system determined that one or more processes to lowerintraocular pressure should not be initiated or that one or morecurrently operating processes to lower intraocular pressure should bestopped based on the processed input(s), the system can also be furtherconfigured to generate one or more specific instruction commands andtransmit the same to one or more electronic device components implantedin the eye. In such circumstances, the system can be configured togenerate and transmit instructions to an electronically controlled pumpor micro pump to stop and/or decrease the rate of fluid removal from theeye through the tubular device. In addition or alternatively, in suchcircumstances, the system can be configured to generate and transmitinstructions to an electronically controlled valve to close and/ornarrow an opening of the valve to decrease the rate of fluid removalfrom the eye through the tubular device.

Each electronic device component that received an instruction commandcan be further configured to perform one or more processes according tothe received instruction command. Optionally, in some embodiments, thesystem can be further configured to determine whether the one or moreelectronic device components that received an instruction command infact performed the corresponding one or more processes at block 4010. Ifconfirmation and/or a current status input is received by the systemthat the one or more corresponding processes were performed, the processcan end at block 4012 in some embodiments. However, if such confirmationand/or a current status input is not received, the system can beconfigured to repeat one or more processes from blocks 4004 to block4010.

Further, in some embodiments, the system can be configured to repeat oneor more processes described in relation to FIG. 40 periodically, inreal-time, or in near real-time. For example, the system can beconfigured to repeat processes 4004 through 4008 and/or processes 4004through 4010 periodically, in real-time, or in near real-time. The oneor more processes can be repeated every about 1 second, about 2 seconds,about 3 seconds, about 4 seconds, about 5 seconds, about 6 seconds,about 7 seconds, about 8 seconds, about 9 seconds, about 10 seconds,about 20 seconds, about 30 seconds, about 40 seconds, about 50 seconds,about 1 minute, about 2 minutes, about 3 minutes, about 4 minutes, about5 minutes, and/or within a range defined by two of the aforementionedvalues.

FIG. 41 is a block diagram depicting another example control process fora prosthetic capsular device system. In some embodiments, an electronicdevice in the capsular device, for example a control unit, can receiveone or more inputs at block 4104. The one or more inputs can comprise auser input or data relating to intraocular pressure (TOP). The userinput can be achieved by a user through a user access point system, suchas a smartphone or other handheld electronic device. The IOP-relateddata can be detected and/or received from one or more pressure sensorsimplanted in the eye.

The electronic device in the capsular device can be configured tofurther determine the received input at block 4106. The electronicdevice may determine that the received input corresponds to lowering theIOP and/or removal of fluid from the eye. For example, the receivedinput may be a user input indicating discomfort in the eye or otherinput corresponding to lowering the IOP and/or removal of fluid from theeye. The received input may also be IOP data that is at or above acertain level.

Conversely, the electronic device in the capsular device may determinethat the received input corresponds to maintaining the IOP and/orpreventing or stopping removal of fluid from the eye. For example, thereceived input may be a user input indicating alleviation of discomfortin the eye or other input corresponding to maintaining current IOPand/or preventing or stopping removal of fluid from the eye. Thereceived input may also be IOP data that is at or below a certain level.

If the electronic device in the capsular device determines that thereceived input corresponds to lowering the IOP and/or removal of fluidfrom the eye, the electronic device can be further configured togenerate an instruction command to cause fluid flow through a tubulardevice at block 4108a. Conversely, if the electronic device in thecapsular device determines that the received input corresponds tomaintaining the IOP and/or preventing or stopping removal of fluid fromthe eye, the electronic device can be further configured to generate aninstruction command to prevent and/or stop fluid flow through a tubulardevice at block 4108b.

The electronic device in the capsular device can be further configuredto electronically transmit the generated instruction command to anelectronic device component of the tubular device at block 4110. In someembodiments, the generated instruction command can be transmittedthrough a wire connection between the electronic device in the capsulardevice and the electronic device in the tubular device. In certainembodiments, the generated instruction command can be transmittedthrough a wireless connection between a wireless transceiver of theelectronic device in the capsular device and a wireless transceiverand/or receiver of the electronic device in the tubular device.

In some embodiments, the electronic device in the capsular device can befurther configured to receive confirmation and/or a current status inputfrom an electronic device of the tubular device at block 4112. At block4114, the electronic device of the tubular device can further beconfigured to initiate a change in the state of the tubular device inaccordance with the instruction. For example, the electronic device ofthe tubular device can cause a valve to open or close and/or cause apump to cause or prevent fluid flow from inside of the eye to a secondlocation.

FIG. 42 is an anterior side perspective view of another exampleprosthetic capsular device system in an eye. As illustrated in FIG. 42,a prosthetic capsular device 4200 can be implanted in the eye. Theprosthetic capsular device 4200 can comprise a housing structure 4202and one or more rings or haptics 4204. The one or more rings or haptics4204 can be configured to be in contact with the natural capsular bag3710 of the eye.

The prosthetic capsular device 4200 can further comprise an aperture4206 that is configured to allow fluid connection between the interiorand exterior of the housing structure 4202. A tubular device can becoupled to the aperture 4206. More specifically, a tubular portion 3532of the tubular device can be configured to provide fluid connectionbetween the interior of the housing structure 4202 and a secondlocation. For example, a first opening of the tubular portion 3532 canbe connected to the interior of the housing structure 4202 to providethe fluid connection. A second opening of the tubular portion 3532 canbe located at the second location. The tubular portion 3532 can beconfigured to extend away from the device 4200 implanted in the naturalcapsular bag of the eye 3710.

In some embodiments, a first puncture or incision 3712 can be made in asidewall of the natural capsular bag 3712 of the eye and the tubularportion 3532 can be inserted through the first puncture 3712. A secondpuncture or incision 3704 can also be made in the sclera 3700 of theeye. The tubular portion 3532 can further be inserted through the secondpuncture or incision 3704. By inserting the tubular portion through thefirst puncture or incision 3712 and the second puncture or incision3704, the second opening of the tubular portion 3532 can be located inthe sub-Tenon's space, thereby allowing fluid connection between insideof the housing structure 4202 of the device 4200 implanted in the eyeand the sub-Tenon's space. For example, the second opening of thetubular portion 3532 can be located 2-4 mm posterior to the limbus, butwithout reaching the conjunctiva. As such, fluid from inside of the eyecan enter through the first opening of the tubular portion 3532 insidethe housing structure 4202, flow through the tubular portion 3532, andexit through the second opening of the tubular portion 3532 and into theSub-Tenon's space.

AR/VR Systems, Methods, and Devices

With the development of technology, augmented reality (AR) and virtualreality (VR) devices are able to provide users with AR and VR. Forexample, AR devices can provide a user with a multitude of information,such as for example directions, locations of particular areas ofinterest, data, instructions, messages, entertainment, images, videos,content, and the like, based on the current location of the user and thevisual range of the user. Some AR devices are in the form of glassesthat allow a user to view directions, locations of convenience stores,restaurants, gas stations, or the like, as imposed on the user's normalvisual field. Some other uses of AR devices may include providing ahead-up display (HUD) of any information, such as directions, GPS,email, notes, presentations, video, graphics, text messages, or thelike.

However, one shortcoming of existing technologies is that the AR must beviewed through or from a device or display means located between theeyes of the user and the location of interest. In certain existing ARdevices, information or other graphics are projected onto or otherwisedisplayed on an intermediary display which must be positioned betweenthe user's eyes and the location or object that the user is viewing. Forexample, some AR devices display the AR images on glasses or goggles tobe worn by the user. Similarly, for certain AR devices, a user may berequired to hold and view a smartphone or other device in order to viewthe information or other graphics. Otherwise, the AR information and/orgraphics must be projected directly onto the macula of the user, butthis would generally require a projector to be positioned generallywithin the central visual field of the user in order for the device todirectly project the image onto the retina of the user to provide aclear image. Existing VR devices share similar shortcomings. In eithercase, the user's visual field is occluded or blocked, either partiallyor entirely, in one way or another by such AR or VR devices.

Such technical limitations lie in the fact that some device must belocated directly within a central portion of the visual field of a userin order for that device to display or project an image that is clearlyviewable by the user. A projector or other source of display mustgenerally be located within the central visual field of the user, whichwill necessarily occlude the user's visual field. As a result, manytechnical or design limitations exist for AR and VR devices and certainsafety concerns may arise as well from obstructing the user's visualfield. As such, it can be advantageous for a user to be able to view ARand/or VR without the use of a device that occludes or obstructs theuser's direct visual field. Accordingly, some embodiments of thedevices, systems, and methods described herein are configured to provideAR and/or VR to a user without occluding or obstructing the direct orcentral visual field of the user.

In some embodiments, the information or other graphics to be projectedor displayed must be viewable by the user without occluding orobstructing the user's direct visual field. In other words, in someembodiments, the projector that projects the information or othergraphics, whether in AR or VR, is not located generally along the directline of vision of the user. Rather, the projector can be locatedelsewhere, for example near the peripheral visual field of the user.However, if the projector is not located along the user's direct line ofvision and is located near the user's peripheral view, the projectedinformation will likely reach the peripheral retina and not the maculaof the user. As a result, the user may not be able to view a clearimage.

To remedy such technical problem, some embodiments of the devices,methods, and systems disclosed herein comprise one or more prisms orprism bars that are configured to be implanted within the user's eye(s).The implanted one or more prisms or prism bars can be strategicallylocated within the user's eye(s) to bend or redirect information orother graphics projected from a peripherally located projector orprojector or other display means that is not located at a substantiallycentral position within the user's visual field. The bended orredirected information or other graphics can then reach the macula ofthe user after traveling through the one or prisms or prism bars. Bydoing so, a clear image of augmented or virtual information, text,graphics, or other display can be viewable by a user without the need ofa device being placed along the direct line of sight of the user or at acentral location within the user's visual field.

Any of the devices and systems described herein and modifications andcombinations thereof can be configured to hold one or more prisms foruse in conjunction with an AR/VR system, device, or method as describedherein. In addition, any of the devices and systems described in U.S.Pat. No. 9,358,103, which is hereby incorporated by reference in itsentirety, may be modified in accordance with the present disclosure. Forexample, the devices and systems disclosed herein and modifications andcombinations thereof can be configured to hold one or more prisms foruse in conjunction with an AR/VR system, device, or method as describedherein. Modifications to other prosthetic capsular devices or systems inaccordance are also possible.

In some embodiments, the system comprises one projection device locatedor placed near the peripheral vision field of the user and one prismdevice or prism bar implanted inside the user's eye. The implanted prismdevice or prism bar can effectively bend or redirect light or imageprojected by the projection device onto the macula of the user toprovide a clear display without occluding the central visual field ofthe user. In certain embodiments, the system comprises one or moreprojection devices and/or one or more prism devices or prism bars. Forexample, the system can comprise one or more prism devices or prism barsimplanted within both eyes of the user and one or more projectiondevices configured to project light or images through the one or moreprism devices or prism bars onto the macula of both eyes of the user. Insuch embodiments, the system can be configured impose certain lightand/or images bilaterally in both eyes to create three-dimensionaleffects viewable by the user.

System/Device Components

In some embodiments, the system or devices disclosed herein can compriseone or more projection devices and one or more prisms or prism bars. Theone or more prisms or prism bars can be configured to be implanted intothe user's eye(s). The one or more projection devices can be configuredto be placed not along the direct line of sight of the user or a centralportion of the user's visual field. Rather, the one or more projectiondevices can be configured to be placed at a location near or along theperipheral visual field of the user.

The one or more projection devices can comprise a device housing. Thedevice housing can be configured to comprise one or more electronicand/or computer components for processing the information or othergraphics to be displayed to the user and for projecting such informationor other graphics into the user's eye and through the one or more prismsor prism bars to cause the information or other graphics to reach themacula or substantially near the macula of the user.

In some embodiments, the device housing can comprise one or moredifferent materials. For example, the device housing or a portionthereof can be made of wire, plastic, deformable rubber, deformablefoam, silicone, silicone elastomers, polymers, polypropylene, Styrofoam,acrylics, heat deformable laminates, thermoplastics, one or morecorrugated forms of plastic, polyimide, propylene, shape memory alloys(SMA), or the like. It can be advantageous for the device housing tocomprise moldable and/or flexible material in some embodiments. Forexample, moldable and/or flexible materials can allow the device housingto be adapted and placed along curved or movable surfaces, such as overthe user's nose bridge, cheekbones, eyebrows, forehead, or the like.Moldable and/or flexible materials can also be advantageous for placingthe device housing on or at locations that can differ in shape orconfiguration among different users. In certain embodiments, the devicehousing or a portion thereof can comprise a material that providesthermal and/or electrical insulation. In some embodiments, the devicehousing can comprise one or more flexible circuits.

In certain embodiments, the device housing or a portion thereof cancomprise a rigid material. For example, the device housing can comprisea rigid plastic, metal, alloy, wood, polymers, acrylics, resins,polysiloxane, polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), or the like. In someembodiments, the device housing or a portion thereof can comprise one ormore materials that are oxygen-permeable, rigid gas permeable, and/orchemically inert. Such rigid material can be advantageous forembodiments in which the device housing is configured to be placed on orat locations that allow for the device housing to generally retain itsconfiguration. For example, in embodiments where the device housing isto be placed on peripheral areas of glasses, such as on the stems of apair of glasses, the device housing can comprise a rigid material.

In certain embodiments, the device housing can comprise one or morecomponents of the system. For example, the system can comprise one ormore projectors, cameras, power sources or battery sources, CPUs,communication modules, sensors, gyroscopes, GPS modules, accelerometers,or the like. The one or more projectors can be a DLP type projector, LEDtype projector, LCD type projector, laser projector and/or any othertype of projector. The one or more projectors can comprise a lightsource, wherein the light source can be an LED or standard lamp. Thepower source or battery source can comprise a stretchable battery forflexible circuits. The system can also comprise one or more computercomponents as described herein. The system can also be configured tocommunicate with one or more computer components of other computersystems to implement one or more embodiments. In some embodiments, thedevice housing comprises a subset of the components of the system. Incertain embodiments, a subset of the components of the system can belocated elsewhere, for example as part of another device or as astandalone device, such as a smartphone, computer, laptop computer,personal electronic device, or the like.

FIG. 43 illustrates an embodiment in which the projection device 4300comprises one or more battery power sources 4308, CPUs 4304,communication modules 4306 such as Wi-Fi or Bluetooth receivers, cameras4302, and/or AR projectors 4310.

In some embodiments, the system or projection device 4300 can compriseone or more cameras 4302. The one or more cameras 4302 can be configuredto scan and/or view the surroundings of a user. For example, one or morecameras 4302 can be configured to view objects and/or points ofreference generally viewable by the user and within the visual field ofthe user. In certain embodiments, the one or more cameras 4302 can bemoved to point in different directions as desired by the user. Forexample, in some embodiments, the one or more cameras 4302 can compriseand/or be configured to be moved by one or more motors or actuators tobe pointed in different directions in response to an input by a user viaa user device. In other embodiments, the one or more cameras 4302 can bemoved by mechanical input by a user, such as by physically altering thedirection in which the one or more cameras 4302 is pointing.

The objects, locations, and/or points of reference captured by the oneor more cameras 4302 can be identified by the one or more CPUs 4304. Theone or more CPUs 4304 can be configured to process the objects,locations, and/or points of reference or portion(s) thereof captured bythe one or more cameras 4302. In some embodiments, the one or more CPUs4304 can be configured to process additional information provided by oneor more other electronic and/or computer components described herein.

In certain embodiments, the system or projection device 4300 cancomprise one or more GPS modules. The one or more GPS modules can beconfigured to detect the current location of the user in substantiallyreal-time, near real-time and/or periodically. In some embodiments, thesystem or projection device 4300 can comprise one or more gyroscopesand/or accelerometers. The one or more gyroscopes and/or accelerometerscan be configured to detect the current positioning of a user insubstantially real-time, near real-time, and/or periodically.

In some embodiments, information or data collected by the one or morecameras 4302, GPS modules, gyroscopes, and/or accelerometers can becombined by the system 4300 to enhance accuracy. For example, in certainembodiments, one or more CPUs 4304 of the system or projection device4300 can be configured to receive and/or combine the information or datacollected by the one or more cameras 4302, GPS modules, gyroscopes,and/or accelerometers to determine and/or provide more accurate data tobe displayed and/or imposed onto the user's visual field.

In certain embodiments, the system or projection device 4300 cancomprise one or more communication modules 4306. For example, the one ormore communication modules 4306 can comprise Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, LTE, NFC,or other receivers and/or transceivers for electronic communication. Insome embodiments, the information or data collected by the one or morecameras 4302, GPS modules, gyroscopes, and/or accelerometers can beelectronically communicated to the one or more CPUs 4304 by the one ormore communication means 4306. For example, in embodiments where the GPSmodule is not within the projection device 4300 but is located as partof a separate device, such a smartphone, the location detected by theGPS module can be electronically received by a communication module 4306of the projection device 4300. In turn, the location information can betransmitted to a CPU module 4304 within the projection device 4300.

Based on the information or data collected by the one or more cameras4302, GPS modules, gyroscopes, and/or accelerometers, the system,projection device, 4300 and/or CPU module 4304 can be configured todetermine the particular information or graphics to be displayed to theuser. Once determined, data relating to the determined information orgraphics can be transmitted to the one or more projectors 4310, whichcan then project such into the user's eye(s).

In some embodiments, the system and/or device 4300 can comprise one ormore infrared light sources, radar/sonar transceivers, and/or one ormore cameras for night vision. By use of one or more infrared lightsources and/or radar/sonar transceivers, the system 4300 can beconfigured to process a more robust environmental mapping system, forexample in combination with the information gathered from the one ormore cameras 4302. For instance, the system 4300 can be configured tomap areas and generate a three-dimensional AR of the physicalsurroundings, even in total darkness, by use of one or more infraredlight sources, radar/sonar transceivers, and/or one or more cameras fornight vision.

More specifically, in some embodiments, the radar and/or sonartransceivers can be configured to transmit signals of variousfrequencies and/or receive signals in response. The response signals canthen be transmitted to a CPU, which could then process the data togenerate a map. The generated map can be overlaid with GPS, gyroscope,and/or accelerometer data, in certain embodiments, to produce a morerobust map. In some embodiments, the generated map can be overlaidwithout GPS data when used in an unknown indoor or outdoor environment.

One or more systems and/or devices described herein can also be used tomeasure and/or estimate distances, identify moving and/or non-movingobjects, such as other people, animals, cars, or the like, mapobstacles, and/or assist with covert operations in total or neardarkness. In certain embodiments, one or more systems and/or devicesdescribed herein can be configured to be used to assist with aiming aweapon at a target. For example, some embodiments are configured todetermine an estimated and/or exact trajectory, type and position of theweapon, type of weapon ammunition, and/or distance to and speed of anobject of target and relay one or more such information to be viewableby a user.

Positioning

In some embodiments, the system can comprise one or more non-occludingprojection devices and one or more prisms or prism bars. The particularlocation or positioning of the one or more projection devices and one ormore prisms or prism bars, as well as their locations relative to oneanother, can be important to provide a clear image or projectionviewable by a user while ensuring that the one or more projectiondevices themselves do not occlude the direct or central visual field ofthe user. As such, the user can be allowed to maintain his or her entirevisual field, even while utilizing one or more AR or VR devices,methods, or systems disclosed herein.

In certain embodiments, one or more projection devices can be locatednear or along the peripheral field of vision of the user and not alongthe user's general direct line of vision or near the central portion ofthe user's visual field. For example, in certain embodiments, the one ormore projection devices can be configured to be located or placed nearor on the user's nose, nose bridge, cheekbone, forehead, eyebrows, lipsor the like.

In certain embodiments, the system can comprise one or more projectiondevices located near or along the nasal periphery of the user's visualfield. For example, one or more projection devices can be configured tobe placed or located on the nose and/or one or both sides of a user'snose. Similarly, one or more projection devices can be configured to beplaced over a user's nose or nose bridge. In such embodiments, one ormore prisms or prism bars can be placed vertically within a user's eye.For example, in embodiments in which one or more projection devices areconfigured to be placed on the user's nose or generally along the nasalperiphery of the user's visual field, one or more prisms or prism barscan be configured to be placed temporally in a vertical manner withinone or both eyes of the user. More specifically, in certain embodiments,the one or more prisms or prism bars can be placed vertically at theright end within the user's right eye and/or vertically at the left endwithin the user's left eye.

FIG. 43 illustrates an embodiment in which a projection device 4300 isconfigured to be placed over the nose bridge of a user. As depicted inFIG. 43, in some embodiments, the projection device 4300 comprises twoprojectors 4310 or AR projectors that are configured to project light orimage(s) to the eye(s) of a user from a nasal location.

In other embodiments, the system can comprise one or more projectiondevices located near or generally within the temporal periphery of theuser's visual field. For example, one or more projection devices can beconfigured to placed or located temporally. One or more projectiondevices can be configured to be placed near or generally near the user'stemporal field of vision, such as on one or more legs of a pair ofstandard or specially produced glasses. In such embodiments, one or moreprisms or prism bars can be placed nasally in a vertical manner within auser's eye(s). In certain embodiments, the system can comprise one ormore prisms or prism bars located vertically at the left end within theuser's right eye and/or one or more prisms or prism bars locatedvertically at the right end within the user's left eye.

In some embodiments, the system can comprise one or more projectiondevices located near or generally along the lower periphery of theuser's field of vision. For example, one or more projection devices canbe configured to be placed near or generally near the user's lower fieldof vision, such as on or generally near the user's cheekbone and/oralong the bottom of the frame of glasses. In such embodiments, one ormore prisms or prism bars can be placed horizontally within a user'seye(s). In certain embodiments, the system can comprise one or moreprisms or prism bars located horizontally at or near the top end withinthe user's eye(s).

In certain embodiments, the system can comprise one or more projectiondevices located near or generally along the upper periphery of theuser's field of vision. In other words, one or more projection devicescan be configured to placed or located generally above a user's eye(s).For example, one or more projection devices can be configured to beplaced near or generally near the user's upper peripheral field ofvision, such as on or generally near the user's eyebrow(s) or foreheador along the top of the frame of glasses. In such embodiments, one ormore prisms or prism bars can be placed horizontally within a user'seye(s) at or near the bottom end within the user's eye(s).

However, in some embodiments, an issue of double vision may arise. Theprobabilities and/or risks related to double vision may be higher incertain embodiments than others, such as due to the relative location orplacement of the one or more projection devices and one or more prismsor prism bars. For example, in embodiments in which the one or moreprojection devices are to be placed on or near the temporal periphery ofa user's field of vision, the one or more prisms or prism bars cangenerally be placed inside the user's eye(s) in a vertical configurationnear the nasal end. In such case, when the one or more projectiondevices are not projecting any light and/or the one or more projectiondevices are not installed, for example onto the stem(s) of a pair ofglasses, the prism or prism bar may still bend natural light enteringfrom the temporal periphery of the user's visual field. Such light canthen reach the macula after exiting through the one or more prisms orprism bars and produce a double vision effect to the user. Similareffects or risks relating to double vision can also be present or moreattenuated in embodiments in which the one or more projection devicesare to be placed near or at the top or bottom of the periphery of theuser's visual field.

In contrast, embodiments in which the one or more projection devices areto be placed nasally or near or at the nasal periphery of the user'sfield of vision, such risks relating to double vision may be mitigated.More specifically, in such embodiments, the one or more prisms or prismbars can generally be located or placed in a vertical configuration nearor at the temporal end(s) within the user's eye(s). The one or moreprisms located in such manner may substantially only bend light that isentered from the nasal periphery of the user's field of vision. In suchcase, however, the user's nose can effectively block most or asubstantial amount of the user's nasal periphery view. Accordingly, theprobability or risk arising from double vision may be mitigated.

Movement of Projection Device(s) and/or Prism(s)

As described herein, in some embodiments, the projection device(s) andprism(s) or prism bar(s) can be strategically placed in locationsrelative to one another in order to effectively redirect light and/or animage projected by the projector(s) onto the macula or near the maculaof the user. By doing so, the system can be configured to provide anoverlay of information to a user's vision without requiring a projectiondevice to occlude the user's visual field. However, in certainsituations, it may not be desirable for the light and/or image projectedby the one or more projection devices to end up at or substantially atthe center of the user's macula. Also, in some situations, the angle ofthe projected light and/or image may be altered unexpectedly, forexample due to movement of the user and/or movement of the projectiondevice or a portion thereof relative to the location of the one or moreprisms or prism bars. In such circumstances, the projected image and/orlight may not be redirected or bent in an ideal angle through the one orprisms or prism bars and may not be clearly viewable by the user. Assuch, it can be advantageous for the one or more projection devicesand/or one or more prisms or prism bars and/or angles thereof to bemovable or altered as desired by the user.

As such, in some embodiments, the particular location(s) and/or angle(s)the one or more prisms or prism bars and/or one or more projectiondevices can be manipulated by the user. In certain embodiments, the oneor more prisms or prism bars and/or one or more projection devicescomprise a motor and/or actuator. The motor and/or actuator can beconfigured to alter the location(s) and/or angle(s) of the one or moreprisms or prism bars and/or the one or more projection devices asdesired by the user. As such, the motor and/or actuator can allow theuser to change the location of the imposed image or light within theuser's visual field and/or allow the user to alter the definition of theprojected image or light viewable by the user.

In certain embodiments, the motor and/or actuator for moving the one ormore prisms or prism bars and/or one or more projection devices can beconfigured to be manipulated electronically by a user, for example byinputting certain instructions into a user device. In some embodiments,the angle and/or location of the one or more prisms or prism bars and/orone or more projection devices can be altered mechanically by the user,for example via a manual slider.

In certain embodiments, the one or more projection devices and/or one ormore prisms or prism bars can be configured to alter its location and/orangle automatically relative to one another. In other words, the one ormore projection devices and/or one or more prisms or prism bars can beconfigured to automatically track the location, angle, or otherconfiguration of the other and/or location, angle, or otherconfiguration of itself relative to the other and alter its location,angle, or other configuration accordingly.

Prism/Prism Bar(s)

In some embodiments, one or more prisms or prism bars can be configuredto be implanted into a user's eye(s). For example, in certainembodiments, one or more prisms or prism bars can be configured to beimplanted directly into the natural capsular bag of a user's eye(s). Insome embodiments, one or more prisms or prism bars can be configured tobe implanted into the capsular bag of a user's eye indirectly, forexample by being placed inside an implant housing structure or device.The implant housing structure or device can be configured to beimplanted into a user's capsular bag and substantially hold the one ormore prisms or prism bars in place. The implant housing structure canprovide stability to the placement of the one or more prisms. In someembodiments, the one or more prisms or prism bars can be configured tobe implanted into a user's eyes after the implant housing structure ordevice is first implanted.

FIG. 44 depicts an embodiment of an implantable housing 4402 configuredto be implanted into the eye of a user with a prism or prism bar 4400placed inside the implantable housing 4402. As illustrated, a prism bar4400 can be configured to be placed vertically within an implantabledevice housing 4402, which itself is configured to be implanted into thecapsular bag of a user. Light or images projected by one or moreprojectors can be bent or redirected by the prism or prism bar 4400inside the implantable housing 4402 to reach the retina or macula of theuser.

In some embodiments, the prism and/or prism bar 4400 itself is foldablefor implanting the prism and/or prism bar 4400 into the eye(s) of auser. In certain embodiments, the prism and/or prism bar 4400 is rigid.The prism and/or prism bar 4400 can comprise one or more haptics orclosed loops. For example, the one or more haptics or closed loops canbe self-expanding or otherwise configured to expand once the prismand/or prism bar 4400 is implanted into the natural capsular bag toanchor and/or hold the prism and/or prism bar 4400 in place within thecapsular bag. The one or more haptics or closed loops can be foldable.

In certain embodiments, the prism and/or prism bar 4400 is configured tobe injected into the eye(s) of a user through an injector. The injectorcan comprise one or more similar aspects of a standard intraocular lensinjector. In some embodiments, the prosthetic device or implantablehousing 4402 comprises one or more openings. For example, the prostheticdevice or implantable housing 4402 can comprise an opening on a sidewallof the prosthetic device or implantable housing 4402. In someembodiments, the prism and/or prism bar 4400 can be configured to beinjected into the opening of the prosthetic device or implantablehousing 4402. The size and/or configuration of an opening of theprosthetic device or implantable housing 4402 and the size and/orconfiguration of the prism or prism bar 4400 can be substantially thesame as to hold or anchor the prism or prism bar 4400 in place withoutthe need for a haptic. In other words, in certain embodiments, a prismor prism bar 4400 can be configured to be inserted or slid into anopening on a sidewall of the prosthetic device 4402, extending into therecess of the natural capsular bag.

In some embodiments, a prism and/or prism bar 4400 do not comprise anyhaptics or closed loops. For example, the prism or prism bar 4400 can beconfigured to be inserted into an opening of a prosthetic device 4402,which is configured to anchor or hold the prism or prism bar 4400 inplace. In certain embodiments, the prism or prism bar 4400 can beself-expanding and/or self-retaining, either by use of a haptic systemor by fitting into an opening.

The one or more prisms or prism bars 4400 can be a Fresnel prism or aregular prism. It can be advantageous for the one or more prisms orprism bars 4400 to comprise a Fresnel prism to save space within theuser's eye or implant device. In some embodiments, one or more Fresnelprisms can be used in conjunction with one or more regular prisms. Insome embodiments, one or more prisms 4400 can be stacked before and/orafter implanting into the eye(s) of a user. For example, one or moreprisms 4400 can be stacked to form a prism bar or other configuration.In certain embodiments, one or more prisms 4400 can be configured to bebinocular, monocular, or both.

In some embodiments, the one or more prisms or prism bars 4400 can beconfigured to bend or redirect the projected image by about 10°, about20°, about 30°, about 40°, about 50°, about 60°, about 70°, about 80°,about 90°, about 100°, about 110°, about 120°, about 130°, about 140°,about 150°, about 160°, and/or about 170°. In certain embodiments, theone or more prisms 4400 can be configured to bend or redirect theprojected image by an angle within a range defined by two of the anglesidentified above.

In certain embodiments, the one or more prisms 4400 can comprise ageneral configuration of a bar, cube, rectangle, square, or the like. Insome embodiments, the one or more prisms or prism bars 4400 can comprisea width of about 1 mm, about 1.5 mm, about 2 mm, about 2.5 mm, about 3mm, about 3.5 mm, about 4 mm, about 4.5 mm, about 5 mm, about 5.5 mm,about 6 mm, about 6.5 mm, about 7 mm, about 7.5 mm, about 8 mm, about8.5 mm, about 9 mm, about 9.5 mm, and/or about 10 mm. In someembodiments, the width of the one or more prisms 4400 can be within arange defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In some embodiments, the one or more prisms or prism bars 4400 cancomprise a length of about 1 mm, about 2 mm, about 3 mm, about 4 mm,about 5 mm, about 6 mm, about 7 mm, about 8 mm, about 9 mm, about 10 mm,about 11 mm, about 12 mm, about 13 mm, about 14 mm, about 15 mm, about16 mm, about 17 mm, about 18 mm, about 19 mm, about 20 mm, about 21 mm,about 22 mm, about 23 mm, about 24 mm, about 25 mm, about 26 mm, about27 mm, about 28 mm, about 29 mm, and/or about 30 mm. In certainembodiments, the length of the one or more prisms or prism bars 4400 canbe within a range defined by two of the aforementioned values.

In certain embodiments, the particular size and/or shape of one or moreprisms or prism bars 4400 to be implanted into the eye(s) of a user canvary. For example, the particular size and/or shape of one or moreprisms or prism bars 4400 to be implanted into the eye of a user candepend on the particulars of the user's eyes, such as the size of theuser's natural capsular bag, size of an implantable housing 4402, andthe like.

In some embodiments, the projected image from the one or more projectorscan be configured to enter one of the hypotenuse sides of the one ormore prisms or prism bars 4400 and exit through the other hypotenuseside of the prism or prism bar 4400. FIG. 45 depicts an embodiment of aprism or prism bar 4400 configured to be implanted into the eye of auser. As illustrated in FIG. 45, in certain embodiments, a self-retainedprism lens or bar implant 4400 is configured to receive an image(s) orlight projected from a projector and bends or redirects the image orlight onto the retina of a user.

Prism Performance Characteristics

As discussed above, with one or more prisms 4400 being implanted insidea user's capsular bag, the user may in some situations encounter doublevision when the one or more projectors is not projected an image intothe prism 4400. For example, even if the one or more projectors is notcurrently generating and projecting an image, the one or more prisms orprism bars 4400 may still function to bend or redirect light enteringinto the prism or prism bar 4400. As a result, the user may encounterdouble vision to various degrees depending on the location or placementof the one or more prisms 4400. As such, it can be advantageous toprovide a way for the one or prisms or prism bars 4400 not to bend orredirect light when one or more projectors is not in operation.

Accordingly, in some embodiments, the one or more prisms or prism bars4400 can comprise a particular color and/or coating configured to allowonly particular light to enter through the prism or prism bars 4400 andbe bended or redirected onto the macula of the user. In other words, incertain embodiments, the one or more prisms or prism bars 4400 can beconfigured to allow only light generated by the one or more projectiondevices to enter into the prism 4400 and/or be redirected onto themacula of the user. For example, the angle, color, opacity, polarity,certain photo gray characteristics of the one or more prisms 4400 can beutilized to prevent the one or more prisms from bending or redirectinglight when the one or more projection devices are not projecting animage or light.

Safety Features

Some safety concerns may be present if the projection devicecontinuously projects light onto the macula of the user at damaginglevels. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the one or more projectiondevices does not continuously project light, but projects light at aflicker rate to protect against continuously damaging the retina. Forexample, the flicker rate can be about 10 Hz, about 20 Hz, about 30 Hz,about 40 Hz, about 50 Hz, about 60 Hz, about 70 Hz, about 80 Hz, about90 Hz, about 100 Hz, about 110 Hz, about 120 Hz, and/or within a rangedefined by two or more aforementioned rates. Although the projectedlight or image is at a particular flicker rate, this may not beperceptible by the user.

In certain embodiments, the flicker rate can be selectable by a user. Insome embodiments, the brightness of the projected light or image can beselected by the user. For example, in certain embodiments, theprojection device and/or other user device can comprise a flicker rate,dimmer switch, timer, and/or on/off switch that allows the user thecontrol the manner and/or amount of time in which the light and/or imageis projected by the projection device(s).

Projected Image

In some embodiments, the projected light or image can be imposed ontothe visual field of the user to generate AR or VR effects. In certainembodiments, the projected image or light can be a single color orlight. In some embodiments, the type of image and/or color to beprojected into the prism or prism bar can be user-selectable. Forexample, the user can in some embodiments select the mode or particularlight or image to be projected via a user input device. The CPU can beconfigured process and electronically transmit the user selection to theone or more projectors. In certain embodiments, the user input devicecan be a separate device, handheld or otherwise. The selection made by auser can be communicated via Wi-Fi, Bluetooth or other means ofcommunication via a communications means that is receivable by theprojection device(s).

In certain embodiments, the projection device can be configured toproject a single color, light, or other image to be portrayed andvisible on the user retina via the one or more prisms. For example, insome embodiments, the projection device can be configured to project asingle color of light within the visible spectrum or any other color. Incertain embodiments, the projector can be configured to project astriped pattern, checkered pattern, concentric circles, and/or any othershape. In other configurations, the projector may be configured toproject images such as pictures, text, diagrams, or any other graphicaldisplay of data.

The projected image or color can be portrayed onto the user's iris andbe viewable by a third person. For example, if a particular color isprojected onto the user's iris directly, the projected color may beviewable by others and have a cosmetic effect. As such, in certainembodiments, the user can be able to change the color of his or heririses to be viewable by others, for example for cosmetic purposes.

Medical Signals

In some embodiments, the system can be configured to detect the medicalor health status of a user and display such on the user's eyes. Forexample, in certain embodiments, the system can comprise one or moresensors and/or be configured to communicate with one or more sensorsthat detect the medical, health, and/or distress status of a user. Somesensors can include intraocular pressure sensors, drug delivery sensors,SpO2 sensors, heart rate monitors, blood pressure monitors, glucosesensors, blood alcohol concentration sensors, temperature sensors(thermometers), or the like. In some embodiments, one or more sensorscan be embedded into a contact lens(es) to be worn by the user andconfigured to detect glucose levels or the like.

In certain embodiments, the medical or health status of a user can bedetected by one or more sensors and be transmitted electronically to theCPU of the projection device. For example, the communications module ofthe projection device can receive detected medical or health statussignals and transmit such to the CPU.

In certain embodiments, the CPU can be configured to process thedetected health or medical status of the user and assign one or morecolors or other visual signals. For example, a mapping table or processcan assign a color red if the medical or health status of a user iswithin a particular predetermined range that corresponds to a serioushealth risk of the user. Similarly, a yellow or orange color can beassigned if the medical or health status of a user is within aparticular predetermined range that corresponds to an intermediatestatus. If the health or medical status of the user is within apredetermined range that corresponds to a normal state, no color can beassigned.

The assigned color or other visual signal can be projected by one ormore projectors onto the retina or macula of a user via one or moreimplanted prisms. As a result, the assigned color or other visual signalcan be recognizable by a third party immediately by viewing the eye(s)of the user. From the particular color or other visual signal that isprojected onto and viewable from the eye(s) of the user, a medicalpersonnel or other person may be able to easily and immediately assessthe health or medical status of the user. For example, the system can beconfigured to make the user's eye(s) appear red when the temperature ofthe user is above a predetermined level or when the user is overheated.Similarly, the system can be configured to make the user's eye(s) appearblue when the user is showing low blood oxygen concentration. The systemcan also be configured to make the user's eye(s) appear yellow when theuser's blood sugar levels are above a predetermined level.

Computer System

In some embodiments, the systems, processes, and methods describedherein are implemented using a computing system, such as the onesillustrated in FIGS. 46, 47, and 48. The computing systems illustratedin FIGS. 46, 47, and 48 include certain similar features, and likereference numerals include like features.

Each of the example computer systems 4602, 4702, 4802 are incommunication with one or more computing systems 4620 and/or one or moredata sources 4622 via one or more networks 4618. While FIGS. 46-48illustrate embodiments of computing systems 4602, 4702, 4802, it isrecognized that the functionality provided for in the components andmodules of a computer system may be combined into fewer components andmodules, or further separated into additional components and modules.

The computer system 4602 includes a tubular device control module 4614that carries out one or more functions, methods, acts, and/or processesdescribed herein relating to tubular devices, systems, and methods, forexample described in connection with FIGS. 33A-42. The computer system4702 includes an accommodating lens control module 4714 that carries outone or more functions, methods, acts, and/or processes described hereinrelating to accommodating lens devices, systems, and methods, forexample described in connection with FIGS. 23A-23E. The computer system4802 includes an AR/VR control module 4814 that carries out one or morefunctions, methods, acts, and/or processes described herein relating toAR/VR devices, systems, and methods, for example described in connectionwith FIGS. 43-45. Each of the tubular device control module 4614,accommodating lens control module 4714, and AR/VR control module 4814 isexecuted on a computer system 4602, 4702, 4802 by a central processingunit 4610 discussed further below.

In general the word “module,” as used herein, refers to logic embodiedin hardware or firmware or to a collection of software instructions,having entry and exit points. Modules are written in a program language,such as JAVA, C or C++, or the like. Software modules may be compiled orlinked into an executable program, installed in a dynamic link library,or may be written in an interpreted language such as BASIC, PERL, LUA,or Python. Software modules may be called from other modules or fromthemselves, and/or may be invoked in response to detected events orinterruptions. Modules implemented in hardware include connected logicunits such as gates and flip-flops, and/or may include programmableunits, such as programmable gate arrays or processors.

Generally, the modules described herein refer to logical modules thatmay be combined with other modules or divided into sub-modules despitetheir physical organization or storage. The modules are executed by oneor more computing systems, and may be stored on or within any suitablecomputer readable medium, or implemented in-whole or in-part withinspecial designed hardware or firmware. Not all calculations, analysis,and/or optimization require the use of computer systems, though any ofthe above-described methods, calculations, processes, or analyses may befacilitated through the use of computers. Further, in some embodiments,process blocks described herein may be altered, rearranged, combined,and/or omitted.

Each of the computer systems 4602, 4702, 4802 include one or moreprocessing units (CPU) 4606, which may include a microprocessor. Each ofthe computer systems 4602, 4702, 4802 further include a physical memory4610, such as random access memory (RAM) for temporary storage ofinformation, a read only memory (ROM) for permanent storage ofinformation, and a mass storage device 4604, such as a backing store,hard drive, rotating magnetic disks, solid state disks (SSD), flashmemory, phase-change memory (PCM), 3D XPoint memory, diskette, oroptical media storage device. Alternatively, the mass storage device maybe implemented in an array of servers. Typically, the components of acomputer system 4602, 4702, 4802 are connected to the computer using astandards based bus system. The bus system can be implemented usingvarious protocols, such as Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI),Micro Channel, SCSI, Industrial Standard Architecture (ISA) and ExtendedISA (EISA) architectures.

A computer system 4602, 4702, 4802 can include one or more input/output(I/O) devices and interfaces 4612, such as a keyboard, mouse, touch pad,and printer. The I/O devices and interfaces 4612 can include one or moredisplay devices, such as a monitor, that allows the visual presentationof data to a user. More particularly, a display device provides for thepresentation of GUIs as application software data, and multi-mediapresentations, for example. The I/O devices and interfaces 4612 can alsoprovide a communications interface to various external devices. Acomputer system 4602, 4702, 4802 may include one or more multi-mediadevices 4608, such as speakers, video cards, graphics accelerators, andmicrophones, for example.

A computer system 4602, 4702, 4802 may run on a variety of computingdevices, such as a server, a Windows server, a Structure Query Languageserver, a Unix Server, a personal computer, a laptop computer, and soforth. A computing system 4602, 4702, 4802 is generally controlled andcoordinated by an operating system software, such as z/OS, Windows,Linux, UNIX, BSD, SunOS, Solaris, MacOS, or other compatible operatingsystems, including proprietary operating systems. Operating systemscontrol and schedule computer processes for execution, perform memorymanagement, provide file system, networking, and I/O services, andprovide a user interface, such as a graphical user interface (GUI),among other things.

Each of the computer systems 4602, 4702, 4802 is coupled to a network4618, such as a LAN, WAN, or the Internet via a communication link 4616(wired, wireless, or a combination thereof). Network 4618 communicateswith various computing devices and/or other electronic devices. Network4618 is communicating with one or more computing systems 4620 and one ormore data sources 4622. Each of the tubular device control module 4614,accommodating lens control module 4714, and AR/VR control module 4814may access or may be accessed by computing systems 4620 and/or datasources 4622 through a web-enabled user access point. Connections may bea direct physical connection, a virtual connection, and other connectiontype. The web-enabled user access point may include a browser modulethat uses text, graphics, audio, video, and other media to present dataand to allow interaction with data via the network 4618.

The output module may be implemented as a combination of an all-pointsaddressable display such as a cathode ray tube (CRT), a liquid crystaldisplay (LCD), a plasma display, or other types and/or combinations ofdisplays. The output module may be implemented to communicate with inputdevices 4612 and they also include software with the appropriateinterfaces which allow a user to access data through the use of stylizedscreen elements, such as menus, windows, dialogue boxes, tool bars, andcontrols (for example, radio buttons, check boxes, sliding scales, andso forth). Furthermore, the output module may communicate with a set ofinput and output devices to receive signals from the user.

A computing system 4602, 4702, 4802 may include one or more internaland/or external data sources (for example, data sources 4622). In someembodiments, one or more of the data repositories and the data sourcesdescribed above may be implemented using a relational database, such asDB2, Sybase, Oracle, CodeBase, and Microsoft® SQL Server as well asother types of databases such as a flat-file database, an entityrelationship database, and object-oriented database, and/or arecord-based database.

A computer system 4602, 4702, 4802 may also access one or more databases4622. The databases 4622 may be stored in a database or data repository.A computer system 4602, 4702, 4802 may access the one or more databases4622 through a network 4618 or may directly access the database or datarepository through I/0 devices and interfaces 4612. The data repositorystoring the one or more databases 4622 may reside within a computersystem 4602, 4702, 4802.

Although this invention has been disclosed in the context of certainembodiments and examples, it will be understood by those skilled in theart that the invention extends beyond the specifically disclosedembodiments to other alternative embodiments and/or uses of theinvention and obvious modifications and equivalents thereof. Inaddition, while several variations of the embodiments of the inventionhave been shown and described in detail, other modifications, which arewithin the scope of this invention, will be readily apparent to those ofskill in the art based upon this disclosure. It is also contemplatedthat various combinations or sub-combinations of the specific featuresand aspects of the embodiments may be made and still fall within thescope of the invention. It should be understood that various featuresand aspects of the disclosed embodiments can be combined with, orsubstituted for, one another in order to form varying modes of theembodiments of the disclosed invention. Any methods disclosed hereinneed not be performed in the order recited. Thus, it is intended thatthe scope of the invention herein disclosed should not be limited by theparticular embodiments described above.

Conditional language, such as, among others, “can,” “could,” “might,” or“may,” unless specifically stated otherwise, or otherwise understoodwithin the context as used, is generally intended to convey that certainembodiments include, while other embodiments do not include, certainfeatures, elements and/or steps. Thus, such conditional language is notgenerally intended to imply that features, elements and/or steps are inany way required for one or more embodiments or that one or moreembodiments necessarily include logic for deciding, with or without userinput or prompting, whether these features, elements and/or steps areincluded or are to be performed in any particular embodiment. Theheadings used herein are for the convenience of the reader only and arenot meant to limit the scope of the inventions or claims.

Further, while the methods and devices described herein may besusceptible to various modifications and alternative forms, specificexamples thereof have been shown in the drawings and are hereindescribed in detail. It should be understood, however, that theinvention is not to be limited to the particular forms or methodsdisclosed, but, to the contrary, the invention is to cover allmodifications, equivalents, and alternatives falling within the spiritand scope of the various implementations described and the appendedclaims. Further, the disclosure herein of any particular feature,aspect, method, property, characteristic, quality, attribute, element,or the like in connection with an implementation or embodiment can beused in all other implementations or embodiments set forth herein. Anymethods disclosed herein need not be performed in the order recited. Themethods disclosed herein may include certain actions taken by apractitioner; however, the methods can also include any third-partyinstruction of those actions, either expressly or by implication. Forexample, actions such as “inserting an intraocular lens into aprosthetic capsular device” include “instructing the insertion of anintraocular lens into a prosthetic capsular device.” The rangesdisclosed herein also encompass any and all overlap, sub-ranges, andcombinations thereof. Language such as “up to,” “at least,” “greaterthan,” “less than,” “between,” and the like includes the number recited.Numbers preceded by a term such as “about” or “approximately” includethe recited numbers and should be interpreted based on the circumstances(e.g., as accurate as reasonably possible under the circumstances, forexample ±5%, ±10%, ±15%, etc.). For example, “about 3.5 mm” includes“3.5 mm.” Phrases preceded by a term such as “substantially” include therecited phrase and should be interpreted based on the circumstances(e.g., as much as reasonably possible under the circumstances). Forexample, “substantially constant” includes “constant.” Unless statedotherwise, all measurements are at standard conditions includingtemperature and pressure.

1. (canceled)
 2. A prosthetic capsular device configured to be insertedin a natural capsular bag of an eye, the prosthetic capsular devicecomprising: a single piece housing structure configured to contain oneor more refractive surfaces and/or intraocular lenses (IOLs), the singlepiece housing structure comprising: an anterior portion comprising: ananterior opening configured to allow at least one of insertion, removal,or replacement of the one or more refractive surfaces and/or IOLs,wherein the arcuate anterior opening is further configured to couple toa first refractive surface or IOL; and a continuous anterior sidewallcomprising: a first straight anterior section adjacent to the anterioropening, the first straight anterior section extending from the anterioropening to an anterior transition point; and a second straight anteriorsection extending posteriorly from the anterior transition point to acentral point of the single piece housing structure, a posterior portioncomprising: a posterior opening configured to couple with a secondrefractive surface or IOL; and a continuous posterior sidewallcomprising: a first straight posterior section adjacent to the posterioropening, the first straight posterior section extending from theposterior opening to a posterior transition point; and a second straightposterior section extending anteriorly from the posterior transitionpoint to the central point of the single piece housing structure; andthe central point dividing the anterior portion and the posteriorportion, wherein the continuous anterior sidewall and the continuousposterior sidewall form a groove along an interior of the single piecehousing structure, wherein the groove is configured to receive a thirdrefractive surface or IOL and wherein the groove is configured toprevent movement of the third refractive surface anteriorly orposteriorly within the single piece housing structure, and wherein adistance between the anterior opening and the posterior openingcomprises a thickness of the single piece housing structure, wherein thethickness is stabilized when the single piece housing structure is in aresting position.
 3. The prosthetic capsular device of claim 2, furthercomprising one or more orientation designation indicators.
 4. Theprosthetic capsular device of claim 3, wherein the one or moreorientation designation indicators comprise a projection extendingradially inward from the anterior opening.
 5. The prosthetic capsulardevice of claim 4, wherein the one or more orientation designationindicators further comprise a hole or aperture.
 6. The prostheticcapsular device of claim 3, wherein the one or more orientationdesignation indicators comprise a visual distinguishing element on theanterior portion, the posterior portion, and/or on the central point ofthe single piece housing structure.
 7. The prosthetic capsular device ofclaim 3, wherein the one or more orientation designation indicators areconfigured to serve as markers to indicate the direction and/ororientation of the prosthetic capsular device before, during, and/orafter insertion into the eye.
 8. The prosthetic capsular device of claim2, further comprising an internal cavity formed by the anterior opening,the posterior opening, the continuous anterior sidewall, and thecontinuous posterior sidewall.
 9. The prosthetic capsular device ofclaim 2, wherein the single piece housing structure is self-expandable.10. The prosthetic capsular device of claim 2, wherein the shape andsize of the prosthetic capsular device minimizes anterior, posterior,and/or radial protrusion of the prosthetic capsular device into thenatural capsular bag.
 11. The prosthetic capsular device of claim 2,wherein the prosthetic capsular device has an enhanced biocompatibilityprofile resulting from a minimized anterior, posterior, and/or radialprotrusion of the prosthetic capsular device into the natural capsularbag.
 12. The prosthetic capsular device of claim 2, wherein theprosthetic capsular device is configured to be inserted into the eyewithout any of the one or more refractive surfaces or IOLs insertedtherein.
 13. The prosthetic capsular device of claim 2, wherein thecentral point comprises an outermost diameter of the single piecehousing structure.
 14. The prosthetic capsular device of claim 13,wherein the outermost diameter is about 10 mm.
 15. The prostheticcapsular device of claim 2, wherein the anterior portion, the posteriorportion, and the central point comprise a continuous lateral segment ofthe single piece housing structure.
 16. The prosthetic capsular deviceof claim 2, wherein the anterior transition point comprises a roundededge.
 17. The prosthetic capsular device of claim 2, wherein theprosthetic capsular device is symmetric and/or reversible.
 18. Theprosthetic capsular device of claim 2, wherein the anterior portion is amirror image of the posterior portion.
 19. The prosthetic capsulardevice of claim 2, wherein the first straight anterior section and thefirst straight posterior section are tapered or angled towards theanterior opening or posterior opening.
 20. The prosthetic capsulardevice of claim 2, wherein the anterior opening and the posterioropening are elliptical, circular, arcuate, triangular, rectangular, orpolygonal.
 21. The prosthetic capsular device of claim 2, wherein theposterior transition point comprises a rounded edge.